blob: 5209ddbb792a720c928596a4279ac55fb05c7ff2 [file] [log] [blame]
Chris Lattnerf2836d12007-03-31 04:06:36 +00001//===- CodeGenPrepare.cpp - Prepare a function for code generation --------===//
2//
3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4//
Chris Lattnerf3ebc3f2007-12-29 20:36:04 +00005// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
Chris Lattnerf2836d12007-03-31 04:06:36 +00007//
8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9//
10// This pass munges the code in the input function to better prepare it for
Gordon Henriksen829046b2008-05-08 17:46:35 +000011// SelectionDAG-based code generation. This works around limitations in it's
12// basic-block-at-a-time approach. It should eventually be removed.
Chris Lattnerf2836d12007-03-31 04:06:36 +000013//
14//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
15
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +000016#include "llvm/ADT/APInt.h"
17#include "llvm/ADT/ArrayRef.h"
Chandler Carruthed0881b2012-12-03 16:50:05 +000018#include "llvm/ADT/DenseMap.h"
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +000019#include "llvm/ADT/PointerIntPair.h"
20#include "llvm/ADT/STLExtras.h"
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +000021#include "llvm/ADT/SmallPtrSet.h"
22#include "llvm/ADT/SmallVector.h"
Chandler Carruthed0881b2012-12-03 16:50:05 +000023#include "llvm/ADT/Statistic.h"
Jun Bum Lim90b6b502016-12-16 20:38:39 +000024#include "llvm/Analysis/BlockFrequencyInfo.h"
25#include "llvm/Analysis/BranchProbabilityInfo.h"
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +000026#include "llvm/Analysis/ConstantFolding.h"
Chandler Carruthed0881b2012-12-03 16:50:05 +000027#include "llvm/Analysis/InstructionSimplify.h"
Chuang-Yu Chengd3fb38c2016-04-05 14:06:20 +000028#include "llvm/Analysis/LoopInfo.h"
Zaara Syeda3a7578c2017-05-31 17:12:38 +000029#include "llvm/Analysis/MemoryBuiltins.h"
Dehao Chen302b69c2016-10-18 20:42:47 +000030#include "llvm/Analysis/ProfileSummaryInfo.h"
Chandler Carruth62d42152015-01-15 02:16:27 +000031#include "llvm/Analysis/TargetLibraryInfo.h"
Quentin Colombetc32615d2014-10-31 17:52:53 +000032#include "llvm/Analysis/TargetTransformInfo.h"
David Blaikie31b98d22018-06-04 21:23:21 +000033#include "llvm/Transforms/Utils/Local.h"
Sanjay Patel69a50a12015-10-19 21:59:12 +000034#include "llvm/Analysis/ValueTracking.h"
Michael Kupersteinf79af6f2016-09-08 00:48:37 +000035#include "llvm/CodeGen/Analysis.h"
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +000036#include "llvm/CodeGen/ISDOpcodes.h"
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +000037#include "llvm/CodeGen/SelectionDAGNodes.h"
David Blaikieb3bde2e2017-11-17 01:07:10 +000038#include "llvm/CodeGen/TargetLowering.h"
Chandler Carruth6bda14b2017-06-06 11:49:48 +000039#include "llvm/CodeGen/TargetPassConfig.h"
David Blaikieb3bde2e2017-11-17 01:07:10 +000040#include "llvm/CodeGen/TargetSubtargetInfo.h"
Craig Topper2fa14362018-03-29 17:21:10 +000041#include "llvm/CodeGen/ValueTypes.h"
Nico Weber432a3882018-04-30 14:59:11 +000042#include "llvm/Config/llvm-config.h"
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +000043#include "llvm/IR/Argument.h"
44#include "llvm/IR/Attributes.h"
45#include "llvm/IR/BasicBlock.h"
Chandler Carruth219b89b2014-03-04 11:01:28 +000046#include "llvm/IR/CallSite.h"
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +000047#include "llvm/IR/Constant.h"
Chandler Carruth9fb823b2013-01-02 11:36:10 +000048#include "llvm/IR/Constants.h"
49#include "llvm/IR/DataLayout.h"
50#include "llvm/IR/DerivedTypes.h"
Chandler Carruth5ad5f152014-01-13 09:26:24 +000051#include "llvm/IR/Dominators.h"
Chandler Carruth9fb823b2013-01-02 11:36:10 +000052#include "llvm/IR/Function.h"
Chandler Carruth03eb0de2014-03-04 10:40:04 +000053#include "llvm/IR/GetElementPtrTypeIterator.h"
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +000054#include "llvm/IR/GlobalValue.h"
55#include "llvm/IR/GlobalVariable.h"
Chandler Carruth9fb823b2013-01-02 11:36:10 +000056#include "llvm/IR/IRBuilder.h"
57#include "llvm/IR/InlineAsm.h"
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +000058#include "llvm/IR/InstrTypes.h"
59#include "llvm/IR/Instruction.h"
Chandler Carruth9fb823b2013-01-02 11:36:10 +000060#include "llvm/IR/Instructions.h"
61#include "llvm/IR/IntrinsicInst.h"
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +000062#include "llvm/IR/Intrinsics.h"
63#include "llvm/IR/LLVMContext.h"
Juergen Ributzkac1bbcbb2014-12-09 16:36:13 +000064#include "llvm/IR/MDBuilder.h"
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +000065#include "llvm/IR/Module.h"
66#include "llvm/IR/Operator.h"
Chandler Carruth820a9082014-03-04 11:08:18 +000067#include "llvm/IR/PatternMatch.h"
Ramkumar Ramachandradba73292015-01-14 23:27:07 +000068#include "llvm/IR/Statepoint.h"
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +000069#include "llvm/IR/Type.h"
70#include "llvm/IR/Use.h"
71#include "llvm/IR/User.h"
72#include "llvm/IR/Value.h"
Chandler Carruth4220e9c2014-03-04 11:17:44 +000073#include "llvm/IR/ValueHandle.h"
Chandler Carrutha4ea2692014-03-04 11:26:31 +000074#include "llvm/IR/ValueMap.h"
Chris Lattnerf2836d12007-03-31 04:06:36 +000075#include "llvm/Pass.h"
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +000076#include "llvm/Support/BlockFrequency.h"
Sanjay Pateld66607b2016-04-26 17:11:17 +000077#include "llvm/Support/BranchProbability.h"
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +000078#include "llvm/Support/Casting.h"
Evan Cheng8b637b12010-08-17 01:34:49 +000079#include "llvm/Support/CommandLine.h"
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +000080#include "llvm/Support/Compiler.h"
Evan Chengd3d80172007-12-05 23:58:20 +000081#include "llvm/Support/Debug.h"
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +000082#include "llvm/Support/ErrorHandling.h"
David Blaikie13e77db2018-03-23 23:58:25 +000083#include "llvm/Support/MachineValueType.h"
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +000084#include "llvm/Support/MathExtras.h"
Chandler Carruthaafe0912012-06-29 12:38:19 +000085#include "llvm/Support/raw_ostream.h"
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +000086#include "llvm/Target/TargetMachine.h"
87#include "llvm/Target/TargetOptions.h"
Chandler Carruthaafe0912012-06-29 12:38:19 +000088#include "llvm/Transforms/Utils/BasicBlockUtils.h"
Preston Gurdcdf540d2012-09-04 18:22:17 +000089#include "llvm/Transforms/Utils/BypassSlowDivision.h"
Ahmed Bougachae03bef72015-01-12 17:22:43 +000090#include "llvm/Transforms/Utils/SimplifyLibCalls.h"
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +000091#include <algorithm>
92#include <cassert>
93#include <cstdint>
94#include <iterator>
95#include <limits>
96#include <memory>
97#include <utility>
98#include <vector>
Zaara Syeda3a7578c2017-05-31 17:12:38 +000099
Chris Lattnerf2836d12007-03-31 04:06:36 +0000100using namespace llvm;
Chris Lattnerd616ef52008-11-25 04:42:10 +0000101using namespace llvm::PatternMatch;
Chris Lattnerf2836d12007-03-31 04:06:36 +0000102
Chandler Carruth1b9dde02014-04-22 02:02:50 +0000103#define DEBUG_TYPE "codegenprepare"
104
Cameron Zwarichced753f2011-01-05 17:27:27 +0000105STATISTIC(NumBlocksElim, "Number of blocks eliminated");
Evan Cheng0663f232011-03-21 01:19:09 +0000106STATISTIC(NumPHIsElim, "Number of trivial PHIs eliminated");
107STATISTIC(NumGEPsElim, "Number of GEPs converted to casts");
Cameron Zwarichced753f2011-01-05 17:27:27 +0000108STATISTIC(NumCmpUses, "Number of uses of Cmp expressions replaced with uses of "
109 "sunken Cmps");
110STATISTIC(NumCastUses, "Number of uses of Cast expressions replaced with uses "
111 "of sunken Casts");
112STATISTIC(NumMemoryInsts, "Number of memory instructions whose address "
113 "computations were sunk");
Serguei Katkovd5d8d542017-11-05 05:50:33 +0000114STATISTIC(NumMemoryInstsPhiCreated,
115 "Number of phis created when address "
116 "computations were sunk to memory instructions");
117STATISTIC(NumMemoryInstsSelectCreated,
118 "Number of select created when address "
119 "computations were sunk to memory instructions");
Evan Cheng0663f232011-03-21 01:19:09 +0000120STATISTIC(NumExtsMoved, "Number of [s|z]ext instructions combined with loads");
121STATISTIC(NumExtUses, "Number of uses of [s|z]ext instructions optimized");
Geoff Berry5256fca2015-11-20 22:34:39 +0000122STATISTIC(NumAndsAdded,
123 "Number of and mask instructions added to form ext loads");
124STATISTIC(NumAndUses, "Number of uses of and mask instructions optimized");
Evan Cheng0663f232011-03-21 01:19:09 +0000125STATISTIC(NumRetsDup, "Number of return instructions duplicated");
Devang Patel53771ba2011-08-18 00:50:51 +0000126STATISTIC(NumDbgValueMoved, "Number of debug value instructions moved");
Benjamin Kramer047d7ca2012-05-05 12:49:22 +0000127STATISTIC(NumSelectsExpanded, "Number of selects turned into branches");
Quentin Colombetc32615d2014-10-31 17:52:53 +0000128STATISTIC(NumStoreExtractExposed, "Number of store(extractelement) exposed");
Jakob Stoklund Oleseneb12f492010-09-30 20:51:52 +0000129
Cameron Zwarich338d3622011-03-11 21:52:04 +0000130static cl::opt<bool> DisableBranchOpts(
131 "disable-cgp-branch-opts", cl::Hidden, cl::init(false),
132 cl::desc("Disable branch optimizations in CodeGenPrepare"));
133
Ramkumar Ramachandradba73292015-01-14 23:27:07 +0000134static cl::opt<bool>
135 DisableGCOpts("disable-cgp-gc-opts", cl::Hidden, cl::init(false),
136 cl::desc("Disable GC optimizations in CodeGenPrepare"));
137
Benjamin Kramer3d38c172012-05-06 14:25:16 +0000138static cl::opt<bool> DisableSelectToBranch(
139 "disable-cgp-select2branch", cl::Hidden, cl::init(false),
140 cl::desc("Disable select to branch conversion."));
Benjamin Kramer047d7ca2012-05-05 12:49:22 +0000141
Hal Finkelc3998302014-04-12 00:59:48 +0000142static cl::opt<bool> AddrSinkUsingGEPs(
Eli Friedman5fba1e52017-04-06 22:42:18 +0000143 "addr-sink-using-gep", cl::Hidden, cl::init(true),
Hal Finkelc3998302014-04-12 00:59:48 +0000144 cl::desc("Address sinking in CGP using GEPs."));
145
Tim Northovercea0abb2014-03-29 08:22:29 +0000146static cl::opt<bool> EnableAndCmpSinking(
147 "enable-andcmp-sinking", cl::Hidden, cl::init(true),
148 cl::desc("Enable sinkinig and/cmp into branches."));
149
Quentin Colombetc32615d2014-10-31 17:52:53 +0000150static cl::opt<bool> DisableStoreExtract(
151 "disable-cgp-store-extract", cl::Hidden, cl::init(false),
152 cl::desc("Disable store(extract) optimizations in CodeGenPrepare"));
153
154static cl::opt<bool> StressStoreExtract(
155 "stress-cgp-store-extract", cl::Hidden, cl::init(false),
156 cl::desc("Stress test store(extract) optimizations in CodeGenPrepare"));
157
Quentin Colombetfc2201e2014-12-17 01:36:17 +0000158static cl::opt<bool> DisableExtLdPromotion(
159 "disable-cgp-ext-ld-promotion", cl::Hidden, cl::init(false),
160 cl::desc("Disable ext(promotable(ld)) -> promoted(ext(ld)) optimization in "
161 "CodeGenPrepare"));
162
163static cl::opt<bool> StressExtLdPromotion(
164 "stress-cgp-ext-ld-promotion", cl::Hidden, cl::init(false),
165 cl::desc("Stress test ext(promotable(ld)) -> promoted(ext(ld)) "
166 "optimization in CodeGenPrepare"));
167
Chuang-Yu Chengd3fb38c2016-04-05 14:06:20 +0000168static cl::opt<bool> DisablePreheaderProtect(
169 "disable-preheader-prot", cl::Hidden, cl::init(false),
170 cl::desc("Disable protection against removing loop preheaders"));
171
Dehao Chen302b69c2016-10-18 20:42:47 +0000172static cl::opt<bool> ProfileGuidedSectionPrefix(
David Callahan5960d9b12017-06-14 20:35:33 +0000173 "profile-guided-section-prefix", cl::Hidden, cl::init(true), cl::ZeroOrMore,
Dehao Chen302b69c2016-10-18 20:42:47 +0000174 cl::desc("Use profile info to add section prefix for hot/cold functions"));
175
Jun Bum Lim90b6b502016-12-16 20:38:39 +0000176static cl::opt<unsigned> FreqRatioToSkipMerge(
177 "cgp-freq-ratio-to-skip-merge", cl::Hidden, cl::init(2),
178 cl::desc("Skip merging empty blocks if (frequency of empty block) / "
179 "(frequency of destination block) is greater than this ratio"));
180
Wei Mia2f0b592016-12-22 19:44:45 +0000181static cl::opt<bool> ForceSplitStore(
182 "force-split-store", cl::Hidden, cl::init(false),
183 cl::desc("Force store splitting no matter what the target query says."));
184
Jun Bum Limdee55652017-04-03 19:20:07 +0000185static cl::opt<bool>
186EnableTypePromotionMerge("cgp-type-promotion-merge", cl::Hidden,
187 cl::desc("Enable merging of redundant sexts when one is dominating"
188 " the other."), cl::init(true));
189
Serguei Katkovd5d8d542017-11-05 05:50:33 +0000190static cl::opt<bool> DisableComplexAddrModes(
Serguei Katkovd4df7442017-11-29 09:48:50 +0000191 "disable-complex-addr-modes", cl::Hidden, cl::init(false),
Serguei Katkovd5d8d542017-11-05 05:50:33 +0000192 cl::desc("Disables combining addressing modes with different parts "
193 "in optimizeMemoryInst."));
194
195static cl::opt<bool>
196AddrSinkNewPhis("addr-sink-new-phis", cl::Hidden, cl::init(false),
197 cl::desc("Allow creation of Phis in Address sinking."));
198
199static cl::opt<bool>
Serguei Katkov9fe05242018-01-26 06:26:56 +0000200AddrSinkNewSelects("addr-sink-new-select", cl::Hidden, cl::init(true),
Serguei Katkovd5d8d542017-11-05 05:50:33 +0000201 cl::desc("Allow creation of selects in Address sinking."));
202
John Brawn70cdb5b2017-11-24 14:10:45 +0000203static cl::opt<bool> AddrSinkCombineBaseReg(
204 "addr-sink-combine-base-reg", cl::Hidden, cl::init(true),
205 cl::desc("Allow combining of BaseReg field in Address sinking."));
206
207static cl::opt<bool> AddrSinkCombineBaseGV(
208 "addr-sink-combine-base-gv", cl::Hidden, cl::init(true),
209 cl::desc("Allow combining of BaseGV field in Address sinking."));
210
211static cl::opt<bool> AddrSinkCombineBaseOffs(
212 "addr-sink-combine-base-offs", cl::Hidden, cl::init(true),
213 cl::desc("Allow combining of BaseOffs field in Address sinking."));
214
215static cl::opt<bool> AddrSinkCombineScaledReg(
216 "addr-sink-combine-scaled-reg", cl::Hidden, cl::init(true),
217 cl::desc("Allow combining of ScaledReg field in Address sinking."));
218
Haicheng Wu0aae2bc2018-05-10 18:27:36 +0000219static cl::opt<bool>
220 EnableGEPOffsetSplit("cgp-split-large-offset-gep", cl::Hidden,
221 cl::init(true),
222 cl::desc("Enable splitting large offset of GEP."));
223
Eric Christopherc1ea1492008-09-24 05:32:41 +0000224namespace {
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +0000225
Guozhi Wei8c17f9a2018-08-15 22:08:26 +0000226enum ExtType {
227 ZeroExtension, // Zero extension has been seen.
228 SignExtension, // Sign extension has been seen.
229 BothExtension // This extension type is used if we saw sext after
230 // ZeroExtension had been set, or if we saw zext after
231 // SignExtension had been set. It makes the type
232 // information of a promoted instruction invalid.
233};
234
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +0000235using SetOfInstrs = SmallPtrSet<Instruction *, 16>;
Guozhi Wei8c17f9a2018-08-15 22:08:26 +0000236using TypeIsSExt = PointerIntPair<Type *, 2, ExtType>;
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +0000237using InstrToOrigTy = DenseMap<Instruction *, TypeIsSExt>;
238using SExts = SmallVector<Instruction *, 16>;
239using ValueToSExts = DenseMap<Value *, SExts>;
240
Quentin Colombetfc2201e2014-12-17 01:36:17 +0000241class TypePromotionTransaction;
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +0000242
Chris Lattner2dd09db2009-09-02 06:11:42 +0000243 class CodeGenPrepare : public FunctionPass {
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +0000244 const TargetMachine *TM = nullptr;
Igor Laevsky3be81ba2017-02-07 13:27:20 +0000245 const TargetSubtargetInfo *SubtargetInfo;
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +0000246 const TargetLowering *TLI = nullptr;
Igor Laevsky3be81ba2017-02-07 13:27:20 +0000247 const TargetRegisterInfo *TRI;
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +0000248 const TargetTransformInfo *TTI = nullptr;
Chad Rosierc24b86f2011-12-01 03:08:23 +0000249 const TargetLibraryInfo *TLInfo;
Chuang-Yu Chengd3fb38c2016-04-05 14:06:20 +0000250 const LoopInfo *LI;
Jun Bum Lim90b6b502016-12-16 20:38:39 +0000251 std::unique_ptr<BlockFrequencyInfo> BFI;
252 std::unique_ptr<BranchProbabilityInfo> BPI;
Nadav Rotem465834c2012-07-24 10:51:42 +0000253
Sanjay Patel4ac6b112015-09-21 22:47:23 +0000254 /// As we scan instructions optimizing them, this is the next instruction
255 /// to optimize. Transforms that can invalidate this should update it.
Chris Lattner7a277142011-01-15 07:14:54 +0000256 BasicBlock::iterator CurInstIterator;
Evan Cheng3b3de7c2008-12-19 18:03:11 +0000257
Evan Cheng0663f232011-03-21 01:19:09 +0000258 /// Keeps track of non-local addresses that have been sunk into a block.
259 /// This allows us to avoid inserting duplicate code for blocks with
Simon Dardis230f4532017-11-24 16:45:28 +0000260 /// multiple load/stores of the same address. The usage of WeakTrackingVH
261 /// enables SunkAddrs to be treated as a cache whose entries can be
262 /// invalidated if a sunken address computation has been erased.
263 ValueMap<Value*, WeakTrackingVH> SunkAddrs;
Cameron Zwarichce3b9302011-01-06 00:42:50 +0000264
Ahmed Bougachaf3299142015-06-17 20:44:32 +0000265 /// Keeps track of all instructions inserted for the current function.
266 SetOfInstrs InsertedInsts;
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +0000267
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +0000268 /// Keeps track of the type of the related instruction before their
269 /// promotion for the current function.
270 InstrToOrigTy PromotedInsts;
271
Jun Bum Limdee55652017-04-03 19:20:07 +0000272 /// Keep track of instructions removed during promotion.
273 SetOfInstrs RemovedInsts;
274
275 /// Keep track of sext chains based on their initial value.
276 DenseMap<Value *, Instruction *> SeenChainsForSExt;
277
Haicheng Wu0aae2bc2018-05-10 18:27:36 +0000278 /// Keep track of GEPs accessing the same data structures such as structs or
279 /// arrays that are candidates to be split later because of their large
280 /// size.
281 DenseMap<
282 AssertingVH<Value>,
283 SmallVector<std::pair<AssertingVH<GetElementPtrInst>, int64_t>, 32>>
284 LargeOffsetGEPMap;
285
286 /// Keep track of new GEP base after splitting the GEPs having large offset.
287 SmallSet<AssertingVH<Value>, 2> NewGEPBases;
288
289 /// Map serial numbers to Large offset GEPs.
290 DenseMap<AssertingVH<GetElementPtrInst>, int> LargeOffsetGEPID;
291
Jun Bum Limdee55652017-04-03 19:20:07 +0000292 /// Keep track of SExt promoted.
293 ValueToSExts ValToSExtendedUses;
294
Sanjay Patel4ac6b112015-09-21 22:47:23 +0000295 /// True if CFG is modified in any way.
Devang Patel8f606d72011-03-24 15:35:25 +0000296 bool ModifiedDT;
Evan Cheng0663f232011-03-21 01:19:09 +0000297
Sanjay Patel4ac6b112015-09-21 22:47:23 +0000298 /// True if optimizing for size.
Benjamin Kramer047d7ca2012-05-05 12:49:22 +0000299 bool OptSize;
300
Mehdi Amini4fe37982015-07-07 18:45:17 +0000301 /// DataLayout for the Function being processed.
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +0000302 const DataLayout *DL = nullptr;
Mehdi Amini4fe37982015-07-07 18:45:17 +0000303
Chris Lattnerf2836d12007-03-31 04:06:36 +0000304 public:
Nick Lewyckye7da2d62007-05-06 13:37:16 +0000305 static char ID; // Pass identification, replacement for typeid
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +0000306
307 CodeGenPrepare() : FunctionPass(ID) {
Francis Visoiu Mistrih8b617642017-05-18 17:21:13 +0000308 initializeCodeGenPreparePass(*PassRegistry::getPassRegistry());
309 }
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +0000310
Craig Topper4584cd52014-03-07 09:26:03 +0000311 bool runOnFunction(Function &F) override;
Eric Christopherc1ea1492008-09-24 05:32:41 +0000312
Mehdi Amini117296c2016-10-01 02:56:57 +0000313 StringRef getPassName() const override { return "CodeGen Prepare"; }
Evan Cheng99cafb12012-12-21 01:48:14 +0000314
Craig Topper4584cd52014-03-07 09:26:03 +0000315 void getAnalysisUsage(AnalysisUsage &AU) const override {
George Burgess IVd4febd12016-03-22 21:25:08 +0000316 // FIXME: When we can selectively preserve passes, preserve the domtree.
Dehao Chen302b69c2016-10-18 20:42:47 +0000317 AU.addRequired<ProfileSummaryInfoWrapperPass>();
Chandler Carruthb98f63d2015-01-15 10:41:28 +0000318 AU.addRequired<TargetLibraryInfoWrapperPass>();
Chandler Carruth705b1852015-01-31 03:43:40 +0000319 AU.addRequired<TargetTransformInfoWrapperPass>();
Chuang-Yu Chengd3fb38c2016-04-05 14:06:20 +0000320 AU.addRequired<LoopInfoWrapperPass>();
Andreas Neustifterf8cb7582009-09-16 09:26:52 +0000321 }
322
Chris Lattnerf2836d12007-03-31 04:06:36 +0000323 private:
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +0000324 bool eliminateFallThrough(Function &F);
325 bool eliminateMostlyEmptyBlocks(Function &F);
Jun Bum Lim90b6b502016-12-16 20:38:39 +0000326 BasicBlock *findDestBlockOfMergeableEmptyBlock(BasicBlock *BB);
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +0000327 bool canMergeBlocks(const BasicBlock *BB, const BasicBlock *DestBB) const;
328 void eliminateMostlyEmptyBlock(BasicBlock *BB);
Jun Bum Lim90b6b502016-12-16 20:38:39 +0000329 bool isMergingEmptyBlockProfitable(BasicBlock *BB, BasicBlock *DestBB,
330 bool isPreheader);
Sanjay Patel3b8974b2017-06-08 20:00:09 +0000331 bool optimizeBlock(BasicBlock &BB, bool &ModifiedDT);
332 bool optimizeInst(Instruction *I, bool &ModifiedDT);
Fangrui Songcb0bab82018-07-16 18:51:40 +0000333 bool optimizeMemoryInst(Instruction *MemoryInst, Value *Addr,
334 Type *AccessTy, unsigned AddrSpace);
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +0000335 bool optimizeInlineAsmInst(CallInst *CS);
Sanjay Patel3b8974b2017-06-08 20:00:09 +0000336 bool optimizeCallInst(CallInst *CI, bool &ModifiedDT);
Jun Bum Limdee55652017-04-03 19:20:07 +0000337 bool optimizeExt(Instruction *&I);
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +0000338 bool optimizeExtUses(Instruction *I);
Fangrui Songcb0bab82018-07-16 18:51:40 +0000339 bool optimizeLoadExt(LoadInst *Load);
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +0000340 bool optimizeSelectInst(SelectInst *SI);
Fangrui Songcb0bab82018-07-16 18:51:40 +0000341 bool optimizeShuffleVectorInst(ShuffleVectorInst *SVI);
342 bool optimizeSwitchInst(SwitchInst *SI);
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +0000343 bool optimizeExtractElementInst(Instruction *Inst);
344 bool dupRetToEnableTailCallOpts(BasicBlock *BB);
345 bool placeDbgValues(Function &F);
Jun Bum Lim42301012017-03-17 19:05:21 +0000346 bool canFormExtLd(const SmallVectorImpl<Instruction *> &MovedExts,
347 LoadInst *&LI, Instruction *&Inst, bool HasPromoted);
348 bool tryToPromoteExts(TypePromotionTransaction &TPT,
349 const SmallVectorImpl<Instruction *> &Exts,
350 SmallVectorImpl<Instruction *> &ProfitablyMovedExts,
351 unsigned CreatedInstsCost = 0);
Jun Bum Limdee55652017-04-03 19:20:07 +0000352 bool mergeSExts(Function &F);
Haicheng Wu0aae2bc2018-05-10 18:27:36 +0000353 bool splitLargeGEPOffsets();
Jun Bum Limdee55652017-04-03 19:20:07 +0000354 bool performAddressTypePromotion(
355 Instruction *&Inst,
356 bool AllowPromotionWithoutCommonHeader,
357 bool HasPromoted, TypePromotionTransaction &TPT,
358 SmallVectorImpl<Instruction *> &SpeculativelyMovedExts);
Juergen Ributzkac1bbcbb2014-12-09 16:36:13 +0000359 bool splitBranchCondition(Function &F);
Ramkumar Ramachandradba73292015-01-14 23:27:07 +0000360 bool simplifyOffsetableRelocate(Instruction &I);
Chris Lattnerf2836d12007-03-31 04:06:36 +0000361 };
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +0000362
363} // end anonymous namespace
Devang Patel09f162c2007-05-01 21:15:47 +0000364
Devang Patel8c78a0b2007-05-03 01:11:54 +0000365char CodeGenPrepare::ID = 0;
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +0000366
Matthias Braun1527baa2017-05-25 21:26:32 +0000367INITIALIZE_PASS_BEGIN(CodeGenPrepare, DEBUG_TYPE,
Francis Visoiu Mistrih8b617642017-05-18 17:21:13 +0000368 "Optimize for code generation", false, false)
Dehao Chen302b69c2016-10-18 20:42:47 +0000369INITIALIZE_PASS_DEPENDENCY(ProfileSummaryInfoWrapperPass)
Matthias Braun1527baa2017-05-25 21:26:32 +0000370INITIALIZE_PASS_END(CodeGenPrepare, DEBUG_TYPE,
Francis Visoiu Mistrih8b617642017-05-18 17:21:13 +0000371 "Optimize for code generation", false, false)
Chris Lattnerf2836d12007-03-31 04:06:36 +0000372
Francis Visoiu Mistrih8b617642017-05-18 17:21:13 +0000373FunctionPass *llvm::createCodeGenPreparePass() { return new CodeGenPrepare(); }
Chris Lattnerf2836d12007-03-31 04:06:36 +0000374
Chris Lattnerf2836d12007-03-31 04:06:36 +0000375bool CodeGenPrepare::runOnFunction(Function &F) {
Andrew Kayloraa641a52016-04-22 22:06:11 +0000376 if (skipFunction(F))
Paul Robinson7c99ec52014-03-31 17:43:35 +0000377 return false;
378
Mehdi Amini4fe37982015-07-07 18:45:17 +0000379 DL = &F.getParent()->getDataLayout();
380
Chris Lattnerf2836d12007-03-31 04:06:36 +0000381 bool EverMadeChange = false;
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +0000382 // Clear per function information.
Ahmed Bougachaf3299142015-06-17 20:44:32 +0000383 InsertedInsts.clear();
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +0000384 PromotedInsts.clear();
Eric Christopherc1ea1492008-09-24 05:32:41 +0000385
Devang Patel8f606d72011-03-24 15:35:25 +0000386 ModifiedDT = false;
Francis Visoiu Mistrih8b617642017-05-18 17:21:13 +0000387 if (auto *TPC = getAnalysisIfAvailable<TargetPassConfig>()) {
388 TM = &TPC->getTM<TargetMachine>();
Igor Laevsky3be81ba2017-02-07 13:27:20 +0000389 SubtargetInfo = TM->getSubtargetImpl(F);
390 TLI = SubtargetInfo->getTargetLowering();
391 TRI = SubtargetInfo->getRegisterInfo();
392 }
Chandler Carruthb98f63d2015-01-15 10:41:28 +0000393 TLInfo = &getAnalysis<TargetLibraryInfoWrapperPass>().getTLI();
Chandler Carruthfdb9c572015-02-01 12:01:35 +0000394 TTI = &getAnalysis<TargetTransformInfoWrapperPass>().getTTI(F);
Chuang-Yu Chengd3fb38c2016-04-05 14:06:20 +0000395 LI = &getAnalysis<LoopInfoWrapperPass>().getLoopInfo();
Teresa Johnsona4ce3bf2017-12-20 17:53:10 +0000396 BPI.reset(new BranchProbabilityInfo(F, *LI));
397 BFI.reset(new BlockFrequencyInfo(F, *BPI, *LI));
Sanjay Patel82d91dd2015-08-11 19:39:36 +0000398 OptSize = F.optForSize();
Evan Cheng0663f232011-03-21 01:19:09 +0000399
Easwaran Raman0d55b552017-11-14 19:31:51 +0000400 ProfileSummaryInfo *PSI =
401 getAnalysis<ProfileSummaryInfoWrapperPass>().getPSI();
Dehao Chen302b69c2016-10-18 20:42:47 +0000402 if (ProfileGuidedSectionPrefix) {
Teresa Johnsona4ce3bf2017-12-20 17:53:10 +0000403 if (PSI->isFunctionHotInCallGraph(&F, *BFI))
Dehao Chen302b69c2016-10-18 20:42:47 +0000404 F.setSectionPrefix(".hot");
Teresa Johnsona4ce3bf2017-12-20 17:53:10 +0000405 else if (PSI->isFunctionColdInCallGraph(&F, *BFI))
Teresa Johnson720d9b42017-05-09 01:43:24 +0000406 F.setSectionPrefix(".unlikely");
Dehao Chen302b69c2016-10-18 20:42:47 +0000407 }
408
Preston Gurdcdf540d2012-09-04 18:22:17 +0000409 /// This optimization identifies DIV instructions that can be
410 /// profitably bypassed and carried out with a shorter, faster divide.
Easwaran Raman0d55b552017-11-14 19:31:51 +0000411 if (!OptSize && !PSI->hasHugeWorkingSetSize() && TLI &&
412 TLI->isSlowDivBypassed()) {
Preston Gurd0d67f512012-10-04 21:33:40 +0000413 const DenseMap<unsigned int, unsigned int> &BypassWidths =
414 TLI->getBypassSlowDivWidths();
Eric Christopher49a7d6c2016-01-04 23:18:58 +0000415 BasicBlock* BB = &*F.begin();
416 while (BB != nullptr) {
417 // bypassSlowDivision may create new BBs, but we don't want to reapply the
418 // optimization to those blocks.
419 BasicBlock* Next = BB->getNextNode();
420 EverMadeChange |= bypassSlowDivision(BB, BypassWidths);
421 BB = Next;
422 }
Preston Gurdcdf540d2012-09-04 18:22:17 +0000423 }
424
425 // Eliminate blocks that contain only PHI nodes and an
Chris Lattnerc3748562007-04-02 01:35:34 +0000426 // unconditional branch.
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +0000427 EverMadeChange |= eliminateMostlyEmptyBlocks(F);
Eric Christopherc1ea1492008-09-24 05:32:41 +0000428
Geoff Berry5d534b62017-02-21 18:53:14 +0000429 if (!DisableBranchOpts)
Juergen Ributzkac1bbcbb2014-12-09 16:36:13 +0000430 EverMadeChange |= splitBranchCondition(F);
Tim Northovercea0abb2014-03-29 08:22:29 +0000431
Michael Kuperstein13bf8a22017-02-28 00:11:34 +0000432 // Split some critical edges where one of the sources is an indirect branch,
433 // to help generate sane code for PHIs involving such edges.
Hiroshi Yamauchi9364fa32017-12-04 20:36:01 +0000434 EverMadeChange |= SplitIndirectBrCriticalEdges(F);
Michael Kuperstein13bf8a22017-02-28 00:11:34 +0000435
Chris Lattnerc3748562007-04-02 01:35:34 +0000436 bool MadeChange = true;
Chris Lattnerf2836d12007-03-31 04:06:36 +0000437 while (MadeChange) {
438 MadeChange = false;
Jun Bum Limdee55652017-04-03 19:20:07 +0000439 SeenChainsForSExt.clear();
440 ValToSExtendedUses.clear();
441 RemovedInsts.clear();
Haicheng Wu0aae2bc2018-05-10 18:27:36 +0000442 LargeOffsetGEPMap.clear();
443 LargeOffsetGEPID.clear();
Hans Wennborg02fbc712012-09-19 07:48:16 +0000444 for (Function::iterator I = F.begin(); I != F.end(); ) {
Duncan P. N. Exon Smithd83547a2015-10-09 18:44:40 +0000445 BasicBlock *BB = &*I++;
Elena Demikhovsky87700a72014-12-28 08:54:45 +0000446 bool ModifiedDTOnIteration = false;
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +0000447 MadeChange |= optimizeBlock(*BB, ModifiedDTOnIteration);
Ramkumar Ramachandradba73292015-01-14 23:27:07 +0000448
Elena Demikhovsky87700a72014-12-28 08:54:45 +0000449 // Restart BB iteration if the dominator tree of the Function was changed
Elena Demikhovsky87700a72014-12-28 08:54:45 +0000450 if (ModifiedDTOnIteration)
451 break;
Evan Cheng0663f232011-03-21 01:19:09 +0000452 }
Jun Bum Limdee55652017-04-03 19:20:07 +0000453 if (EnableTypePromotionMerge && !ValToSExtendedUses.empty())
454 MadeChange |= mergeSExts(F);
Haicheng Wu0aae2bc2018-05-10 18:27:36 +0000455 if (!LargeOffsetGEPMap.empty())
456 MadeChange |= splitLargeGEPOffsets();
Jun Bum Limdee55652017-04-03 19:20:07 +0000457
458 // Really free removed instructions during promotion.
459 for (Instruction *I : RemovedInsts)
Reid Kleckner96ab8722017-05-18 17:24:10 +0000460 I->deleteValue();
Jun Bum Limdee55652017-04-03 19:20:07 +0000461
Chris Lattnerf2836d12007-03-31 04:06:36 +0000462 EverMadeChange |= MadeChange;
463 }
Cameron Zwarichce3b9302011-01-06 00:42:50 +0000464
465 SunkAddrs.clear();
466
Cameron Zwarich338d3622011-03-11 21:52:04 +0000467 if (!DisableBranchOpts) {
468 MadeChange = false;
David Stenberg23bba562018-07-02 14:23:48 +0000469 // Use a set vector to get deterministic iteration order. The order the
470 // blocks are removed may affect whether or not PHI nodes in successors
471 // are removed.
472 SmallSetVector<BasicBlock*, 8> WorkList;
Duncan P. N. Exon Smith5914a972015-01-08 20:44:33 +0000473 for (BasicBlock &BB : F) {
474 SmallVector<BasicBlock *, 2> Successors(succ_begin(&BB), succ_end(&BB));
475 MadeChange |= ConstantFoldTerminator(&BB, true);
Bill Wendling97b93592012-03-04 10:46:01 +0000476 if (!MadeChange) continue;
477
478 for (SmallVectorImpl<BasicBlock*>::iterator
479 II = Successors.begin(), IE = Successors.end(); II != IE; ++II)
480 if (pred_begin(*II) == pred_end(*II))
481 WorkList.insert(*II);
482 }
483
Bill Wendlingf3614fd2012-11-28 23:23:48 +0000484 // Delete the dead blocks and any of their dead successors.
Bill Wendlingab417b62012-12-06 00:30:20 +0000485 MadeChange |= !WorkList.empty();
Bill Wendlingf3614fd2012-11-28 23:23:48 +0000486 while (!WorkList.empty()) {
David Stenberg23bba562018-07-02 14:23:48 +0000487 BasicBlock *BB = WorkList.pop_back_val();
Bill Wendlingf3614fd2012-11-28 23:23:48 +0000488 SmallVector<BasicBlock*, 2> Successors(succ_begin(BB), succ_end(BB));
489
490 DeleteDeadBlock(BB);
Stephen Lin837bba12013-07-15 17:55:02 +0000491
Bill Wendlingf3614fd2012-11-28 23:23:48 +0000492 for (SmallVectorImpl<BasicBlock*>::iterator
493 II = Successors.begin(), IE = Successors.end(); II != IE; ++II)
494 if (pred_begin(*II) == pred_end(*II))
495 WorkList.insert(*II);
496 }
Cameron Zwarich338d3622011-03-11 21:52:04 +0000497
Nadav Rotem70409992012-08-14 05:19:07 +0000498 // Merge pairs of basic blocks with unconditional branches, connected by
499 // a single edge.
500 if (EverMadeChange || MadeChange)
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +0000501 MadeChange |= eliminateFallThrough(F);
Nadav Rotem70409992012-08-14 05:19:07 +0000502
Cameron Zwarich338d3622011-03-11 21:52:04 +0000503 EverMadeChange |= MadeChange;
504 }
505
Ramkumar Ramachandradba73292015-01-14 23:27:07 +0000506 if (!DisableGCOpts) {
507 SmallVector<Instruction *, 2> Statepoints;
508 for (BasicBlock &BB : F)
509 for (Instruction &I : BB)
510 if (isStatepoint(I))
511 Statepoints.push_back(&I);
512 for (auto &I : Statepoints)
513 EverMadeChange |= simplifyOffsetableRelocate(*I);
514 }
515
Vedant Kumar30406fd2018-08-21 23:43:08 +0000516 // Do this last to clean up use-before-def scenarios introduced by other
517 // preparatory transforms.
518 EverMadeChange |= placeDbgValues(F);
519
Chris Lattnerf2836d12007-03-31 04:06:36 +0000520 return EverMadeChange;
521}
522
Sanjay Patel4ac6b112015-09-21 22:47:23 +0000523/// Merge basic blocks which are connected by a single edge, where one of the
524/// basic blocks has a single successor pointing to the other basic block,
525/// which has a single predecessor.
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +0000526bool CodeGenPrepare::eliminateFallThrough(Function &F) {
Nadav Rotem70409992012-08-14 05:19:07 +0000527 bool Changed = false;
528 // Scan all of the blocks in the function, except for the entry block.
Alina Sbirleadfd14ad2018-06-20 22:01:04 +0000529 // Use a temporary array to avoid iterator being invalidated when
530 // deleting blocks.
531 SmallVector<WeakTrackingVH, 16> Blocks;
532 for (auto &Block : llvm::make_range(std::next(F.begin()), F.end()))
533 Blocks.push_back(&Block);
534
535 for (auto &Block : Blocks) {
536 auto *BB = cast_or_null<BasicBlock>(Block);
537 if (!BB)
538 continue;
Nadav Rotem70409992012-08-14 05:19:07 +0000539 // If the destination block has a single pred, then this is a trivial
540 // edge, just collapse it.
541 BasicBlock *SinglePred = BB->getSinglePredecessor();
542
Evan Cheng64a223a2012-09-28 23:58:57 +0000543 // Don't merge if BB's address is taken.
544 if (!SinglePred || SinglePred == BB || BB->hasAddressTaken()) continue;
Nadav Rotem70409992012-08-14 05:19:07 +0000545
546 BranchInst *Term = dyn_cast<BranchInst>(SinglePred->getTerminator());
547 if (Term && !Term->isConditional()) {
548 Changed = true;
Alina Sbirleadfd14ad2018-06-20 22:01:04 +0000549 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "To merge:\n" << *BB << "\n\n\n");
Nadav Rotem70409992012-08-14 05:19:07 +0000550
Alina Sbirleadfd14ad2018-06-20 22:01:04 +0000551 // Merge BB into SinglePred and delete it.
552 MergeBlockIntoPredecessor(BB);
Nadav Rotem70409992012-08-14 05:19:07 +0000553 }
554 }
555 return Changed;
556}
557
Jun Bum Lim90b6b502016-12-16 20:38:39 +0000558/// Find a destination block from BB if BB is mergeable empty block.
559BasicBlock *CodeGenPrepare::findDestBlockOfMergeableEmptyBlock(BasicBlock *BB) {
560 // If this block doesn't end with an uncond branch, ignore it.
561 BranchInst *BI = dyn_cast<BranchInst>(BB->getTerminator());
562 if (!BI || !BI->isUnconditional())
563 return nullptr;
564
565 // If the instruction before the branch (skipping debug info) isn't a phi
566 // node, then other stuff is happening here.
567 BasicBlock::iterator BBI = BI->getIterator();
568 if (BBI != BB->begin()) {
569 --BBI;
570 while (isa<DbgInfoIntrinsic>(BBI)) {
571 if (BBI == BB->begin())
572 break;
573 --BBI;
574 }
575 if (!isa<DbgInfoIntrinsic>(BBI) && !isa<PHINode>(BBI))
576 return nullptr;
577 }
578
579 // Do not break infinite loops.
580 BasicBlock *DestBB = BI->getSuccessor(0);
581 if (DestBB == BB)
582 return nullptr;
583
584 if (!canMergeBlocks(BB, DestBB))
585 DestBB = nullptr;
586
587 return DestBB;
588}
589
Sanjay Patel4ac6b112015-09-21 22:47:23 +0000590/// Eliminate blocks that contain only PHI nodes, debug info directives, and an
591/// unconditional branch. Passes before isel (e.g. LSR/loopsimplify) often split
592/// edges in ways that are non-optimal for isel. Start by eliminating these
593/// blocks so we can split them the way we want them.
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +0000594bool CodeGenPrepare::eliminateMostlyEmptyBlocks(Function &F) {
Chuang-Yu Chengd3fb38c2016-04-05 14:06:20 +0000595 SmallPtrSet<BasicBlock *, 16> Preheaders;
596 SmallVector<Loop *, 16> LoopList(LI->begin(), LI->end());
597 while (!LoopList.empty()) {
598 Loop *L = LoopList.pop_back_val();
599 LoopList.insert(LoopList.end(), L->begin(), L->end());
600 if (BasicBlock *Preheader = L->getLoopPreheader())
601 Preheaders.insert(Preheader);
602 }
603
Chris Lattnerc3748562007-04-02 01:35:34 +0000604 bool MadeChange = false;
Alina Sbirleadfd14ad2018-06-20 22:01:04 +0000605 // Copy blocks into a temporary array to avoid iterator invalidation issues
606 // as we remove them.
Chris Lattnerc3748562007-04-02 01:35:34 +0000607 // Note that this intentionally skips the entry block.
Alina Sbirleadfd14ad2018-06-20 22:01:04 +0000608 SmallVector<WeakTrackingVH, 16> Blocks;
609 for (auto &Block : llvm::make_range(std::next(F.begin()), F.end()))
610 Blocks.push_back(&Block);
611
612 for (auto &Block : Blocks) {
613 BasicBlock *BB = cast_or_null<BasicBlock>(Block);
614 if (!BB)
615 continue;
Jun Bum Lim90b6b502016-12-16 20:38:39 +0000616 BasicBlock *DestBB = findDestBlockOfMergeableEmptyBlock(BB);
617 if (!DestBB ||
618 !isMergingEmptyBlockProfitable(BB, DestBB, Preheaders.count(BB)))
Chris Lattnerc3748562007-04-02 01:35:34 +0000619 continue;
Eric Christopherc1ea1492008-09-24 05:32:41 +0000620
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +0000621 eliminateMostlyEmptyBlock(BB);
Chris Lattnerc3748562007-04-02 01:35:34 +0000622 MadeChange = true;
623 }
624 return MadeChange;
625}
626
Jun Bum Lim90b6b502016-12-16 20:38:39 +0000627bool CodeGenPrepare::isMergingEmptyBlockProfitable(BasicBlock *BB,
628 BasicBlock *DestBB,
629 bool isPreheader) {
630 // Do not delete loop preheaders if doing so would create a critical edge.
631 // Loop preheaders can be good locations to spill registers. If the
632 // preheader is deleted and we create a critical edge, registers may be
633 // spilled in the loop body instead.
634 if (!DisablePreheaderProtect && isPreheader &&
635 !(BB->getSinglePredecessor() &&
636 BB->getSinglePredecessor()->getSingleSuccessor()))
637 return false;
638
639 // Try to skip merging if the unique predecessor of BB is terminated by a
640 // switch or indirect branch instruction, and BB is used as an incoming block
641 // of PHIs in DestBB. In such case, merging BB and DestBB would cause ISel to
642 // add COPY instructions in the predecessor of BB instead of BB (if it is not
643 // merged). Note that the critical edge created by merging such blocks wont be
644 // split in MachineSink because the jump table is not analyzable. By keeping
645 // such empty block (BB), ISel will place COPY instructions in BB, not in the
646 // predecessor of BB.
647 BasicBlock *Pred = BB->getUniquePredecessor();
648 if (!Pred ||
649 !(isa<SwitchInst>(Pred->getTerminator()) ||
650 isa<IndirectBrInst>(Pred->getTerminator())))
651 return true;
652
Jonas Devlieghere42243df2018-08-07 12:14:01 +0000653 if (BB->getTerminator() != BB->getFirstNonPHIOrDbg())
Jun Bum Lim90b6b502016-12-16 20:38:39 +0000654 return true;
655
656 // We use a simple cost heuristic which determine skipping merging is
657 // profitable if the cost of skipping merging is less than the cost of
658 // merging : Cost(skipping merging) < Cost(merging BB), where the
659 // Cost(skipping merging) is Freq(BB) * (Cost(Copy) + Cost(Branch)), and
660 // the Cost(merging BB) is Freq(Pred) * Cost(Copy).
661 // Assuming Cost(Copy) == Cost(Branch), we could simplify it to :
662 // Freq(Pred) / Freq(BB) > 2.
663 // Note that if there are multiple empty blocks sharing the same incoming
664 // value for the PHIs in the DestBB, we consider them together. In such
665 // case, Cost(merging BB) will be the sum of their frequencies.
666
667 if (!isa<PHINode>(DestBB->begin()))
668 return true;
669
670 SmallPtrSet<BasicBlock *, 16> SameIncomingValueBBs;
671
672 // Find all other incoming blocks from which incoming values of all PHIs in
673 // DestBB are the same as the ones from BB.
674 for (pred_iterator PI = pred_begin(DestBB), E = pred_end(DestBB); PI != E;
675 ++PI) {
676 BasicBlock *DestBBPred = *PI;
677 if (DestBBPred == BB)
678 continue;
679
Benjamin Kramerc7fc81e2017-12-30 15:27:33 +0000680 if (llvm::all_of(DestBB->phis(), [&](const PHINode &DestPN) {
681 return DestPN.getIncomingValueForBlock(BB) ==
682 DestPN.getIncomingValueForBlock(DestBBPred);
683 }))
Jun Bum Lim90b6b502016-12-16 20:38:39 +0000684 SameIncomingValueBBs.insert(DestBBPred);
685 }
686
687 // See if all BB's incoming values are same as the value from Pred. In this
688 // case, no reason to skip merging because COPYs are expected to be place in
689 // Pred already.
690 if (SameIncomingValueBBs.count(Pred))
691 return true;
692
Jun Bum Lim90b6b502016-12-16 20:38:39 +0000693 BlockFrequency PredFreq = BFI->getBlockFreq(Pred);
694 BlockFrequency BBFreq = BFI->getBlockFreq(BB);
695
696 for (auto SameValueBB : SameIncomingValueBBs)
697 if (SameValueBB->getUniquePredecessor() == Pred &&
698 DestBB == findDestBlockOfMergeableEmptyBlock(SameValueBB))
699 BBFreq += BFI->getBlockFreq(SameValueBB);
700
701 return PredFreq.getFrequency() <=
702 BBFreq.getFrequency() * FreqRatioToSkipMerge;
703}
704
Sanjay Patel4ac6b112015-09-21 22:47:23 +0000705/// Return true if we can merge BB into DestBB if there is a single
706/// unconditional branch between them, and BB contains no other non-phi
Chris Lattnerc3748562007-04-02 01:35:34 +0000707/// instructions.
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +0000708bool CodeGenPrepare::canMergeBlocks(const BasicBlock *BB,
Chris Lattnerc3748562007-04-02 01:35:34 +0000709 const BasicBlock *DestBB) const {
710 // We only want to eliminate blocks whose phi nodes are used by phi nodes in
711 // the successor. If there are more complex condition (e.g. preheaders),
712 // don't mess around with them.
Benjamin Kramerc7fc81e2017-12-30 15:27:33 +0000713 for (const PHINode &PN : BB->phis()) {
714 for (const User *U : PN.users()) {
Chandler Carruthcdf47882014-03-09 03:16:01 +0000715 const Instruction *UI = cast<Instruction>(U);
716 if (UI->getParent() != DestBB || !isa<PHINode>(UI))
Chris Lattnerc3748562007-04-02 01:35:34 +0000717 return false;
Eric Christopherc1ea1492008-09-24 05:32:41 +0000718 // If User is inside DestBB block and it is a PHINode then check
719 // incoming value. If incoming value is not from BB then this is
Devang Pateld3208522007-04-25 00:37:04 +0000720 // a complex condition (e.g. preheaders) we want to avoid here.
Chandler Carruthcdf47882014-03-09 03:16:01 +0000721 if (UI->getParent() == DestBB) {
722 if (const PHINode *UPN = dyn_cast<PHINode>(UI))
Devang Pateld3208522007-04-25 00:37:04 +0000723 for (unsigned I = 0, E = UPN->getNumIncomingValues(); I != E; ++I) {
724 Instruction *Insn = dyn_cast<Instruction>(UPN->getIncomingValue(I));
725 if (Insn && Insn->getParent() == BB &&
726 Insn->getParent() != UPN->getIncomingBlock(I))
727 return false;
728 }
729 }
Chris Lattnerc3748562007-04-02 01:35:34 +0000730 }
731 }
Eric Christopherc1ea1492008-09-24 05:32:41 +0000732
Chris Lattnerc3748562007-04-02 01:35:34 +0000733 // If BB and DestBB contain any common predecessors, then the phi nodes in BB
734 // and DestBB may have conflicting incoming values for the block. If so, we
735 // can't merge the block.
736 const PHINode *DestBBPN = dyn_cast<PHINode>(DestBB->begin());
737 if (!DestBBPN) return true; // no conflict.
Eric Christopherc1ea1492008-09-24 05:32:41 +0000738
Chris Lattnerc3748562007-04-02 01:35:34 +0000739 // Collect the preds of BB.
Chris Lattner8201a9b2007-11-06 22:07:40 +0000740 SmallPtrSet<const BasicBlock*, 16> BBPreds;
Chris Lattnerc3748562007-04-02 01:35:34 +0000741 if (const PHINode *BBPN = dyn_cast<PHINode>(BB->begin())) {
742 // It is faster to get preds from a PHI than with pred_iterator.
743 for (unsigned i = 0, e = BBPN->getNumIncomingValues(); i != e; ++i)
744 BBPreds.insert(BBPN->getIncomingBlock(i));
745 } else {
746 BBPreds.insert(pred_begin(BB), pred_end(BB));
747 }
Eric Christopherc1ea1492008-09-24 05:32:41 +0000748
Chris Lattnerc3748562007-04-02 01:35:34 +0000749 // Walk the preds of DestBB.
750 for (unsigned i = 0, e = DestBBPN->getNumIncomingValues(); i != e; ++i) {
751 BasicBlock *Pred = DestBBPN->getIncomingBlock(i);
752 if (BBPreds.count(Pred)) { // Common predecessor?
Benjamin Kramerc7fc81e2017-12-30 15:27:33 +0000753 for (const PHINode &PN : DestBB->phis()) {
754 const Value *V1 = PN.getIncomingValueForBlock(Pred);
755 const Value *V2 = PN.getIncomingValueForBlock(BB);
Eric Christopherc1ea1492008-09-24 05:32:41 +0000756
Chris Lattnerc3748562007-04-02 01:35:34 +0000757 // If V2 is a phi node in BB, look up what the mapped value will be.
758 if (const PHINode *V2PN = dyn_cast<PHINode>(V2))
759 if (V2PN->getParent() == BB)
760 V2 = V2PN->getIncomingValueForBlock(Pred);
Eric Christopherc1ea1492008-09-24 05:32:41 +0000761
Chris Lattnerc3748562007-04-02 01:35:34 +0000762 // If there is a conflict, bail out.
763 if (V1 != V2) return false;
764 }
765 }
766 }
767
768 return true;
769}
770
Sanjay Patel4ac6b112015-09-21 22:47:23 +0000771/// Eliminate a basic block that has only phi's and an unconditional branch in
772/// it.
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +0000773void CodeGenPrepare::eliminateMostlyEmptyBlock(BasicBlock *BB) {
Chris Lattnerc3748562007-04-02 01:35:34 +0000774 BranchInst *BI = cast<BranchInst>(BB->getTerminator());
775 BasicBlock *DestBB = BI->getSuccessor(0);
Eric Christopherc1ea1492008-09-24 05:32:41 +0000776
Nicola Zaghend34e60c2018-05-14 12:53:11 +0000777 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "MERGING MOSTLY EMPTY BLOCKS - BEFORE:\n"
778 << *BB << *DestBB);
Eric Christopherc1ea1492008-09-24 05:32:41 +0000779
Chris Lattnerc3748562007-04-02 01:35:34 +0000780 // If the destination block has a single pred, then this is a trivial edge,
781 // just collapse it.
Chris Lattner4059f432008-11-27 19:29:14 +0000782 if (BasicBlock *SinglePred = DestBB->getSinglePredecessor()) {
Chris Lattner8a172da2008-11-28 19:54:49 +0000783 if (SinglePred != DestBB) {
Alina Sbirleadfd14ad2018-06-20 22:01:04 +0000784 assert(SinglePred == BB &&
785 "Single predecessor not the same as predecessor");
786 // Merge DestBB into SinglePred/BB and delete it.
787 MergeBlockIntoPredecessor(DestBB);
788 // Note: BB(=SinglePred) will not be deleted on this path.
789 // DestBB(=its single successor) is the one that was deleted.
790 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "AFTER:\n" << *SinglePred << "\n\n\n");
Chris Lattner8a172da2008-11-28 19:54:49 +0000791 return;
792 }
Chris Lattnerc3748562007-04-02 01:35:34 +0000793 }
Eric Christopherc1ea1492008-09-24 05:32:41 +0000794
Chris Lattnerc3748562007-04-02 01:35:34 +0000795 // Otherwise, we have multiple predecessors of BB. Update the PHIs in DestBB
796 // to handle the new incoming edges it is about to have.
Benjamin Kramerc7fc81e2017-12-30 15:27:33 +0000797 for (PHINode &PN : DestBB->phis()) {
Chris Lattnerc3748562007-04-02 01:35:34 +0000798 // Remove the incoming value for BB, and remember it.
Benjamin Kramerc7fc81e2017-12-30 15:27:33 +0000799 Value *InVal = PN.removeIncomingValue(BB, false);
Eric Christopherc1ea1492008-09-24 05:32:41 +0000800
Chris Lattnerc3748562007-04-02 01:35:34 +0000801 // Two options: either the InVal is a phi node defined in BB or it is some
802 // value that dominates BB.
803 PHINode *InValPhi = dyn_cast<PHINode>(InVal);
804 if (InValPhi && InValPhi->getParent() == BB) {
805 // Add all of the input values of the input PHI as inputs of this phi.
806 for (unsigned i = 0, e = InValPhi->getNumIncomingValues(); i != e; ++i)
Benjamin Kramerc7fc81e2017-12-30 15:27:33 +0000807 PN.addIncoming(InValPhi->getIncomingValue(i),
808 InValPhi->getIncomingBlock(i));
Chris Lattnerc3748562007-04-02 01:35:34 +0000809 } else {
810 // Otherwise, add one instance of the dominating value for each edge that
811 // we will be adding.
812 if (PHINode *BBPN = dyn_cast<PHINode>(BB->begin())) {
813 for (unsigned i = 0, e = BBPN->getNumIncomingValues(); i != e; ++i)
Benjamin Kramerc7fc81e2017-12-30 15:27:33 +0000814 PN.addIncoming(InVal, BBPN->getIncomingBlock(i));
Chris Lattnerc3748562007-04-02 01:35:34 +0000815 } else {
Duncan P. N. Exon Smith6c990152014-07-21 17:06:51 +0000816 for (pred_iterator PI = pred_begin(BB), E = pred_end(BB); PI != E; ++PI)
Benjamin Kramerc7fc81e2017-12-30 15:27:33 +0000817 PN.addIncoming(InVal, *PI);
Chris Lattnerc3748562007-04-02 01:35:34 +0000818 }
819 }
820 }
Eric Christopherc1ea1492008-09-24 05:32:41 +0000821
Chris Lattnerc3748562007-04-02 01:35:34 +0000822 // The PHIs are now updated, change everything that refers to BB to use
823 // DestBB and remove BB.
824 BB->replaceAllUsesWith(DestBB);
825 BB->eraseFromParent();
Cameron Zwarichced753f2011-01-05 17:27:27 +0000826 ++NumBlocksElim;
Eric Christopherc1ea1492008-09-24 05:32:41 +0000827
Nicola Zaghend34e60c2018-05-14 12:53:11 +0000828 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "AFTER:\n" << *DestBB << "\n\n\n");
Chris Lattnerc3748562007-04-02 01:35:34 +0000829}
830
Ramkumar Ramachandradba73292015-01-14 23:27:07 +0000831// Computes a map of base pointer relocation instructions to corresponding
832// derived pointer relocation instructions given a vector of all relocate calls
833static void computeBaseDerivedRelocateMap(
Manuel Jacob83eefa62016-01-05 04:03:00 +0000834 const SmallVectorImpl<GCRelocateInst *> &AllRelocateCalls,
835 DenseMap<GCRelocateInst *, SmallVector<GCRelocateInst *, 2>>
836 &RelocateInstMap) {
Ramkumar Ramachandradba73292015-01-14 23:27:07 +0000837 // Collect information in two maps: one primarily for locating the base object
838 // while filling the second map; the second map is the final structure holding
839 // a mapping between Base and corresponding Derived relocate calls
Manuel Jacob83eefa62016-01-05 04:03:00 +0000840 DenseMap<std::pair<unsigned, unsigned>, GCRelocateInst *> RelocateIdxMap;
841 for (auto *ThisRelocate : AllRelocateCalls) {
842 auto K = std::make_pair(ThisRelocate->getBasePtrIndex(),
843 ThisRelocate->getDerivedPtrIndex());
844 RelocateIdxMap.insert(std::make_pair(K, ThisRelocate));
Ramkumar Ramachandradba73292015-01-14 23:27:07 +0000845 }
846 for (auto &Item : RelocateIdxMap) {
847 std::pair<unsigned, unsigned> Key = Item.first;
848 if (Key.first == Key.second)
849 // Base relocation: nothing to insert
850 continue;
851
Manuel Jacob83eefa62016-01-05 04:03:00 +0000852 GCRelocateInst *I = Item.second;
Ramkumar Ramachandradba73292015-01-14 23:27:07 +0000853 auto BaseKey = std::make_pair(Key.first, Key.first);
Sanjoy Dasb8186762015-02-27 02:24:16 +0000854
855 // We're iterating over RelocateIdxMap so we cannot modify it.
856 auto MaybeBase = RelocateIdxMap.find(BaseKey);
857 if (MaybeBase == RelocateIdxMap.end())
Ramkumar Ramachandradba73292015-01-14 23:27:07 +0000858 // TODO: We might want to insert a new base object relocate and gep off
859 // that, if there are enough derived object relocates.
860 continue;
Sanjoy Dasb8186762015-02-27 02:24:16 +0000861
862 RelocateInstMap[MaybeBase->second].push_back(I);
Ramkumar Ramachandradba73292015-01-14 23:27:07 +0000863 }
864}
865
866// Accepts a GEP and extracts the operands into a vector provided they're all
867// small integer constants
868static bool getGEPSmallConstantIntOffsetV(GetElementPtrInst *GEP,
869 SmallVectorImpl<Value *> &OffsetV) {
870 for (unsigned i = 1; i < GEP->getNumOperands(); i++) {
871 // Only accept small constant integer operands
872 auto Op = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(GEP->getOperand(i));
873 if (!Op || Op->getZExtValue() > 20)
874 return false;
875 }
876
877 for (unsigned i = 1; i < GEP->getNumOperands(); i++)
878 OffsetV.push_back(GEP->getOperand(i));
879 return true;
880}
881
882// Takes a RelocatedBase (base pointer relocation instruction) and Targets to
883// replace, computes a replacement, and affects it.
884static bool
Manuel Jacob83eefa62016-01-05 04:03:00 +0000885simplifyRelocatesOffABase(GCRelocateInst *RelocatedBase,
886 const SmallVectorImpl<GCRelocateInst *> &Targets) {
Ramkumar Ramachandradba73292015-01-14 23:27:07 +0000887 bool MadeChange = false;
Serguei Katkov9e5604d2017-08-17 05:48:30 +0000888 // We must ensure the relocation of derived pointer is defined after
889 // relocation of base pointer. If we find a relocation corresponding to base
890 // defined earlier than relocation of base then we move relocation of base
891 // right before found relocation. We consider only relocation in the same
892 // basic block as relocation of base. Relocations from other basic block will
893 // be skipped by optimization and we do not care about them.
894 for (auto R = RelocatedBase->getParent()->getFirstInsertionPt();
895 &*R != RelocatedBase; ++R)
896 if (auto RI = dyn_cast<GCRelocateInst>(R))
897 if (RI->getStatepoint() == RelocatedBase->getStatepoint())
898 if (RI->getBasePtrIndex() == RelocatedBase->getBasePtrIndex()) {
899 RelocatedBase->moveBefore(RI);
900 break;
901 }
902
Manuel Jacob83eefa62016-01-05 04:03:00 +0000903 for (GCRelocateInst *ToReplace : Targets) {
904 assert(ToReplace->getBasePtrIndex() == RelocatedBase->getBasePtrIndex() &&
Ramkumar Ramachandradba73292015-01-14 23:27:07 +0000905 "Not relocating a derived object of the original base object");
Manuel Jacob83eefa62016-01-05 04:03:00 +0000906 if (ToReplace->getBasePtrIndex() == ToReplace->getDerivedPtrIndex()) {
Ramkumar Ramachandradba73292015-01-14 23:27:07 +0000907 // A duplicate relocate call. TODO: coalesce duplicates.
908 continue;
909 }
910
Igor Laevskyf637b4a2015-11-03 18:37:40 +0000911 if (RelocatedBase->getParent() != ToReplace->getParent()) {
912 // Base and derived relocates are in different basic blocks.
913 // In this case transform is only valid when base dominates derived
914 // relocate. However it would be too expensive to check dominance
915 // for each such relocate, so we skip the whole transformation.
916 continue;
917 }
918
Manuel Jacob83eefa62016-01-05 04:03:00 +0000919 Value *Base = ToReplace->getBasePtr();
920 auto Derived = dyn_cast<GetElementPtrInst>(ToReplace->getDerivedPtr());
Ramkumar Ramachandradba73292015-01-14 23:27:07 +0000921 if (!Derived || Derived->getPointerOperand() != Base)
922 continue;
923
924 SmallVector<Value *, 2> OffsetV;
925 if (!getGEPSmallConstantIntOffsetV(Derived, OffsetV))
926 continue;
927
928 // Create a Builder and replace the target callsite with a gep
Sanjay Patel545a4562016-01-20 18:59:16 +0000929 assert(RelocatedBase->getNextNode() &&
930 "Should always have one since it's not a terminator");
Sanjoy Das3d705e32015-05-11 23:47:30 +0000931
932 // Insert after RelocatedBase
933 IRBuilder<> Builder(RelocatedBase->getNextNode());
Ramkumar Ramachandradba73292015-01-14 23:27:07 +0000934 Builder.SetCurrentDebugLocation(ToReplace->getDebugLoc());
Sanjoy Das89c54912015-05-11 18:49:34 +0000935
936 // If gc_relocate does not match the actual type, cast it to the right type.
937 // In theory, there must be a bitcast after gc_relocate if the type does not
938 // match, and we should reuse it to get the derived pointer. But it could be
939 // cases like this:
940 // bb1:
941 // ...
942 // %g1 = call coldcc i8 addrspace(1)* @llvm.experimental.gc.relocate.p1i8(...)
943 // br label %merge
944 //
945 // bb2:
946 // ...
947 // %g2 = call coldcc i8 addrspace(1)* @llvm.experimental.gc.relocate.p1i8(...)
948 // br label %merge
949 //
950 // merge:
951 // %p1 = phi i8 addrspace(1)* [ %g1, %bb1 ], [ %g2, %bb2 ]
952 // %cast = bitcast i8 addrspace(1)* %p1 in to i32 addrspace(1)*
953 //
954 // In this case, we can not find the bitcast any more. So we insert a new bitcast
955 // no matter there is already one or not. In this way, we can handle all cases, and
956 // the extra bitcast should be optimized away in later passes.
Manuel Jacob5b90b142015-12-19 18:38:42 +0000957 Value *ActualRelocatedBase = RelocatedBase;
Sanjoy Das89c54912015-05-11 18:49:34 +0000958 if (RelocatedBase->getType() != Base->getType()) {
959 ActualRelocatedBase =
Manuel Jacob5b90b142015-12-19 18:38:42 +0000960 Builder.CreateBitCast(RelocatedBase, Base->getType());
Sanjoy Das89c54912015-05-11 18:49:34 +0000961 }
David Blaikie68d535c2015-03-24 22:38:16 +0000962 Value *Replacement = Builder.CreateGEP(
Sanjoy Das89c54912015-05-11 18:49:34 +0000963 Derived->getSourceElementType(), ActualRelocatedBase, makeArrayRef(OffsetV));
Ramkumar Ramachandradba73292015-01-14 23:27:07 +0000964 Replacement->takeName(ToReplace);
Sanjoy Das89c54912015-05-11 18:49:34 +0000965 // If the newly generated derived pointer's type does not match the original derived
966 // pointer's type, cast the new derived pointer to match it. Same reasoning as above.
Manuel Jacob5b90b142015-12-19 18:38:42 +0000967 Value *ActualReplacement = Replacement;
968 if (Replacement->getType() != ToReplace->getType()) {
Sanjoy Das89c54912015-05-11 18:49:34 +0000969 ActualReplacement =
Manuel Jacob5b90b142015-12-19 18:38:42 +0000970 Builder.CreateBitCast(Replacement, ToReplace->getType());
Sanjoy Das89c54912015-05-11 18:49:34 +0000971 }
972 ToReplace->replaceAllUsesWith(ActualReplacement);
Ramkumar Ramachandradba73292015-01-14 23:27:07 +0000973 ToReplace->eraseFromParent();
974
975 MadeChange = true;
976 }
977 return MadeChange;
978}
979
980// Turns this:
981//
982// %base = ...
983// %ptr = gep %base + 15
984// %tok = statepoint (%fun, i32 0, i32 0, i32 0, %base, %ptr)
985// %base' = relocate(%tok, i32 4, i32 4)
986// %ptr' = relocate(%tok, i32 4, i32 5)
987// %val = load %ptr'
988//
989// into this:
990//
991// %base = ...
992// %ptr = gep %base + 15
993// %tok = statepoint (%fun, i32 0, i32 0, i32 0, %base, %ptr)
994// %base' = gc.relocate(%tok, i32 4, i32 4)
995// %ptr' = gep %base' + 15
996// %val = load %ptr'
997bool CodeGenPrepare::simplifyOffsetableRelocate(Instruction &I) {
998 bool MadeChange = false;
Manuel Jacob83eefa62016-01-05 04:03:00 +0000999 SmallVector<GCRelocateInst *, 2> AllRelocateCalls;
Ramkumar Ramachandradba73292015-01-14 23:27:07 +00001000
1001 for (auto *U : I.users())
Manuel Jacob83eefa62016-01-05 04:03:00 +00001002 if (GCRelocateInst *Relocate = dyn_cast<GCRelocateInst>(U))
Ramkumar Ramachandradba73292015-01-14 23:27:07 +00001003 // Collect all the relocate calls associated with a statepoint
Manuel Jacob83eefa62016-01-05 04:03:00 +00001004 AllRelocateCalls.push_back(Relocate);
Ramkumar Ramachandradba73292015-01-14 23:27:07 +00001005
1006 // We need atleast one base pointer relocation + one derived pointer
1007 // relocation to mangle
1008 if (AllRelocateCalls.size() < 2)
1009 return false;
1010
1011 // RelocateInstMap is a mapping from the base relocate instruction to the
1012 // corresponding derived relocate instructions
Manuel Jacob83eefa62016-01-05 04:03:00 +00001013 DenseMap<GCRelocateInst *, SmallVector<GCRelocateInst *, 2>> RelocateInstMap;
Ramkumar Ramachandradba73292015-01-14 23:27:07 +00001014 computeBaseDerivedRelocateMap(AllRelocateCalls, RelocateInstMap);
1015 if (RelocateInstMap.empty())
1016 return false;
1017
1018 for (auto &Item : RelocateInstMap)
1019 // Item.first is the RelocatedBase to offset against
1020 // Item.second is the vector of Targets to replace
1021 MadeChange = simplifyRelocatesOffABase(Item.first, Item.second);
1022 return MadeChange;
1023}
1024
Manuel Jacoba7c48f92014-03-13 13:36:25 +00001025/// SinkCast - Sink the specified cast instruction into its user blocks
1026static bool SinkCast(CastInst *CI) {
Chris Lattnerf2836d12007-03-31 04:06:36 +00001027 BasicBlock *DefBB = CI->getParent();
Eric Christopherc1ea1492008-09-24 05:32:41 +00001028
Chris Lattnerf2836d12007-03-31 04:06:36 +00001029 /// InsertedCasts - Only insert a cast in each block once.
Dale Johannesenedfec0b2007-06-12 16:50:17 +00001030 DenseMap<BasicBlock*, CastInst*> InsertedCasts;
Eric Christopherc1ea1492008-09-24 05:32:41 +00001031
Chris Lattnerf2836d12007-03-31 04:06:36 +00001032 bool MadeChange = false;
Chandler Carruthcdf47882014-03-09 03:16:01 +00001033 for (Value::user_iterator UI = CI->user_begin(), E = CI->user_end();
Chris Lattnerf2836d12007-03-31 04:06:36 +00001034 UI != E; ) {
1035 Use &TheUse = UI.getUse();
1036 Instruction *User = cast<Instruction>(*UI);
Eric Christopherc1ea1492008-09-24 05:32:41 +00001037
Chris Lattnerf2836d12007-03-31 04:06:36 +00001038 // Figure out which BB this cast is used in. For PHI's this is the
1039 // appropriate predecessor block.
1040 BasicBlock *UserBB = User->getParent();
1041 if (PHINode *PN = dyn_cast<PHINode>(User)) {
Chandler Carruthcdf47882014-03-09 03:16:01 +00001042 UserBB = PN->getIncomingBlock(TheUse);
Chris Lattnerf2836d12007-03-31 04:06:36 +00001043 }
Eric Christopherc1ea1492008-09-24 05:32:41 +00001044
Chris Lattnerf2836d12007-03-31 04:06:36 +00001045 // Preincrement use iterator so we don't invalidate it.
1046 ++UI;
Eric Christopherc1ea1492008-09-24 05:32:41 +00001047
David Majnemer0c80e2e2016-04-27 19:36:38 +00001048 // The first insertion point of a block containing an EH pad is after the
1049 // pad. If the pad is the user, we cannot sink the cast past the pad.
1050 if (User->isEHPad())
1051 continue;
1052
Andrew Kaylord0430e82015-11-23 19:16:15 +00001053 // If the block selected to receive the cast is an EH pad that does not
1054 // allow non-PHI instructions before the terminator, we can't sink the
1055 // cast.
1056 if (UserBB->getTerminator()->isEHPad())
1057 continue;
1058
Chris Lattnerf2836d12007-03-31 04:06:36 +00001059 // If this user is in the same block as the cast, don't change the cast.
1060 if (UserBB == DefBB) continue;
Eric Christopherc1ea1492008-09-24 05:32:41 +00001061
Chris Lattnerf2836d12007-03-31 04:06:36 +00001062 // If we have already inserted a cast into this block, use it.
1063 CastInst *&InsertedCast = InsertedCasts[UserBB];
1064
1065 if (!InsertedCast) {
Bill Wendling8ddfc092011-08-16 20:45:24 +00001066 BasicBlock::iterator InsertPt = UserBB->getFirstInsertionPt();
Duncan P. N. Exon Smithd83547a2015-10-09 18:44:40 +00001067 assert(InsertPt != UserBB->end());
1068 InsertedCast = CastInst::Create(CI->getOpcode(), CI->getOperand(0),
1069 CI->getType(), "", &*InsertPt);
Vedant Kumar9374c042018-05-23 22:03:48 +00001070 InsertedCast->setDebugLoc(CI->getDebugLoc());
Chris Lattnerf2836d12007-03-31 04:06:36 +00001071 }
Eric Christopherc1ea1492008-09-24 05:32:41 +00001072
Dale Johannesenedfec0b2007-06-12 16:50:17 +00001073 // Replace a use of the cast with a use of the new cast.
Chris Lattnerf2836d12007-03-31 04:06:36 +00001074 TheUse = InsertedCast;
Benjamin Kramerb4bf14c2015-04-10 22:25:36 +00001075 MadeChange = true;
Cameron Zwarichced753f2011-01-05 17:27:27 +00001076 ++NumCastUses;
Chris Lattnerf2836d12007-03-31 04:06:36 +00001077 }
Eric Christopherc1ea1492008-09-24 05:32:41 +00001078
Chris Lattnerf2836d12007-03-31 04:06:36 +00001079 // If we removed all uses, nuke the cast.
Duncan Sandsafa84da42008-01-20 16:51:46 +00001080 if (CI->use_empty()) {
Adrian Prantl261ac8b2017-11-03 21:55:03 +00001081 salvageDebugInfo(*CI);
Chris Lattnerf2836d12007-03-31 04:06:36 +00001082 CI->eraseFromParent();
Duncan Sandsafa84da42008-01-20 16:51:46 +00001083 MadeChange = true;
1084 }
Eric Christopherc1ea1492008-09-24 05:32:41 +00001085
Chris Lattnerf2836d12007-03-31 04:06:36 +00001086 return MadeChange;
1087}
1088
Sanjay Patel4ac6b112015-09-21 22:47:23 +00001089/// If the specified cast instruction is a noop copy (e.g. it's casting from
1090/// one pointer type to another, i32->i8 on PPC), sink it into user blocks to
1091/// reduce the number of virtual registers that must be created and coalesced.
Manuel Jacoba7c48f92014-03-13 13:36:25 +00001092///
1093/// Return true if any changes are made.
Mehdi Amini44ede332015-07-09 02:09:04 +00001094static bool OptimizeNoopCopyExpression(CastInst *CI, const TargetLowering &TLI,
1095 const DataLayout &DL) {
Justin Lebar3e50a5b2016-11-21 22:49:15 +00001096 // Sink only "cheap" (or nop) address-space casts. This is a weaker condition
1097 // than sinking only nop casts, but is helpful on some platforms.
1098 if (auto *ASC = dyn_cast<AddrSpaceCastInst>(CI)) {
1099 if (!TLI.isCheapAddrSpaceCast(ASC->getSrcAddressSpace(),
1100 ASC->getDestAddressSpace()))
1101 return false;
1102 }
1103
Manuel Jacoba7c48f92014-03-13 13:36:25 +00001104 // If this is a noop copy,
Mehdi Amini44ede332015-07-09 02:09:04 +00001105 EVT SrcVT = TLI.getValueType(DL, CI->getOperand(0)->getType());
1106 EVT DstVT = TLI.getValueType(DL, CI->getType());
Manuel Jacoba7c48f92014-03-13 13:36:25 +00001107
1108 // This is an fp<->int conversion?
1109 if (SrcVT.isInteger() != DstVT.isInteger())
1110 return false;
1111
1112 // If this is an extension, it will be a zero or sign extension, which
1113 // isn't a noop.
1114 if (SrcVT.bitsLT(DstVT)) return false;
1115
1116 // If these values will be promoted, find out what they will be promoted
1117 // to. This helps us consider truncates on PPC as noop copies when they
1118 // are.
1119 if (TLI.getTypeAction(CI->getContext(), SrcVT) ==
1120 TargetLowering::TypePromoteInteger)
1121 SrcVT = TLI.getTypeToTransformTo(CI->getContext(), SrcVT);
1122 if (TLI.getTypeAction(CI->getContext(), DstVT) ==
1123 TargetLowering::TypePromoteInteger)
1124 DstVT = TLI.getTypeToTransformTo(CI->getContext(), DstVT);
1125
1126 // If, after promotion, these are the same types, this is a noop copy.
1127 if (SrcVT != DstVT)
1128 return false;
1129
1130 return SinkCast(CI);
1131}
1132
Sanjay Patel4ac6b112015-09-21 22:47:23 +00001133/// Try to combine CI into a call to the llvm.uadd.with.overflow intrinsic if
1134/// possible.
Sanjoy Dasb6c59142015-04-10 21:07:09 +00001135///
1136/// Return true if any changes were made.
1137static bool CombineUAddWithOverflow(CmpInst *CI) {
1138 Value *A, *B;
1139 Instruction *AddI;
1140 if (!match(CI,
1141 m_UAddWithOverflow(m_Value(A), m_Value(B), m_Instruction(AddI))))
1142 return false;
1143
1144 Type *Ty = AddI->getType();
1145 if (!isa<IntegerType>(Ty))
1146 return false;
1147
1148 // We don't want to move around uses of condition values this late, so we we
1149 // check if it is legal to create the call to the intrinsic in the basic
1150 // block containing the icmp:
1151
1152 if (AddI->getParent() != CI->getParent() && !AddI->hasOneUse())
1153 return false;
1154
1155#ifndef NDEBUG
1156 // Someday m_UAddWithOverflow may get smarter, but this is a safe assumption
1157 // for now:
1158 if (AddI->hasOneUse())
1159 assert(*AddI->user_begin() == CI && "expected!");
1160#endif
1161
Sanjay Patelaf674fb2015-12-14 17:24:23 +00001162 Module *M = CI->getModule();
Sanjoy Dasb6c59142015-04-10 21:07:09 +00001163 Value *F = Intrinsic::getDeclaration(M, Intrinsic::uadd_with_overflow, Ty);
1164
1165 auto *InsertPt = AddI->hasOneUse() ? CI : AddI;
1166
1167 auto *UAddWithOverflow =
1168 CallInst::Create(F, {A, B}, "uadd.overflow", InsertPt);
1169 auto *UAdd = ExtractValueInst::Create(UAddWithOverflow, 0, "uadd", InsertPt);
1170 auto *Overflow =
1171 ExtractValueInst::Create(UAddWithOverflow, 1, "overflow", InsertPt);
1172
1173 CI->replaceAllUsesWith(Overflow);
1174 AddI->replaceAllUsesWith(UAdd);
1175 CI->eraseFromParent();
1176 AddI->eraseFromParent();
1177 return true;
1178}
1179
Sanjay Patel4ac6b112015-09-21 22:47:23 +00001180/// Sink the given CmpInst into user blocks to reduce the number of virtual
1181/// registers that must be created and coalesced. This is a clear win except on
1182/// targets with multiple condition code registers (PowerPC), where it might
1183/// lose; some adjustment may be wanted there.
Dale Johannesenedfec0b2007-06-12 16:50:17 +00001184///
1185/// Return true if any changes are made.
Peter Zotov8efe38a2016-04-03 19:32:13 +00001186static bool SinkCmpExpression(CmpInst *CI, const TargetLowering *TLI) {
Dale Johannesenedfec0b2007-06-12 16:50:17 +00001187 BasicBlock *DefBB = CI->getParent();
Eric Christopherc1ea1492008-09-24 05:32:41 +00001188
Peter Zotov0b6d7bc2016-04-03 16:36:17 +00001189 // Avoid sinking soft-FP comparisons, since this can move them into a loop.
Peter Zotov8efe38a2016-04-03 19:32:13 +00001190 if (TLI && TLI->useSoftFloat() && isa<FCmpInst>(CI))
Peter Zotov0b6d7bc2016-04-03 16:36:17 +00001191 return false;
1192
1193 // Only insert a cmp in each block once.
Dale Johannesenedfec0b2007-06-12 16:50:17 +00001194 DenseMap<BasicBlock*, CmpInst*> InsertedCmps;
Eric Christopherc1ea1492008-09-24 05:32:41 +00001195
Dale Johannesenedfec0b2007-06-12 16:50:17 +00001196 bool MadeChange = false;
Chandler Carruthcdf47882014-03-09 03:16:01 +00001197 for (Value::user_iterator UI = CI->user_begin(), E = CI->user_end();
Dale Johannesenedfec0b2007-06-12 16:50:17 +00001198 UI != E; ) {
1199 Use &TheUse = UI.getUse();
1200 Instruction *User = cast<Instruction>(*UI);
Eric Christopherc1ea1492008-09-24 05:32:41 +00001201
Dale Johannesenedfec0b2007-06-12 16:50:17 +00001202 // Preincrement use iterator so we don't invalidate it.
1203 ++UI;
Eric Christopherc1ea1492008-09-24 05:32:41 +00001204
Dale Johannesenedfec0b2007-06-12 16:50:17 +00001205 // Don't bother for PHI nodes.
1206 if (isa<PHINode>(User))
1207 continue;
1208
1209 // Figure out which BB this cmp is used in.
1210 BasicBlock *UserBB = User->getParent();
Eric Christopherc1ea1492008-09-24 05:32:41 +00001211
Dale Johannesenedfec0b2007-06-12 16:50:17 +00001212 // If this user is in the same block as the cmp, don't change the cmp.
1213 if (UserBB == DefBB) continue;
Eric Christopherc1ea1492008-09-24 05:32:41 +00001214
Dale Johannesenedfec0b2007-06-12 16:50:17 +00001215 // If we have already inserted a cmp into this block, use it.
1216 CmpInst *&InsertedCmp = InsertedCmps[UserBB];
1217
1218 if (!InsertedCmp) {
Bill Wendling8ddfc092011-08-16 20:45:24 +00001219 BasicBlock::iterator InsertPt = UserBB->getFirstInsertionPt();
Duncan P. N. Exon Smithd83547a2015-10-09 18:44:40 +00001220 assert(InsertPt != UserBB->end());
Eric Christopherc1ea1492008-09-24 05:32:41 +00001221 InsertedCmp =
Duncan P. N. Exon Smithd83547a2015-10-09 18:44:40 +00001222 CmpInst::Create(CI->getOpcode(), CI->getPredicate(),
1223 CI->getOperand(0), CI->getOperand(1), "", &*InsertPt);
Wolfgang Piebe51bede2016-10-06 21:43:45 +00001224 // Propagate the debug info.
1225 InsertedCmp->setDebugLoc(CI->getDebugLoc());
Dale Johannesenedfec0b2007-06-12 16:50:17 +00001226 }
Eric Christopherc1ea1492008-09-24 05:32:41 +00001227
Dale Johannesenedfec0b2007-06-12 16:50:17 +00001228 // Replace a use of the cmp with a use of the new cmp.
1229 TheUse = InsertedCmp;
Benjamin Kramerb4bf14c2015-04-10 22:25:36 +00001230 MadeChange = true;
Cameron Zwarichced753f2011-01-05 17:27:27 +00001231 ++NumCmpUses;
Dale Johannesenedfec0b2007-06-12 16:50:17 +00001232 }
Eric Christopherc1ea1492008-09-24 05:32:41 +00001233
Dale Johannesenedfec0b2007-06-12 16:50:17 +00001234 // If we removed all uses, nuke the cmp.
Benjamin Kramerb4bf14c2015-04-10 22:25:36 +00001235 if (CI->use_empty()) {
Dale Johannesenedfec0b2007-06-12 16:50:17 +00001236 CI->eraseFromParent();
Benjamin Kramerb4bf14c2015-04-10 22:25:36 +00001237 MadeChange = true;
1238 }
Eric Christopherc1ea1492008-09-24 05:32:41 +00001239
Dale Johannesenedfec0b2007-06-12 16:50:17 +00001240 return MadeChange;
1241}
1242
Peter Zotovf87e5502016-04-03 17:11:53 +00001243static bool OptimizeCmpExpression(CmpInst *CI, const TargetLowering *TLI) {
Peter Zotov8efe38a2016-04-03 19:32:13 +00001244 if (SinkCmpExpression(CI, TLI))
Sanjoy Dasb6c59142015-04-10 21:07:09 +00001245 return true;
1246
1247 if (CombineUAddWithOverflow(CI))
1248 return true;
1249
1250 return false;
1251}
1252
Geoff Berry5d534b62017-02-21 18:53:14 +00001253/// Duplicate and sink the given 'and' instruction into user blocks where it is
1254/// used in a compare to allow isel to generate better code for targets where
1255/// this operation can be combined.
1256///
1257/// Return true if any changes are made.
1258static bool sinkAndCmp0Expression(Instruction *AndI,
1259 const TargetLowering &TLI,
1260 SetOfInstrs &InsertedInsts) {
1261 // Double-check that we're not trying to optimize an instruction that was
1262 // already optimized by some other part of this pass.
1263 assert(!InsertedInsts.count(AndI) &&
1264 "Attempting to optimize already optimized and instruction");
1265 (void) InsertedInsts;
1266
1267 // Nothing to do for single use in same basic block.
1268 if (AndI->hasOneUse() &&
1269 AndI->getParent() == cast<Instruction>(*AndI->user_begin())->getParent())
1270 return false;
1271
1272 // Try to avoid cases where sinking/duplicating is likely to increase register
1273 // pressure.
1274 if (!isa<ConstantInt>(AndI->getOperand(0)) &&
1275 !isa<ConstantInt>(AndI->getOperand(1)) &&
1276 AndI->getOperand(0)->hasOneUse() && AndI->getOperand(1)->hasOneUse())
1277 return false;
1278
1279 for (auto *U : AndI->users()) {
1280 Instruction *User = cast<Instruction>(U);
1281
1282 // Only sink for and mask feeding icmp with 0.
1283 if (!isa<ICmpInst>(User))
1284 return false;
1285
1286 auto *CmpC = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(User->getOperand(1));
1287 if (!CmpC || !CmpC->isZero())
1288 return false;
1289 }
1290
1291 if (!TLI.isMaskAndCmp0FoldingBeneficial(*AndI))
1292 return false;
1293
Nicola Zaghend34e60c2018-05-14 12:53:11 +00001294 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "found 'and' feeding only icmp 0;\n");
1295 LLVM_DEBUG(AndI->getParent()->dump());
Geoff Berry5d534b62017-02-21 18:53:14 +00001296
1297 // Push the 'and' into the same block as the icmp 0. There should only be
1298 // one (icmp (and, 0)) in each block, since CSE/GVN should have removed any
1299 // others, so we don't need to keep track of which BBs we insert into.
1300 for (Value::user_iterator UI = AndI->user_begin(), E = AndI->user_end();
1301 UI != E; ) {
1302 Use &TheUse = UI.getUse();
1303 Instruction *User = cast<Instruction>(*UI);
1304
1305 // Preincrement use iterator so we don't invalidate it.
1306 ++UI;
1307
Nicola Zaghend34e60c2018-05-14 12:53:11 +00001308 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "sinking 'and' use: " << *User << "\n");
Geoff Berry5d534b62017-02-21 18:53:14 +00001309
1310 // Keep the 'and' in the same place if the use is already in the same block.
1311 Instruction *InsertPt =
1312 User->getParent() == AndI->getParent() ? AndI : User;
1313 Instruction *InsertedAnd =
1314 BinaryOperator::Create(Instruction::And, AndI->getOperand(0),
1315 AndI->getOperand(1), "", InsertPt);
1316 // Propagate the debug info.
1317 InsertedAnd->setDebugLoc(AndI->getDebugLoc());
1318
1319 // Replace a use of the 'and' with a use of the new 'and'.
1320 TheUse = InsertedAnd;
1321 ++NumAndUses;
Nicola Zaghend34e60c2018-05-14 12:53:11 +00001322 LLVM_DEBUG(User->getParent()->dump());
Geoff Berry5d534b62017-02-21 18:53:14 +00001323 }
1324
1325 // We removed all uses, nuke the and.
1326 AndI->eraseFromParent();
1327 return true;
1328}
1329
Sanjay Patel4ac6b112015-09-21 22:47:23 +00001330/// Check if the candidates could be combined with a shift instruction, which
1331/// includes:
Yi Jiangd069f632014-04-21 19:34:27 +00001332/// 1. Truncate instruction
1333/// 2. And instruction and the imm is a mask of the low bits:
1334/// imm & (imm+1) == 0
Benjamin Kramer322053c2014-04-27 14:54:59 +00001335static bool isExtractBitsCandidateUse(Instruction *User) {
Yi Jiangd069f632014-04-21 19:34:27 +00001336 if (!isa<TruncInst>(User)) {
1337 if (User->getOpcode() != Instruction::And ||
1338 !isa<ConstantInt>(User->getOperand(1)))
1339 return false;
1340
Quentin Colombetd4f44692014-04-22 01:20:34 +00001341 const APInt &Cimm = cast<ConstantInt>(User->getOperand(1))->getValue();
Yi Jiangd069f632014-04-21 19:34:27 +00001342
Quentin Colombetd4f44692014-04-22 01:20:34 +00001343 if ((Cimm & (Cimm + 1)).getBoolValue())
Yi Jiangd069f632014-04-21 19:34:27 +00001344 return false;
1345 }
1346 return true;
1347}
1348
Sanjay Patel4ac6b112015-09-21 22:47:23 +00001349/// Sink both shift and truncate instruction to the use of truncate's BB.
Benjamin Kramer322053c2014-04-27 14:54:59 +00001350static bool
Yi Jiangd069f632014-04-21 19:34:27 +00001351SinkShiftAndTruncate(BinaryOperator *ShiftI, Instruction *User, ConstantInt *CI,
1352 DenseMap<BasicBlock *, BinaryOperator *> &InsertedShifts,
Mehdi Amini44ede332015-07-09 02:09:04 +00001353 const TargetLowering &TLI, const DataLayout &DL) {
Yi Jiangd069f632014-04-21 19:34:27 +00001354 BasicBlock *UserBB = User->getParent();
1355 DenseMap<BasicBlock *, CastInst *> InsertedTruncs;
1356 TruncInst *TruncI = dyn_cast<TruncInst>(User);
1357 bool MadeChange = false;
1358
1359 for (Value::user_iterator TruncUI = TruncI->user_begin(),
1360 TruncE = TruncI->user_end();
1361 TruncUI != TruncE;) {
1362
1363 Use &TruncTheUse = TruncUI.getUse();
1364 Instruction *TruncUser = cast<Instruction>(*TruncUI);
1365 // Preincrement use iterator so we don't invalidate it.
1366
1367 ++TruncUI;
1368
1369 int ISDOpcode = TLI.InstructionOpcodeToISD(TruncUser->getOpcode());
1370 if (!ISDOpcode)
1371 continue;
1372
Tim Northovere2239ff2014-07-29 10:20:22 +00001373 // If the use is actually a legal node, there will not be an
1374 // implicit truncate.
1375 // FIXME: always querying the result type is just an
1376 // approximation; some nodes' legality is determined by the
1377 // operand or other means. There's no good way to find out though.
Ahmed Bougacha0788d492014-11-12 22:16:55 +00001378 if (TLI.isOperationLegalOrCustom(
Mehdi Amini44ede332015-07-09 02:09:04 +00001379 ISDOpcode, TLI.getValueType(DL, TruncUser->getType(), true)))
Yi Jiangd069f632014-04-21 19:34:27 +00001380 continue;
1381
1382 // Don't bother for PHI nodes.
1383 if (isa<PHINode>(TruncUser))
1384 continue;
1385
1386 BasicBlock *TruncUserBB = TruncUser->getParent();
1387
1388 if (UserBB == TruncUserBB)
1389 continue;
1390
1391 BinaryOperator *&InsertedShift = InsertedShifts[TruncUserBB];
1392 CastInst *&InsertedTrunc = InsertedTruncs[TruncUserBB];
1393
1394 if (!InsertedShift && !InsertedTrunc) {
1395 BasicBlock::iterator InsertPt = TruncUserBB->getFirstInsertionPt();
Duncan P. N. Exon Smithd83547a2015-10-09 18:44:40 +00001396 assert(InsertPt != TruncUserBB->end());
Yi Jiangd069f632014-04-21 19:34:27 +00001397 // Sink the shift
1398 if (ShiftI->getOpcode() == Instruction::AShr)
Duncan P. N. Exon Smithd83547a2015-10-09 18:44:40 +00001399 InsertedShift = BinaryOperator::CreateAShr(ShiftI->getOperand(0), CI,
1400 "", &*InsertPt);
Yi Jiangd069f632014-04-21 19:34:27 +00001401 else
Duncan P. N. Exon Smithd83547a2015-10-09 18:44:40 +00001402 InsertedShift = BinaryOperator::CreateLShr(ShiftI->getOperand(0), CI,
1403 "", &*InsertPt);
Yi Jiangd069f632014-04-21 19:34:27 +00001404
1405 // Sink the trunc
1406 BasicBlock::iterator TruncInsertPt = TruncUserBB->getFirstInsertionPt();
1407 TruncInsertPt++;
Duncan P. N. Exon Smithd83547a2015-10-09 18:44:40 +00001408 assert(TruncInsertPt != TruncUserBB->end());
Yi Jiangd069f632014-04-21 19:34:27 +00001409
1410 InsertedTrunc = CastInst::Create(TruncI->getOpcode(), InsertedShift,
Duncan P. N. Exon Smithd83547a2015-10-09 18:44:40 +00001411 TruncI->getType(), "", &*TruncInsertPt);
Yi Jiangd069f632014-04-21 19:34:27 +00001412
1413 MadeChange = true;
1414
1415 TruncTheUse = InsertedTrunc;
1416 }
1417 }
1418 return MadeChange;
1419}
1420
Sanjay Patel4ac6b112015-09-21 22:47:23 +00001421/// Sink the shift *right* instruction into user blocks if the uses could
1422/// potentially be combined with this shift instruction and generate BitExtract
1423/// instruction. It will only be applied if the architecture supports BitExtract
1424/// instruction. Here is an example:
Yi Jiangd069f632014-04-21 19:34:27 +00001425/// BB1:
1426/// %x.extract.shift = lshr i64 %arg1, 32
1427/// BB2:
1428/// %x.extract.trunc = trunc i64 %x.extract.shift to i16
1429/// ==>
1430///
1431/// BB2:
1432/// %x.extract.shift.1 = lshr i64 %arg1, 32
1433/// %x.extract.trunc = trunc i64 %x.extract.shift.1 to i16
1434///
Hiroshi Inouec73b6d62018-06-20 05:29:26 +00001435/// CodeGen will recognize the pattern in BB2 and generate BitExtract
Yi Jiangd069f632014-04-21 19:34:27 +00001436/// instruction.
1437/// Return true if any changes are made.
1438static bool OptimizeExtractBits(BinaryOperator *ShiftI, ConstantInt *CI,
Mehdi Amini44ede332015-07-09 02:09:04 +00001439 const TargetLowering &TLI,
1440 const DataLayout &DL) {
Yi Jiangd069f632014-04-21 19:34:27 +00001441 BasicBlock *DefBB = ShiftI->getParent();
1442
1443 /// Only insert instructions in each block once.
1444 DenseMap<BasicBlock *, BinaryOperator *> InsertedShifts;
1445
Mehdi Amini44ede332015-07-09 02:09:04 +00001446 bool shiftIsLegal = TLI.isTypeLegal(TLI.getValueType(DL, ShiftI->getType()));
Yi Jiangd069f632014-04-21 19:34:27 +00001447
1448 bool MadeChange = false;
1449 for (Value::user_iterator UI = ShiftI->user_begin(), E = ShiftI->user_end();
1450 UI != E;) {
1451 Use &TheUse = UI.getUse();
1452 Instruction *User = cast<Instruction>(*UI);
1453 // Preincrement use iterator so we don't invalidate it.
1454 ++UI;
1455
1456 // Don't bother for PHI nodes.
1457 if (isa<PHINode>(User))
1458 continue;
1459
1460 if (!isExtractBitsCandidateUse(User))
1461 continue;
1462
1463 BasicBlock *UserBB = User->getParent();
1464
1465 if (UserBB == DefBB) {
1466 // If the shift and truncate instruction are in the same BB. The use of
1467 // the truncate(TruncUse) may still introduce another truncate if not
1468 // legal. In this case, we would like to sink both shift and truncate
1469 // instruction to the BB of TruncUse.
1470 // for example:
1471 // BB1:
1472 // i64 shift.result = lshr i64 opnd, imm
1473 // trunc.result = trunc shift.result to i16
1474 //
1475 // BB2:
1476 // ----> We will have an implicit truncate here if the architecture does
1477 // not have i16 compare.
1478 // cmp i16 trunc.result, opnd2
1479 //
1480 if (isa<TruncInst>(User) && shiftIsLegal
Hiroshi Inouec73b6d62018-06-20 05:29:26 +00001481 // If the type of the truncate is legal, no truncate will be
Yi Jiangd069f632014-04-21 19:34:27 +00001482 // introduced in other basic blocks.
Mehdi Amini44ede332015-07-09 02:09:04 +00001483 &&
1484 (!TLI.isTypeLegal(TLI.getValueType(DL, User->getType()))))
Yi Jiangd069f632014-04-21 19:34:27 +00001485 MadeChange =
Mehdi Amini44ede332015-07-09 02:09:04 +00001486 SinkShiftAndTruncate(ShiftI, User, CI, InsertedShifts, TLI, DL);
Yi Jiangd069f632014-04-21 19:34:27 +00001487
1488 continue;
1489 }
1490 // If we have already inserted a shift into this block, use it.
1491 BinaryOperator *&InsertedShift = InsertedShifts[UserBB];
1492
1493 if (!InsertedShift) {
1494 BasicBlock::iterator InsertPt = UserBB->getFirstInsertionPt();
Duncan P. N. Exon Smithd83547a2015-10-09 18:44:40 +00001495 assert(InsertPt != UserBB->end());
Yi Jiangd069f632014-04-21 19:34:27 +00001496
1497 if (ShiftI->getOpcode() == Instruction::AShr)
Duncan P. N. Exon Smithd83547a2015-10-09 18:44:40 +00001498 InsertedShift = BinaryOperator::CreateAShr(ShiftI->getOperand(0), CI,
1499 "", &*InsertPt);
Yi Jiangd069f632014-04-21 19:34:27 +00001500 else
Duncan P. N. Exon Smithd83547a2015-10-09 18:44:40 +00001501 InsertedShift = BinaryOperator::CreateLShr(ShiftI->getOperand(0), CI,
1502 "", &*InsertPt);
Yi Jiangd069f632014-04-21 19:34:27 +00001503
1504 MadeChange = true;
1505 }
1506
1507 // Replace a use of the shift with a use of the new shift.
1508 TheUse = InsertedShift;
1509 }
1510
1511 // If we removed all uses, nuke the shift.
1512 if (ShiftI->use_empty())
1513 ShiftI->eraseFromParent();
1514
1515 return MadeChange;
1516}
1517
Sanjay Patel4699b8a2015-11-19 16:37:10 +00001518/// If counting leading or trailing zeros is an expensive operation and a zero
1519/// input is defined, add a check for zero to avoid calling the intrinsic.
1520///
1521/// We want to transform:
1522/// %z = call i64 @llvm.cttz.i64(i64 %A, i1 false)
1523///
1524/// into:
1525/// entry:
1526/// %cmpz = icmp eq i64 %A, 0
1527/// br i1 %cmpz, label %cond.end, label %cond.false
1528/// cond.false:
1529/// %z = call i64 @llvm.cttz.i64(i64 %A, i1 true)
1530/// br label %cond.end
1531/// cond.end:
1532/// %ctz = phi i64 [ 64, %entry ], [ %z, %cond.false ]
1533///
1534/// If the transform is performed, return true and set ModifiedDT to true.
1535static bool despeculateCountZeros(IntrinsicInst *CountZeros,
1536 const TargetLowering *TLI,
1537 const DataLayout *DL,
1538 bool &ModifiedDT) {
1539 if (!TLI || !DL)
1540 return false;
1541
1542 // If a zero input is undefined, it doesn't make sense to despeculate that.
1543 if (match(CountZeros->getOperand(1), m_One()))
1544 return false;
1545
1546 // If it's cheap to speculate, there's nothing to do.
1547 auto IntrinsicID = CountZeros->getIntrinsicID();
1548 if ((IntrinsicID == Intrinsic::cttz && TLI->isCheapToSpeculateCttz()) ||
1549 (IntrinsicID == Intrinsic::ctlz && TLI->isCheapToSpeculateCtlz()))
1550 return false;
1551
1552 // Only handle legal scalar cases. Anything else requires too much work.
1553 Type *Ty = CountZeros->getType();
1554 unsigned SizeInBits = Ty->getPrimitiveSizeInBits();
Jun Bum Limbe11bdc2016-05-13 18:38:35 +00001555 if (Ty->isVectorTy() || SizeInBits > DL->getLargestLegalIntTypeSizeInBits())
Sanjay Patel4699b8a2015-11-19 16:37:10 +00001556 return false;
1557
1558 // The intrinsic will be sunk behind a compare against zero and branch.
1559 BasicBlock *StartBlock = CountZeros->getParent();
1560 BasicBlock *CallBlock = StartBlock->splitBasicBlock(CountZeros, "cond.false");
1561
1562 // Create another block after the count zero intrinsic. A PHI will be added
1563 // in this block to select the result of the intrinsic or the bit-width
1564 // constant if the input to the intrinsic is zero.
1565 BasicBlock::iterator SplitPt = ++(BasicBlock::iterator(CountZeros));
1566 BasicBlock *EndBlock = CallBlock->splitBasicBlock(SplitPt, "cond.end");
1567
1568 // Set up a builder to create a compare, conditional branch, and PHI.
1569 IRBuilder<> Builder(CountZeros->getContext());
1570 Builder.SetInsertPoint(StartBlock->getTerminator());
1571 Builder.SetCurrentDebugLocation(CountZeros->getDebugLoc());
1572
1573 // Replace the unconditional branch that was created by the first split with
1574 // a compare against zero and a conditional branch.
1575 Value *Zero = Constant::getNullValue(Ty);
1576 Value *Cmp = Builder.CreateICmpEQ(CountZeros->getOperand(0), Zero, "cmpz");
1577 Builder.CreateCondBr(Cmp, EndBlock, CallBlock);
1578 StartBlock->getTerminator()->eraseFromParent();
1579
1580 // Create a PHI in the end block to select either the output of the intrinsic
1581 // or the bit width of the operand.
1582 Builder.SetInsertPoint(&EndBlock->front());
1583 PHINode *PN = Builder.CreatePHI(Ty, 2, "ctz");
1584 CountZeros->replaceAllUsesWith(PN);
1585 Value *BitWidth = Builder.getInt(APInt(SizeInBits, SizeInBits));
1586 PN->addIncoming(BitWidth, StartBlock);
1587 PN->addIncoming(CountZeros, CallBlock);
1588
1589 // We are explicitly handling the zero case, so we can set the intrinsic's
1590 // undefined zero argument to 'true'. This will also prevent reprocessing the
1591 // intrinsic; we only despeculate when a zero input is defined.
1592 CountZeros->setArgOperand(1, Builder.getTrue());
1593 ModifiedDT = true;
1594 return true;
1595}
1596
Sanjay Patel3b8974b2017-06-08 20:00:09 +00001597bool CodeGenPrepare::optimizeCallInst(CallInst *CI, bool &ModifiedDT) {
Chris Lattner7a277142011-01-15 07:14:54 +00001598 BasicBlock *BB = CI->getParent();
Nadav Rotem465834c2012-07-24 10:51:42 +00001599
Chris Lattner7a277142011-01-15 07:14:54 +00001600 // Lower inline assembly if we can.
1601 // If we found an inline asm expession, and if the target knows how to
1602 // lower it to normal LLVM code, do so now.
1603 if (TLI && isa<InlineAsm>(CI->getCalledValue())) {
1604 if (TLI->ExpandInlineAsm(CI)) {
1605 // Avoid invalidating the iterator.
1606 CurInstIterator = BB->begin();
1607 // Avoid processing instructions out of order, which could cause
1608 // reuse before a value is defined.
1609 SunkAddrs.clear();
1610 return true;
1611 }
1612 // Sink address computing for memory operands into the block.
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +00001613 if (optimizeInlineAsmInst(CI))
Chris Lattner7a277142011-01-15 07:14:54 +00001614 return true;
1615 }
Nadav Rotem465834c2012-07-24 10:51:42 +00001616
John Brawn0dbcd652015-03-18 12:01:59 +00001617 // Align the pointer arguments to this call if the target thinks it's a good
1618 // idea
1619 unsigned MinSize, PrefAlign;
Mehdi Amini4fe37982015-07-07 18:45:17 +00001620 if (TLI && TLI->shouldAlignPointerArgs(CI, MinSize, PrefAlign)) {
John Brawn0dbcd652015-03-18 12:01:59 +00001621 for (auto &Arg : CI->arg_operands()) {
1622 // We want to align both objects whose address is used directly and
1623 // objects whose address is used in casts and GEPs, though it only makes
1624 // sense for GEPs if the offset is a multiple of the desired alignment and
1625 // if size - offset meets the size threshold.
1626 if (!Arg->getType()->isPointerTy())
1627 continue;
Elena Demikhovsky945b7e52018-02-14 06:58:08 +00001628 APInt Offset(DL->getIndexSizeInBits(
Mehdi Amini4fe37982015-07-07 18:45:17 +00001629 cast<PointerType>(Arg->getType())->getAddressSpace()),
1630 0);
1631 Value *Val = Arg->stripAndAccumulateInBoundsConstantOffsets(*DL, Offset);
John Brawn0dbcd652015-03-18 12:01:59 +00001632 uint64_t Offset2 = Offset.getLimitedValue();
John Brawne8fd6c82015-04-13 10:47:39 +00001633 if ((Offset2 & (PrefAlign-1)) != 0)
1634 continue;
John Brawn0dbcd652015-03-18 12:01:59 +00001635 AllocaInst *AI;
Mehdi Amini4fe37982015-07-07 18:45:17 +00001636 if ((AI = dyn_cast<AllocaInst>(Val)) && AI->getAlignment() < PrefAlign &&
1637 DL->getTypeAllocSize(AI->getAllocatedType()) >= MinSize + Offset2)
John Brawn0dbcd652015-03-18 12:01:59 +00001638 AI->setAlignment(PrefAlign);
John Brawne8fd6c82015-04-13 10:47:39 +00001639 // Global variables can only be aligned if they are defined in this
1640 // object (i.e. they are uniquely initialized in this object), and
1641 // over-aligning global variables that have an explicit section is
1642 // forbidden.
1643 GlobalVariable *GV;
James Y Knightac03dca2016-01-15 16:33:06 +00001644 if ((GV = dyn_cast<GlobalVariable>(Val)) && GV->canIncreaseAlignment() &&
Tim Northover918f0502016-07-18 18:28:52 +00001645 GV->getPointerAlignment(*DL) < PrefAlign &&
Manuel Jacob5f6eaac2016-01-16 20:30:46 +00001646 DL->getTypeAllocSize(GV->getValueType()) >=
Mehdi Amini4fe37982015-07-07 18:45:17 +00001647 MinSize + Offset2)
John Brawne8fd6c82015-04-13 10:47:39 +00001648 GV->setAlignment(PrefAlign);
John Brawn0dbcd652015-03-18 12:01:59 +00001649 }
1650 // If this is a memcpy (or similar) then we may be able to improve the
1651 // alignment
1652 if (MemIntrinsic *MI = dyn_cast<MemIntrinsic>(CI)) {
Daniel Neilsonbe58a222018-01-31 17:24:53 +00001653 unsigned DestAlign = getKnownAlignment(MI->getDest(), *DL);
1654 if (DestAlign > MI->getDestAlignment())
1655 MI->setDestAlignment(DestAlign);
1656 if (MemTransferInst *MTI = dyn_cast<MemTransferInst>(MI)) {
1657 unsigned SrcAlign = getKnownAlignment(MTI->getSource(), *DL);
1658 if (SrcAlign > MTI->getSourceAlignment())
1659 MTI->setSourceAlignment(SrcAlign);
1660 }
John Brawn0dbcd652015-03-18 12:01:59 +00001661 }
1662 }
1663
Philip Reamesac115ed2016-03-09 23:13:12 +00001664 // If we have a cold call site, try to sink addressing computation into the
1665 // cold block. This interacts with our handling for loads and stores to
1666 // ensure that we can fold all uses of a potential addressing computation
1667 // into their uses. TODO: generalize this to work over profiling data
1668 if (!OptSize && CI->hasFnAttr(Attribute::Cold))
1669 for (auto &Arg : CI->arg_operands()) {
1670 if (!Arg->getType()->isPointerTy())
1671 continue;
1672 unsigned AS = Arg->getType()->getPointerAddressSpace();
1673 return optimizeMemoryInst(CI, Arg, Arg->getType(), AS);
1674 }
Junmo Park6098cbb2016-03-11 07:05:32 +00001675
Eric Christopher4b7948e2010-03-11 02:41:03 +00001676 IntrinsicInst *II = dyn_cast<IntrinsicInst>(CI);
Elena Demikhovsky87700a72014-12-28 08:54:45 +00001677 if (II) {
1678 switch (II->getIntrinsicID()) {
1679 default: break;
1680 case Intrinsic::objectsize: {
1681 // Lower all uses of llvm.objectsize.*
George Burgess IV3f089142016-12-20 23:46:36 +00001682 ConstantInt *RetVal =
1683 lowerObjectSizeCall(II, *DL, TLInfo, /*MustSucceed=*/true);
Elena Demikhovsky87700a72014-12-28 08:54:45 +00001684 // Substituting this can cause recursive simplifications, which can
Sanjoy Dase6bca0e2017-05-01 17:07:49 +00001685 // invalidate our iterator. Use a WeakTrackingVH to hold onto it in case
1686 // this
Sanjoy Das2cbeb002017-04-26 16:37:05 +00001687 // happens.
Duncan P. N. Exon Smith7b269642016-02-21 19:37:45 +00001688 Value *CurValue = &*CurInstIterator;
Sanjoy Dase6bca0e2017-05-01 17:07:49 +00001689 WeakTrackingVH IterHandle(CurValue);
Nadav Rotem465834c2012-07-24 10:51:42 +00001690
Sanjay Patel545a4562016-01-20 18:59:16 +00001691 replaceAndRecursivelySimplify(CI, RetVal, TLInfo, nullptr);
Chris Lattner1b93be52011-01-15 07:25:29 +00001692
Elena Demikhovsky87700a72014-12-28 08:54:45 +00001693 // If the iterator instruction was recursively deleted, start over at the
1694 // start of the block.
Duncan P. N. Exon Smith7b269642016-02-21 19:37:45 +00001695 if (IterHandle != CurValue) {
Elena Demikhovsky87700a72014-12-28 08:54:45 +00001696 CurInstIterator = BB->begin();
1697 SunkAddrs.clear();
1698 }
1699 return true;
Chris Lattner86d56c62011-01-18 20:53:04 +00001700 }
Ahmed Bougacha236f9042015-05-22 21:37:17 +00001701 case Intrinsic::aarch64_stlxr:
1702 case Intrinsic::aarch64_stxr: {
1703 ZExtInst *ExtVal = dyn_cast<ZExtInst>(CI->getArgOperand(0));
1704 if (!ExtVal || !ExtVal->hasOneUse() ||
1705 ExtVal->getParent() == CI->getParent())
1706 return false;
1707 // Sink a zext feeding stlxr/stxr before it, so it can be folded into it.
1708 ExtVal->moveBefore(CI);
Ahmed Bougachaf3299142015-06-17 20:44:32 +00001709 // Mark this instruction as "inserted by CGP", so that other
1710 // optimizations don't touch it.
1711 InsertedInsts.insert(ExtVal);
Ahmed Bougacha236f9042015-05-22 21:37:17 +00001712 return true;
1713 }
Piotr Padlewski5dde8092018-05-03 11:03:01 +00001714 case Intrinsic::launder_invariant_group:
Piotr Padlewski5b3db452018-07-02 04:49:30 +00001715 case Intrinsic::strip_invariant_group:
Piotr Padlewski6c15ec42015-09-15 18:32:14 +00001716 II->replaceAllUsesWith(II->getArgOperand(0));
1717 II->eraseFromParent();
1718 return true;
Sanjay Patel4699b8a2015-11-19 16:37:10 +00001719
1720 case Intrinsic::cttz:
1721 case Intrinsic::ctlz:
1722 // If counting zeros is expensive, try to avoid it.
1723 return despeculateCountZeros(II, TLI, DL, ModifiedDT);
Elena Demikhovsky87700a72014-12-28 08:54:45 +00001724 }
Eric Christopher4b7948e2010-03-11 02:41:03 +00001725
Elena Demikhovsky87700a72014-12-28 08:54:45 +00001726 if (TLI) {
1727 SmallVector<Value*, 2> PtrOps;
1728 Type *AccessTy;
Matt Arsenault1672b1b2017-02-08 07:09:03 +00001729 if (TLI->getAddrModeArguments(II, PtrOps, AccessTy))
1730 while (!PtrOps.empty()) {
1731 Value *PtrVal = PtrOps.pop_back_val();
1732 unsigned AS = PtrVal->getType()->getPointerAddressSpace();
1733 if (optimizeMemoryInst(II, PtrVal, AccessTy, AS))
Elena Demikhovsky87700a72014-12-28 08:54:45 +00001734 return true;
Matt Arsenault1672b1b2017-02-08 07:09:03 +00001735 }
Elena Demikhovsky87700a72014-12-28 08:54:45 +00001736 }
Pete Cooper615fd892012-03-13 20:59:56 +00001737 }
1738
Eric Christopher4b7948e2010-03-11 02:41:03 +00001739 // From here on out we're working with named functions.
Craig Topperc0196b12014-04-14 00:51:57 +00001740 if (!CI->getCalledFunction()) return false;
Devang Patel0da52502011-05-26 21:51:06 +00001741
Benjamin Kramer7b88a492010-03-12 09:27:41 +00001742 // Lower all default uses of _chk calls. This is very similar
1743 // to what InstCombineCalls does, but here we are only lowering calls
Ahmed Bougachae03bef72015-01-12 17:22:43 +00001744 // to fortified library functions (e.g. __memcpy_chk) that have the default
1745 // "don't know" as the objectsize. Anything else should be left alone.
Mehdi Aminia28d91d2015-03-10 02:37:25 +00001746 FortifiedLibCallSimplifier Simplifier(TLInfo, true);
Ahmed Bougachae03bef72015-01-12 17:22:43 +00001747 if (Value *V = Simplifier.optimizeCall(CI)) {
1748 CI->replaceAllUsesWith(V);
1749 CI->eraseFromParent();
1750 return true;
1751 }
Zaara Syeda3a7578c2017-05-31 17:12:38 +00001752
Ahmed Bougachae03bef72015-01-12 17:22:43 +00001753 return false;
Eric Christopher4b7948e2010-03-11 02:41:03 +00001754}
Chris Lattner1b93be52011-01-15 07:25:29 +00001755
Sanjay Patel4ac6b112015-09-21 22:47:23 +00001756/// Look for opportunities to duplicate return instructions to the predecessor
1757/// to enable tail call optimizations. The case it is currently looking for is:
Dmitri Gribenko2bc1d482012-09-13 12:34:29 +00001758/// @code
Evan Cheng0663f232011-03-21 01:19:09 +00001759/// bb0:
1760/// %tmp0 = tail call i32 @f0()
1761/// br label %return
1762/// bb1:
1763/// %tmp1 = tail call i32 @f1()
1764/// br label %return
1765/// bb2:
1766/// %tmp2 = tail call i32 @f2()
1767/// br label %return
1768/// return:
1769/// %retval = phi i32 [ %tmp0, %bb0 ], [ %tmp1, %bb1 ], [ %tmp2, %bb2 ]
1770/// ret i32 %retval
Dmitri Gribenko2bc1d482012-09-13 12:34:29 +00001771/// @endcode
Evan Cheng0663f232011-03-21 01:19:09 +00001772///
1773/// =>
1774///
Dmitri Gribenko2bc1d482012-09-13 12:34:29 +00001775/// @code
Evan Cheng0663f232011-03-21 01:19:09 +00001776/// bb0:
1777/// %tmp0 = tail call i32 @f0()
1778/// ret i32 %tmp0
1779/// bb1:
1780/// %tmp1 = tail call i32 @f1()
1781/// ret i32 %tmp1
1782/// bb2:
1783/// %tmp2 = tail call i32 @f2()
1784/// ret i32 %tmp2
Dmitri Gribenko2bc1d482012-09-13 12:34:29 +00001785/// @endcode
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +00001786bool CodeGenPrepare::dupRetToEnableTailCallOpts(BasicBlock *BB) {
Cameron Zwarich47e71752011-03-24 04:51:51 +00001787 if (!TLI)
1788 return false;
1789
Michael Kuperstein71321562016-09-07 20:29:49 +00001790 ReturnInst *RetI = dyn_cast<ReturnInst>(BB->getTerminator());
1791 if (!RetI)
Benjamin Kramer455fa352012-11-23 19:17:06 +00001792 return false;
1793
Craig Topperc0196b12014-04-14 00:51:57 +00001794 PHINode *PN = nullptr;
1795 BitCastInst *BCI = nullptr;
Michael Kuperstein71321562016-09-07 20:29:49 +00001796 Value *V = RetI->getReturnValue();
Evan Cheng249716e2012-07-27 21:21:26 +00001797 if (V) {
1798 BCI = dyn_cast<BitCastInst>(V);
1799 if (BCI)
1800 V = BCI->getOperand(0);
1801
1802 PN = dyn_cast<PHINode>(V);
1803 if (!PN)
1804 return false;
1805 }
Evan Cheng0663f232011-03-21 01:19:09 +00001806
Cameron Zwarich4649f172011-03-24 04:52:10 +00001807 if (PN && PN->getParent() != BB)
Cameron Zwarich0e331c02011-03-24 04:52:07 +00001808 return false;
Evan Cheng0663f232011-03-21 01:19:09 +00001809
Cameron Zwarich4649f172011-03-24 04:52:10 +00001810 // Make sure there are no instructions between the PHI and return, or that the
1811 // return is the first instruction in the block.
1812 if (PN) {
1813 BasicBlock::iterator BI = BB->begin();
1814 do { ++BI; } while (isa<DbgInfoIntrinsic>(BI));
Evan Cheng249716e2012-07-27 21:21:26 +00001815 if (&*BI == BCI)
1816 // Also skip over the bitcast.
1817 ++BI;
Michael Kuperstein71321562016-09-07 20:29:49 +00001818 if (&*BI != RetI)
Cameron Zwarich4649f172011-03-24 04:52:10 +00001819 return false;
1820 } else {
Cameron Zwarich74157ab2011-03-24 16:34:59 +00001821 BasicBlock::iterator BI = BB->begin();
1822 while (isa<DbgInfoIntrinsic>(BI)) ++BI;
Michael Kuperstein71321562016-09-07 20:29:49 +00001823 if (&*BI != RetI)
Cameron Zwarich4649f172011-03-24 04:52:10 +00001824 return false;
1825 }
Evan Cheng0663f232011-03-21 01:19:09 +00001826
Cameron Zwarich0e331c02011-03-24 04:52:07 +00001827 /// Only dup the ReturnInst if the CallInst is likely to be emitted as a tail
1828 /// call.
Michael Kupersteinf79af6f2016-09-08 00:48:37 +00001829 const Function *F = BB->getParent();
Cameron Zwarich0e331c02011-03-24 04:52:07 +00001830 SmallVector<CallInst*, 4> TailCalls;
Cameron Zwarich4649f172011-03-24 04:52:10 +00001831 if (PN) {
1832 for (unsigned I = 0, E = PN->getNumIncomingValues(); I != E; ++I) {
1833 CallInst *CI = dyn_cast<CallInst>(PN->getIncomingValue(I));
1834 // Make sure the phi value is indeed produced by the tail call.
1835 if (CI && CI->hasOneUse() && CI->getParent() == PN->getIncomingBlock(I) &&
Michael Kupersteinf79af6f2016-09-08 00:48:37 +00001836 TLI->mayBeEmittedAsTailCall(CI) &&
1837 attributesPermitTailCall(F, CI, RetI, *TLI))
Cameron Zwarich4649f172011-03-24 04:52:10 +00001838 TailCalls.push_back(CI);
1839 }
1840 } else {
1841 SmallPtrSet<BasicBlock*, 4> VisitedBBs;
Duncan P. N. Exon Smith6c990152014-07-21 17:06:51 +00001842 for (pred_iterator PI = pred_begin(BB), PE = pred_end(BB); PI != PE; ++PI) {
David Blaikie70573dc2014-11-19 07:49:26 +00001843 if (!VisitedBBs.insert(*PI).second)
Cameron Zwarich4649f172011-03-24 04:52:10 +00001844 continue;
1845
Duncan P. N. Exon Smith6c990152014-07-21 17:06:51 +00001846 BasicBlock::InstListType &InstList = (*PI)->getInstList();
Cameron Zwarich4649f172011-03-24 04:52:10 +00001847 BasicBlock::InstListType::reverse_iterator RI = InstList.rbegin();
1848 BasicBlock::InstListType::reverse_iterator RE = InstList.rend();
Cameron Zwarich74157ab2011-03-24 16:34:59 +00001849 do { ++RI; } while (RI != RE && isa<DbgInfoIntrinsic>(&*RI));
1850 if (RI == RE)
Cameron Zwarich4649f172011-03-24 04:52:10 +00001851 continue;
Cameron Zwarich74157ab2011-03-24 16:34:59 +00001852
Cameron Zwarich4649f172011-03-24 04:52:10 +00001853 CallInst *CI = dyn_cast<CallInst>(&*RI);
Michael Kupersteinf79af6f2016-09-08 00:48:37 +00001854 if (CI && CI->use_empty() && TLI->mayBeEmittedAsTailCall(CI) &&
1855 attributesPermitTailCall(F, CI, RetI, *TLI))
Cameron Zwarich4649f172011-03-24 04:52:10 +00001856 TailCalls.push_back(CI);
1857 }
Evan Cheng0663f232011-03-21 01:19:09 +00001858 }
1859
Cameron Zwarich0e331c02011-03-24 04:52:07 +00001860 bool Changed = false;
1861 for (unsigned i = 0, e = TailCalls.size(); i != e; ++i) {
1862 CallInst *CI = TailCalls[i];
1863 CallSite CS(CI);
1864
1865 // Conservatively require the attributes of the call to match those of the
1866 // return. Ignore noalias because it doesn't affect the call sequence.
Reid Klecknerb5180542017-03-21 16:57:19 +00001867 AttributeList CalleeAttrs = CS.getAttributes();
1868 if (AttrBuilder(CalleeAttrs, AttributeList::ReturnIndex)
1869 .removeAttribute(Attribute::NoAlias) !=
1870 AttrBuilder(CalleeAttrs, AttributeList::ReturnIndex)
1871 .removeAttribute(Attribute::NoAlias))
Cameron Zwarich0e331c02011-03-24 04:52:07 +00001872 continue;
1873
1874 // Make sure the call instruction is followed by an unconditional branch to
1875 // the return block.
1876 BasicBlock *CallBB = CI->getParent();
1877 BranchInst *BI = dyn_cast<BranchInst>(CallBB->getTerminator());
1878 if (!BI || !BI->isUnconditional() || BI->getSuccessor(0) != BB)
1879 continue;
1880
1881 // Duplicate the return into CallBB.
Michael Kuperstein71321562016-09-07 20:29:49 +00001882 (void)FoldReturnIntoUncondBranch(RetI, BB, CallBB);
Devang Patel8f606d72011-03-24 15:35:25 +00001883 ModifiedDT = Changed = true;
Cameron Zwarich0e331c02011-03-24 04:52:07 +00001884 ++NumRetsDup;
1885 }
1886
1887 // If we eliminated all predecessors of the block, delete the block now.
Evan Cheng64a223a2012-09-28 23:58:57 +00001888 if (Changed && !BB->hasAddressTaken() && pred_begin(BB) == pred_end(BB))
Cameron Zwarich0e331c02011-03-24 04:52:07 +00001889 BB->eraseFromParent();
1890
1891 return Changed;
Evan Cheng0663f232011-03-21 01:19:09 +00001892}
1893
Chris Lattner728f9022008-11-25 07:09:13 +00001894//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Chris Lattner728f9022008-11-25 07:09:13 +00001895// Memory Optimization
1896//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
1897
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00001898namespace {
1899
Sanjay Patel4ac6b112015-09-21 22:47:23 +00001900/// This is an extended version of TargetLowering::AddrMode
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00001901/// which holds actual Value*'s for register values.
Chandler Carruth95f83e02013-01-07 15:14:13 +00001902struct ExtAddrMode : public TargetLowering::AddrMode {
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +00001903 Value *BaseReg = nullptr;
1904 Value *ScaledReg = nullptr;
John Brawn736bf002017-10-03 13:08:22 +00001905 Value *OriginalValue = nullptr;
1906
1907 enum FieldName {
1908 NoField = 0x00,
1909 BaseRegField = 0x01,
1910 BaseGVField = 0x02,
1911 BaseOffsField = 0x04,
1912 ScaledRegField = 0x08,
1913 ScaleField = 0x10,
1914 MultipleFields = 0xff
1915 };
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +00001916
1917 ExtAddrMode() = default;
1918
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00001919 void print(raw_ostream &OS) const;
1920 void dump() const;
Stephen Lin837bba12013-07-15 17:55:02 +00001921
John Brawn736bf002017-10-03 13:08:22 +00001922 FieldName compare(const ExtAddrMode &other) {
1923 // First check that the types are the same on each field, as differing types
1924 // is something we can't cope with later on.
1925 if (BaseReg && other.BaseReg &&
1926 BaseReg->getType() != other.BaseReg->getType())
1927 return MultipleFields;
1928 if (BaseGV && other.BaseGV &&
1929 BaseGV->getType() != other.BaseGV->getType())
1930 return MultipleFields;
1931 if (ScaledReg && other.ScaledReg &&
1932 ScaledReg->getType() != other.ScaledReg->getType())
1933 return MultipleFields;
1934
1935 // Check each field to see if it differs.
1936 unsigned Result = NoField;
1937 if (BaseReg != other.BaseReg)
1938 Result |= BaseRegField;
1939 if (BaseGV != other.BaseGV)
1940 Result |= BaseGVField;
1941 if (BaseOffs != other.BaseOffs)
1942 Result |= BaseOffsField;
1943 if (ScaledReg != other.ScaledReg)
1944 Result |= ScaledRegField;
1945 // Don't count 0 as being a different scale, because that actually means
1946 // unscaled (which will already be counted by having no ScaledReg).
1947 if (Scale && other.Scale && Scale != other.Scale)
1948 Result |= ScaleField;
1949
1950 if (countPopulation(Result) > 1)
1951 return MultipleFields;
1952 else
1953 return static_cast<FieldName>(Result);
1954 }
1955
John Brawn4b476482017-11-27 11:29:15 +00001956 // An AddrMode is trivial if it involves no calculation i.e. it is just a base
1957 // with no offset.
John Brawn736bf002017-10-03 13:08:22 +00001958 bool isTrivial() {
John Brawn4b476482017-11-27 11:29:15 +00001959 // An AddrMode is (BaseGV + BaseReg + BaseOffs + ScaleReg * Scale) so it is
1960 // trivial if at most one of these terms is nonzero, except that BaseGV and
1961 // BaseReg both being zero actually means a null pointer value, which we
1962 // consider to be 'non-zero' here.
1963 return !BaseOffs && !Scale && !(BaseGV && BaseReg);
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00001964 }
John Brawn70cdb5b2017-11-24 14:10:45 +00001965
1966 Value *GetFieldAsValue(FieldName Field, Type *IntPtrTy) {
1967 switch (Field) {
1968 default:
1969 return nullptr;
1970 case BaseRegField:
1971 return BaseReg;
1972 case BaseGVField:
1973 return BaseGV;
1974 case ScaledRegField:
1975 return ScaledReg;
1976 case BaseOffsField:
1977 return ConstantInt::get(IntPtrTy, BaseOffs);
1978 }
1979 }
1980
1981 void SetCombinedField(FieldName Field, Value *V,
1982 const SmallVectorImpl<ExtAddrMode> &AddrModes) {
1983 switch (Field) {
1984 default:
1985 llvm_unreachable("Unhandled fields are expected to be rejected earlier");
1986 break;
1987 case ExtAddrMode::BaseRegField:
1988 BaseReg = V;
1989 break;
1990 case ExtAddrMode::BaseGVField:
1991 // A combined BaseGV is an Instruction, not a GlobalValue, so it goes
1992 // in the BaseReg field.
1993 assert(BaseReg == nullptr);
1994 BaseReg = V;
1995 BaseGV = nullptr;
1996 break;
1997 case ExtAddrMode::ScaledRegField:
1998 ScaledReg = V;
1999 // If we have a mix of scaled and unscaled addrmodes then we want scale
2000 // to be the scale and not zero.
2001 if (!Scale)
2002 for (const ExtAddrMode &AM : AddrModes)
2003 if (AM.Scale) {
2004 Scale = AM.Scale;
2005 break;
2006 }
2007 break;
2008 case ExtAddrMode::BaseOffsField:
2009 // The offset is no longer a constant, so it goes in ScaledReg with a
2010 // scale of 1.
2011 assert(ScaledReg == nullptr);
2012 ScaledReg = V;
2013 Scale = 1;
2014 BaseOffs = 0;
2015 break;
2016 }
2017 }
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00002018};
2019
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +00002020} // end anonymous namespace
2021
Eli Friedmanc1f1f852013-09-10 23:09:24 +00002022#ifndef NDEBUG
2023static inline raw_ostream &operator<<(raw_ostream &OS, const ExtAddrMode &AM) {
2024 AM.print(OS);
2025 return OS;
2026}
2027#endif
2028
Aaron Ballman615eb472017-10-15 14:32:27 +00002029#if !defined(NDEBUG) || defined(LLVM_ENABLE_DUMP)
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00002030void ExtAddrMode::print(raw_ostream &OS) const {
2031 bool NeedPlus = false;
2032 OS << "[";
2033 if (BaseGV) {
2034 OS << (NeedPlus ? " + " : "")
2035 << "GV:";
Chandler Carruthd48cdbf2014-01-09 02:29:41 +00002036 BaseGV->printAsOperand(OS, /*PrintType=*/false);
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00002037 NeedPlus = true;
2038 }
2039
Richard Trieuc0f91212014-05-30 03:15:17 +00002040 if (BaseOffs) {
2041 OS << (NeedPlus ? " + " : "")
2042 << BaseOffs;
2043 NeedPlus = true;
2044 }
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00002045
2046 if (BaseReg) {
2047 OS << (NeedPlus ? " + " : "")
2048 << "Base:";
Chandler Carruthd48cdbf2014-01-09 02:29:41 +00002049 BaseReg->printAsOperand(OS, /*PrintType=*/false);
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00002050 NeedPlus = true;
2051 }
2052 if (Scale) {
2053 OS << (NeedPlus ? " + " : "")
2054 << Scale << "*";
Chandler Carruthd48cdbf2014-01-09 02:29:41 +00002055 ScaledReg->printAsOperand(OS, /*PrintType=*/false);
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00002056 }
2057
2058 OS << ']';
2059}
2060
Yaron Kereneb2a2542016-01-29 20:50:44 +00002061LLVM_DUMP_METHOD void ExtAddrMode::dump() const {
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00002062 print(dbgs());
2063 dbgs() << '\n';
2064}
2065#endif
2066
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +00002067namespace {
2068
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00002069/// This class provides transaction based operation on the IR.
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002070/// Every change made through this class is recorded in the internal state and
2071/// can be undone (rollback) until commit is called.
2072class TypePromotionTransaction {
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00002073 /// This represents the common interface of the individual transaction.
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002074 /// Each class implements the logic for doing one specific modification on
2075 /// the IR via the TypePromotionTransaction.
2076 class TypePromotionAction {
2077 protected:
2078 /// The Instruction modified.
2079 Instruction *Inst;
2080
2081 public:
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00002082 /// Constructor of the action.
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002083 /// The constructor performs the related action on the IR.
2084 TypePromotionAction(Instruction *Inst) : Inst(Inst) {}
2085
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +00002086 virtual ~TypePromotionAction() = default;
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002087
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00002088 /// Undo the modification done by this action.
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002089 /// When this method is called, the IR must be in the same state as it was
2090 /// before this action was applied.
2091 /// \pre Undoing the action works if and only if the IR is in the exact same
2092 /// state as it was directly after this action was applied.
2093 virtual void undo() = 0;
2094
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00002095 /// Advocate every change made by this action.
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002096 /// When the results on the IR of the action are to be kept, it is important
2097 /// to call this function, otherwise hidden information may be kept forever.
2098 virtual void commit() {
2099 // Nothing to be done, this action is not doing anything.
2100 }
2101 };
2102
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00002103 /// Utility to remember the position of an instruction.
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002104 class InsertionHandler {
2105 /// Position of an instruction.
2106 /// Either an instruction:
2107 /// - Is the first in a basic block: BB is used.
Hiroshi Inouec73b6d62018-06-20 05:29:26 +00002108 /// - Has a previous instruction: PrevInst is used.
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002109 union {
2110 Instruction *PrevInst;
2111 BasicBlock *BB;
2112 } Point;
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +00002113
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002114 /// Remember whether or not the instruction had a previous instruction.
2115 bool HasPrevInstruction;
2116
2117 public:
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00002118 /// Record the position of \p Inst.
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002119 InsertionHandler(Instruction *Inst) {
Duncan P. N. Exon Smithd83547a2015-10-09 18:44:40 +00002120 BasicBlock::iterator It = Inst->getIterator();
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002121 HasPrevInstruction = (It != (Inst->getParent()->begin()));
2122 if (HasPrevInstruction)
Duncan P. N. Exon Smithd83547a2015-10-09 18:44:40 +00002123 Point.PrevInst = &*--It;
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002124 else
2125 Point.BB = Inst->getParent();
2126 }
2127
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00002128 /// Insert \p Inst at the recorded position.
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002129 void insert(Instruction *Inst) {
2130 if (HasPrevInstruction) {
2131 if (Inst->getParent())
2132 Inst->removeFromParent();
2133 Inst->insertAfter(Point.PrevInst);
2134 } else {
Duncan P. N. Exon Smithd83547a2015-10-09 18:44:40 +00002135 Instruction *Position = &*Point.BB->getFirstInsertionPt();
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002136 if (Inst->getParent())
2137 Inst->moveBefore(Position);
2138 else
2139 Inst->insertBefore(Position);
2140 }
2141 }
2142 };
2143
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00002144 /// Move an instruction before another.
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002145 class InstructionMoveBefore : public TypePromotionAction {
2146 /// Original position of the instruction.
2147 InsertionHandler Position;
2148
2149 public:
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00002150 /// Move \p Inst before \p Before.
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002151 InstructionMoveBefore(Instruction *Inst, Instruction *Before)
2152 : TypePromotionAction(Inst), Position(Inst) {
Nicola Zaghend34e60c2018-05-14 12:53:11 +00002153 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "Do: move: " << *Inst << "\nbefore: " << *Before
2154 << "\n");
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002155 Inst->moveBefore(Before);
2156 }
2157
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00002158 /// Move the instruction back to its original position.
Craig Topper4584cd52014-03-07 09:26:03 +00002159 void undo() override {
Nicola Zaghend34e60c2018-05-14 12:53:11 +00002160 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "Undo: moveBefore: " << *Inst << "\n");
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002161 Position.insert(Inst);
2162 }
2163 };
2164
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00002165 /// Set the operand of an instruction with a new value.
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002166 class OperandSetter : public TypePromotionAction {
2167 /// Original operand of the instruction.
2168 Value *Origin;
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +00002169
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002170 /// Index of the modified instruction.
2171 unsigned Idx;
2172
2173 public:
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00002174 /// Set \p Idx operand of \p Inst with \p NewVal.
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002175 OperandSetter(Instruction *Inst, unsigned Idx, Value *NewVal)
2176 : TypePromotionAction(Inst), Idx(Idx) {
Nicola Zaghend34e60c2018-05-14 12:53:11 +00002177 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "Do: setOperand: " << Idx << "\n"
2178 << "for:" << *Inst << "\n"
2179 << "with:" << *NewVal << "\n");
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002180 Origin = Inst->getOperand(Idx);
2181 Inst->setOperand(Idx, NewVal);
2182 }
2183
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00002184 /// Restore the original value of the instruction.
Craig Topper4584cd52014-03-07 09:26:03 +00002185 void undo() override {
Nicola Zaghend34e60c2018-05-14 12:53:11 +00002186 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "Undo: setOperand:" << Idx << "\n"
2187 << "for: " << *Inst << "\n"
2188 << "with: " << *Origin << "\n");
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002189 Inst->setOperand(Idx, Origin);
2190 }
2191 };
2192
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00002193 /// Hide the operands of an instruction.
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002194 /// Do as if this instruction was not using any of its operands.
2195 class OperandsHider : public TypePromotionAction {
2196 /// The list of original operands.
2197 SmallVector<Value *, 4> OriginalValues;
2198
2199 public:
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00002200 /// Remove \p Inst from the uses of the operands of \p Inst.
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002201 OperandsHider(Instruction *Inst) : TypePromotionAction(Inst) {
Nicola Zaghend34e60c2018-05-14 12:53:11 +00002202 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "Do: OperandsHider: " << *Inst << "\n");
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002203 unsigned NumOpnds = Inst->getNumOperands();
2204 OriginalValues.reserve(NumOpnds);
2205 for (unsigned It = 0; It < NumOpnds; ++It) {
2206 // Save the current operand.
2207 Value *Val = Inst->getOperand(It);
2208 OriginalValues.push_back(Val);
2209 // Set a dummy one.
Sanjay Patel9fbe22b2015-10-09 18:01:03 +00002210 // We could use OperandSetter here, but that would imply an overhead
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002211 // that we are not willing to pay.
2212 Inst->setOperand(It, UndefValue::get(Val->getType()));
2213 }
2214 }
2215
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00002216 /// Restore the original list of uses.
Craig Topper4584cd52014-03-07 09:26:03 +00002217 void undo() override {
Nicola Zaghend34e60c2018-05-14 12:53:11 +00002218 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "Undo: OperandsHider: " << *Inst << "\n");
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002219 for (unsigned It = 0, EndIt = OriginalValues.size(); It != EndIt; ++It)
2220 Inst->setOperand(It, OriginalValues[It]);
2221 }
2222 };
2223
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00002224 /// Build a truncate instruction.
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002225 class TruncBuilder : public TypePromotionAction {
Quentin Colombetac55b152014-09-16 22:36:07 +00002226 Value *Val;
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +00002227
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002228 public:
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00002229 /// Build a truncate instruction of \p Opnd producing a \p Ty
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002230 /// result.
2231 /// trunc Opnd to Ty.
2232 TruncBuilder(Instruction *Opnd, Type *Ty) : TypePromotionAction(Opnd) {
2233 IRBuilder<> Builder(Opnd);
Quentin Colombetac55b152014-09-16 22:36:07 +00002234 Val = Builder.CreateTrunc(Opnd, Ty, "promoted");
Nicola Zaghend34e60c2018-05-14 12:53:11 +00002235 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "Do: TruncBuilder: " << *Val << "\n");
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002236 }
2237
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00002238 /// Get the built value.
Quentin Colombetac55b152014-09-16 22:36:07 +00002239 Value *getBuiltValue() { return Val; }
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002240
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00002241 /// Remove the built instruction.
Craig Topper4584cd52014-03-07 09:26:03 +00002242 void undo() override {
Nicola Zaghend34e60c2018-05-14 12:53:11 +00002243 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "Undo: TruncBuilder: " << *Val << "\n");
Quentin Colombetac55b152014-09-16 22:36:07 +00002244 if (Instruction *IVal = dyn_cast<Instruction>(Val))
2245 IVal->eraseFromParent();
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002246 }
2247 };
2248
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00002249 /// Build a sign extension instruction.
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002250 class SExtBuilder : public TypePromotionAction {
Quentin Colombetac55b152014-09-16 22:36:07 +00002251 Value *Val;
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +00002252
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002253 public:
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00002254 /// Build a sign extension instruction of \p Opnd producing a \p Ty
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002255 /// result.
2256 /// sext Opnd to Ty.
2257 SExtBuilder(Instruction *InsertPt, Value *Opnd, Type *Ty)
Quentin Colombetac55b152014-09-16 22:36:07 +00002258 : TypePromotionAction(InsertPt) {
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002259 IRBuilder<> Builder(InsertPt);
Quentin Colombetac55b152014-09-16 22:36:07 +00002260 Val = Builder.CreateSExt(Opnd, Ty, "promoted");
Nicola Zaghend34e60c2018-05-14 12:53:11 +00002261 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "Do: SExtBuilder: " << *Val << "\n");
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002262 }
2263
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00002264 /// Get the built value.
Quentin Colombetac55b152014-09-16 22:36:07 +00002265 Value *getBuiltValue() { return Val; }
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002266
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00002267 /// Remove the built instruction.
Craig Topper4584cd52014-03-07 09:26:03 +00002268 void undo() override {
Nicola Zaghend34e60c2018-05-14 12:53:11 +00002269 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "Undo: SExtBuilder: " << *Val << "\n");
Quentin Colombetac55b152014-09-16 22:36:07 +00002270 if (Instruction *IVal = dyn_cast<Instruction>(Val))
2271 IVal->eraseFromParent();
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002272 }
2273 };
2274
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00002275 /// Build a zero extension instruction.
Quentin Colombetb2c5c6d2014-09-11 21:22:14 +00002276 class ZExtBuilder : public TypePromotionAction {
Quentin Colombetac55b152014-09-16 22:36:07 +00002277 Value *Val;
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +00002278
Quentin Colombetb2c5c6d2014-09-11 21:22:14 +00002279 public:
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00002280 /// Build a zero extension instruction of \p Opnd producing a \p Ty
Quentin Colombetb2c5c6d2014-09-11 21:22:14 +00002281 /// result.
2282 /// zext Opnd to Ty.
2283 ZExtBuilder(Instruction *InsertPt, Value *Opnd, Type *Ty)
Quentin Colombetac55b152014-09-16 22:36:07 +00002284 : TypePromotionAction(InsertPt) {
Quentin Colombetb2c5c6d2014-09-11 21:22:14 +00002285 IRBuilder<> Builder(InsertPt);
Quentin Colombetac55b152014-09-16 22:36:07 +00002286 Val = Builder.CreateZExt(Opnd, Ty, "promoted");
Nicola Zaghend34e60c2018-05-14 12:53:11 +00002287 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "Do: ZExtBuilder: " << *Val << "\n");
Quentin Colombetb2c5c6d2014-09-11 21:22:14 +00002288 }
2289
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00002290 /// Get the built value.
Quentin Colombetac55b152014-09-16 22:36:07 +00002291 Value *getBuiltValue() { return Val; }
Quentin Colombetb2c5c6d2014-09-11 21:22:14 +00002292
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00002293 /// Remove the built instruction.
Quentin Colombetb2c5c6d2014-09-11 21:22:14 +00002294 void undo() override {
Nicola Zaghend34e60c2018-05-14 12:53:11 +00002295 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "Undo: ZExtBuilder: " << *Val << "\n");
Quentin Colombetac55b152014-09-16 22:36:07 +00002296 if (Instruction *IVal = dyn_cast<Instruction>(Val))
2297 IVal->eraseFromParent();
Quentin Colombetb2c5c6d2014-09-11 21:22:14 +00002298 }
2299 };
2300
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00002301 /// Mutate an instruction to another type.
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002302 class TypeMutator : public TypePromotionAction {
2303 /// Record the original type.
2304 Type *OrigTy;
2305
2306 public:
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00002307 /// Mutate the type of \p Inst into \p NewTy.
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002308 TypeMutator(Instruction *Inst, Type *NewTy)
2309 : TypePromotionAction(Inst), OrigTy(Inst->getType()) {
Nicola Zaghend34e60c2018-05-14 12:53:11 +00002310 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "Do: MutateType: " << *Inst << " with " << *NewTy
2311 << "\n");
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002312 Inst->mutateType(NewTy);
2313 }
2314
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00002315 /// Mutate the instruction back to its original type.
Craig Topper4584cd52014-03-07 09:26:03 +00002316 void undo() override {
Nicola Zaghend34e60c2018-05-14 12:53:11 +00002317 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "Undo: MutateType: " << *Inst << " with " << *OrigTy
2318 << "\n");
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002319 Inst->mutateType(OrigTy);
2320 }
2321 };
2322
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00002323 /// Replace the uses of an instruction by another instruction.
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002324 class UsesReplacer : public TypePromotionAction {
2325 /// Helper structure to keep track of the replaced uses.
2326 struct InstructionAndIdx {
2327 /// The instruction using the instruction.
2328 Instruction *Inst;
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +00002329
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002330 /// The index where this instruction is used for Inst.
2331 unsigned Idx;
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +00002332
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002333 InstructionAndIdx(Instruction *Inst, unsigned Idx)
2334 : Inst(Inst), Idx(Idx) {}
2335 };
2336
2337 /// Keep track of the original uses (pair Instruction, Index).
2338 SmallVector<InstructionAndIdx, 4> OriginalUses;
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +00002339
2340 using use_iterator = SmallVectorImpl<InstructionAndIdx>::iterator;
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002341
2342 public:
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00002343 /// Replace all the use of \p Inst by \p New.
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002344 UsesReplacer(Instruction *Inst, Value *New) : TypePromotionAction(Inst) {
Nicola Zaghend34e60c2018-05-14 12:53:11 +00002345 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "Do: UsersReplacer: " << *Inst << " with " << *New
2346 << "\n");
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002347 // Record the original uses.
Chandler Carruthcdf47882014-03-09 03:16:01 +00002348 for (Use &U : Inst->uses()) {
2349 Instruction *UserI = cast<Instruction>(U.getUser());
2350 OriginalUses.push_back(InstructionAndIdx(UserI, U.getOperandNo()));
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002351 }
2352 // Now, we can replace the uses.
2353 Inst->replaceAllUsesWith(New);
2354 }
2355
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00002356 /// Reassign the original uses of Inst to Inst.
Craig Topper4584cd52014-03-07 09:26:03 +00002357 void undo() override {
Nicola Zaghend34e60c2018-05-14 12:53:11 +00002358 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "Undo: UsersReplacer: " << *Inst << "\n");
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002359 for (use_iterator UseIt = OriginalUses.begin(),
2360 EndIt = OriginalUses.end();
2361 UseIt != EndIt; ++UseIt) {
2362 UseIt->Inst->setOperand(UseIt->Idx, Inst);
2363 }
2364 }
2365 };
2366
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00002367 /// Remove an instruction from the IR.
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002368 class InstructionRemover : public TypePromotionAction {
2369 /// Original position of the instruction.
2370 InsertionHandler Inserter;
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +00002371
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002372 /// Helper structure to hide all the link to the instruction. In other
2373 /// words, this helps to do as if the instruction was removed.
2374 OperandsHider Hider;
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +00002375
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002376 /// Keep track of the uses replaced, if any.
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +00002377 UsesReplacer *Replacer = nullptr;
2378
Jun Bum Limdee55652017-04-03 19:20:07 +00002379 /// Keep track of instructions removed.
2380 SetOfInstrs &RemovedInsts;
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002381
2382 public:
Hiroshi Inouec73b6d62018-06-20 05:29:26 +00002383 /// Remove all reference of \p Inst and optionally replace all its
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002384 /// uses with New.
Jun Bum Limdee55652017-04-03 19:20:07 +00002385 /// \p RemovedInsts Keep track of the instructions removed by this Action.
Craig Topperc0196b12014-04-14 00:51:57 +00002386 /// \pre If !Inst->use_empty(), then New != nullptr
Jun Bum Limdee55652017-04-03 19:20:07 +00002387 InstructionRemover(Instruction *Inst, SetOfInstrs &RemovedInsts,
2388 Value *New = nullptr)
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002389 : TypePromotionAction(Inst), Inserter(Inst), Hider(Inst),
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +00002390 RemovedInsts(RemovedInsts) {
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002391 if (New)
2392 Replacer = new UsesReplacer(Inst, New);
Nicola Zaghend34e60c2018-05-14 12:53:11 +00002393 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "Do: InstructionRemover: " << *Inst << "\n");
Jun Bum Limdee55652017-04-03 19:20:07 +00002394 RemovedInsts.insert(Inst);
2395 /// The instructions removed here will be freed after completing
2396 /// optimizeBlock() for all blocks as we need to keep track of the
2397 /// removed instructions during promotion.
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002398 Inst->removeFromParent();
2399 }
2400
Alexander Kornienkof817c1c2015-04-11 02:11:45 +00002401 ~InstructionRemover() override { delete Replacer; }
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002402
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00002403 /// Resurrect the instruction and reassign it to the proper uses if
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002404 /// new value was provided when build this action.
Craig Topper4584cd52014-03-07 09:26:03 +00002405 void undo() override {
Nicola Zaghend34e60c2018-05-14 12:53:11 +00002406 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "Undo: InstructionRemover: " << *Inst << "\n");
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002407 Inserter.insert(Inst);
2408 if (Replacer)
2409 Replacer->undo();
2410 Hider.undo();
Jun Bum Limdee55652017-04-03 19:20:07 +00002411 RemovedInsts.erase(Inst);
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002412 }
2413 };
2414
2415public:
2416 /// Restoration point.
2417 /// The restoration point is a pointer to an action instead of an iterator
2418 /// because the iterator may be invalidated but not the pointer.
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +00002419 using ConstRestorationPt = const TypePromotionAction *;
Jun Bum Limdee55652017-04-03 19:20:07 +00002420
2421 TypePromotionTransaction(SetOfInstrs &RemovedInsts)
2422 : RemovedInsts(RemovedInsts) {}
2423
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002424 /// Advocate every changes made in that transaction.
2425 void commit();
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +00002426
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002427 /// Undo all the changes made after the given point.
2428 void rollback(ConstRestorationPt Point);
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +00002429
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002430 /// Get the current restoration point.
2431 ConstRestorationPt getRestorationPoint() const;
2432
2433 /// \name API for IR modification with state keeping to support rollback.
2434 /// @{
2435 /// Same as Instruction::setOperand.
2436 void setOperand(Instruction *Inst, unsigned Idx, Value *NewVal);
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +00002437
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002438 /// Same as Instruction::eraseFromParent.
Craig Topperc0196b12014-04-14 00:51:57 +00002439 void eraseInstruction(Instruction *Inst, Value *NewVal = nullptr);
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +00002440
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002441 /// Same as Value::replaceAllUsesWith.
2442 void replaceAllUsesWith(Instruction *Inst, Value *New);
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +00002443
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002444 /// Same as Value::mutateType.
2445 void mutateType(Instruction *Inst, Type *NewTy);
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +00002446
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002447 /// Same as IRBuilder::createTrunc.
Quentin Colombetac55b152014-09-16 22:36:07 +00002448 Value *createTrunc(Instruction *Opnd, Type *Ty);
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +00002449
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002450 /// Same as IRBuilder::createSExt.
Quentin Colombetac55b152014-09-16 22:36:07 +00002451 Value *createSExt(Instruction *Inst, Value *Opnd, Type *Ty);
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +00002452
Quentin Colombetb2c5c6d2014-09-11 21:22:14 +00002453 /// Same as IRBuilder::createZExt.
Quentin Colombetac55b152014-09-16 22:36:07 +00002454 Value *createZExt(Instruction *Inst, Value *Opnd, Type *Ty);
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +00002455
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002456 /// Same as Instruction::moveBefore.
2457 void moveBefore(Instruction *Inst, Instruction *Before);
2458 /// @}
2459
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002460private:
2461 /// The ordered list of actions made so far.
David Blaikie7620b312014-04-15 06:17:44 +00002462 SmallVector<std::unique_ptr<TypePromotionAction>, 16> Actions;
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +00002463
2464 using CommitPt = SmallVectorImpl<std::unique_ptr<TypePromotionAction>>::iterator;
2465
Jun Bum Limdee55652017-04-03 19:20:07 +00002466 SetOfInstrs &RemovedInsts;
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002467};
2468
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +00002469} // end anonymous namespace
2470
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002471void TypePromotionTransaction::setOperand(Instruction *Inst, unsigned Idx,
2472 Value *NewVal) {
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +00002473 Actions.push_back(llvm::make_unique<TypePromotionTransaction::OperandSetter>(
2474 Inst, Idx, NewVal));
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002475}
2476
2477void TypePromotionTransaction::eraseInstruction(Instruction *Inst,
2478 Value *NewVal) {
2479 Actions.push_back(
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +00002480 llvm::make_unique<TypePromotionTransaction::InstructionRemover>(
2481 Inst, RemovedInsts, NewVal));
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002482}
2483
2484void TypePromotionTransaction::replaceAllUsesWith(Instruction *Inst,
2485 Value *New) {
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +00002486 Actions.push_back(
2487 llvm::make_unique<TypePromotionTransaction::UsesReplacer>(Inst, New));
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002488}
2489
2490void TypePromotionTransaction::mutateType(Instruction *Inst, Type *NewTy) {
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +00002491 Actions.push_back(
2492 llvm::make_unique<TypePromotionTransaction::TypeMutator>(Inst, NewTy));
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002493}
2494
Quentin Colombetac55b152014-09-16 22:36:07 +00002495Value *TypePromotionTransaction::createTrunc(Instruction *Opnd,
2496 Type *Ty) {
David Blaikie7620b312014-04-15 06:17:44 +00002497 std::unique_ptr<TruncBuilder> Ptr(new TruncBuilder(Opnd, Ty));
Quentin Colombetac55b152014-09-16 22:36:07 +00002498 Value *Val = Ptr->getBuiltValue();
David Blaikie7620b312014-04-15 06:17:44 +00002499 Actions.push_back(std::move(Ptr));
Quentin Colombetac55b152014-09-16 22:36:07 +00002500 return Val;
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002501}
2502
Quentin Colombetac55b152014-09-16 22:36:07 +00002503Value *TypePromotionTransaction::createSExt(Instruction *Inst,
2504 Value *Opnd, Type *Ty) {
David Blaikie7620b312014-04-15 06:17:44 +00002505 std::unique_ptr<SExtBuilder> Ptr(new SExtBuilder(Inst, Opnd, Ty));
Quentin Colombetac55b152014-09-16 22:36:07 +00002506 Value *Val = Ptr->getBuiltValue();
David Blaikie7620b312014-04-15 06:17:44 +00002507 Actions.push_back(std::move(Ptr));
Quentin Colombetac55b152014-09-16 22:36:07 +00002508 return Val;
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002509}
2510
Quentin Colombetac55b152014-09-16 22:36:07 +00002511Value *TypePromotionTransaction::createZExt(Instruction *Inst,
2512 Value *Opnd, Type *Ty) {
Quentin Colombetb2c5c6d2014-09-11 21:22:14 +00002513 std::unique_ptr<ZExtBuilder> Ptr(new ZExtBuilder(Inst, Opnd, Ty));
Quentin Colombetac55b152014-09-16 22:36:07 +00002514 Value *Val = Ptr->getBuiltValue();
Quentin Colombetb2c5c6d2014-09-11 21:22:14 +00002515 Actions.push_back(std::move(Ptr));
Quentin Colombetac55b152014-09-16 22:36:07 +00002516 return Val;
Quentin Colombetb2c5c6d2014-09-11 21:22:14 +00002517}
2518
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002519void TypePromotionTransaction::moveBefore(Instruction *Inst,
2520 Instruction *Before) {
2521 Actions.push_back(
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +00002522 llvm::make_unique<TypePromotionTransaction::InstructionMoveBefore>(
2523 Inst, Before));
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002524}
2525
2526TypePromotionTransaction::ConstRestorationPt
2527TypePromotionTransaction::getRestorationPoint() const {
David Blaikie7620b312014-04-15 06:17:44 +00002528 return !Actions.empty() ? Actions.back().get() : nullptr;
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002529}
2530
2531void TypePromotionTransaction::commit() {
2532 for (CommitPt It = Actions.begin(), EndIt = Actions.end(); It != EndIt;
David Blaikie7620b312014-04-15 06:17:44 +00002533 ++It)
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002534 (*It)->commit();
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002535 Actions.clear();
2536}
2537
2538void TypePromotionTransaction::rollback(
2539 TypePromotionTransaction::ConstRestorationPt Point) {
David Blaikie7620b312014-04-15 06:17:44 +00002540 while (!Actions.empty() && Point != Actions.back().get()) {
2541 std::unique_ptr<TypePromotionAction> Curr = Actions.pop_back_val();
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002542 Curr->undo();
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002543 }
2544}
2545
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +00002546namespace {
2547
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00002548/// A helper class for matching addressing modes.
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00002549///
2550/// This encapsulates the logic for matching the target-legal addressing modes.
2551class AddressingModeMatcher {
2552 SmallVectorImpl<Instruction*> &AddrModeInsts;
2553 const TargetLowering &TLI;
Igor Laevsky3be81ba2017-02-07 13:27:20 +00002554 const TargetRegisterInfo &TRI;
Mehdi Amini4fe37982015-07-07 18:45:17 +00002555 const DataLayout &DL;
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00002556
2557 /// AccessTy/MemoryInst - This is the type for the access (e.g. double) and
2558 /// the memory instruction that we're computing this address for.
2559 Type *AccessTy;
Matt Arsenaultf72b49b2015-06-04 16:17:38 +00002560 unsigned AddrSpace;
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00002561 Instruction *MemoryInst;
Stephen Lin837bba12013-07-15 17:55:02 +00002562
Sanjay Patel4ac6b112015-09-21 22:47:23 +00002563 /// This is the addressing mode that we're building up. This is
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00002564 /// part of the return value of this addressing mode matching stuff.
2565 ExtAddrMode &AddrMode;
Stephen Lin837bba12013-07-15 17:55:02 +00002566
Ahmed Bougachaf3299142015-06-17 20:44:32 +00002567 /// The instructions inserted by other CodeGenPrepare optimizations.
2568 const SetOfInstrs &InsertedInsts;
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +00002569
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002570 /// A map from the instructions to their type before promotion.
2571 InstrToOrigTy &PromotedInsts;
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +00002572
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002573 /// The ongoing transaction where every action should be registered.
2574 TypePromotionTransaction &TPT;
2575
Haicheng Wu0aae2bc2018-05-10 18:27:36 +00002576 // A GEP which has too large offset to be folded into the addressing mode.
2577 std::pair<AssertingVH<GetElementPtrInst>, int64_t> &LargeOffsetGEP;
2578
Sanjay Patel4ac6b112015-09-21 22:47:23 +00002579 /// This is set to true when we should not do profitability checks.
2580 /// When true, IsProfitableToFoldIntoAddressingMode always returns true.
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00002581 bool IgnoreProfitability;
Stephen Lin837bba12013-07-15 17:55:02 +00002582
Haicheng Wu0aae2bc2018-05-10 18:27:36 +00002583 AddressingModeMatcher(
2584 SmallVectorImpl<Instruction *> &AMI, const TargetLowering &TLI,
2585 const TargetRegisterInfo &TRI, Type *AT, unsigned AS, Instruction *MI,
2586 ExtAddrMode &AM, const SetOfInstrs &InsertedInsts,
2587 InstrToOrigTy &PromotedInsts, TypePromotionTransaction &TPT,
2588 std::pair<AssertingVH<GetElementPtrInst>, int64_t> &LargeOffsetGEP)
Igor Laevsky3be81ba2017-02-07 13:27:20 +00002589 : AddrModeInsts(AMI), TLI(TLI), TRI(TRI),
Mehdi Amini4fe37982015-07-07 18:45:17 +00002590 DL(MI->getModule()->getDataLayout()), AccessTy(AT), AddrSpace(AS),
2591 MemoryInst(MI), AddrMode(AM), InsertedInsts(InsertedInsts),
Haicheng Wu0aae2bc2018-05-10 18:27:36 +00002592 PromotedInsts(PromotedInsts), TPT(TPT), LargeOffsetGEP(LargeOffsetGEP) {
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00002593 IgnoreProfitability = false;
2594 }
Stephen Lin837bba12013-07-15 17:55:02 +00002595
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +00002596public:
Sanjay Patel4ac6b112015-09-21 22:47:23 +00002597 /// Find the maximal addressing mode that a load/store of V can fold,
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00002598 /// give an access type of AccessTy. This returns a list of involved
2599 /// instructions in AddrModeInsts.
Ahmed Bougachaf3299142015-06-17 20:44:32 +00002600 /// \p InsertedInsts The instructions inserted by other CodeGenPrepare
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00002601 /// optimizations.
2602 /// \p PromotedInsts maps the instructions to their type before promotion.
2603 /// \p The ongoing transaction where every action should be registered.
Haicheng Wu0aae2bc2018-05-10 18:27:36 +00002604 static ExtAddrMode
2605 Match(Value *V, Type *AccessTy, unsigned AS, Instruction *MemoryInst,
2606 SmallVectorImpl<Instruction *> &AddrModeInsts,
2607 const TargetLowering &TLI, const TargetRegisterInfo &TRI,
2608 const SetOfInstrs &InsertedInsts, InstrToOrigTy &PromotedInsts,
2609 TypePromotionTransaction &TPT,
2610 std::pair<AssertingVH<GetElementPtrInst>, int64_t> &LargeOffsetGEP) {
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00002611 ExtAddrMode Result;
2612
Haicheng Wu0aae2bc2018-05-10 18:27:36 +00002613 bool Success = AddressingModeMatcher(AddrModeInsts, TLI, TRI, AccessTy, AS,
Ahmed Bougachaf3299142015-06-17 20:44:32 +00002614 MemoryInst, Result, InsertedInsts,
Haicheng Wu0aae2bc2018-05-10 18:27:36 +00002615 PromotedInsts, TPT, LargeOffsetGEP)
2616 .matchAddr(V, 0);
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00002617 (void)Success; assert(Success && "Couldn't select *anything*?");
2618 return Result;
2619 }
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +00002620
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00002621private:
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +00002622 bool matchScaledValue(Value *ScaleReg, int64_t Scale, unsigned Depth);
Fangrui Songcb0bab82018-07-16 18:51:40 +00002623 bool matchAddr(Value *Addr, unsigned Depth);
2624 bool matchOperationAddr(User *AddrInst, unsigned Opcode, unsigned Depth,
Craig Topperc0196b12014-04-14 00:51:57 +00002625 bool *MovedAway = nullptr);
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +00002626 bool isProfitableToFoldIntoAddressingMode(Instruction *I,
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00002627 ExtAddrMode &AMBefore,
2628 ExtAddrMode &AMAfter);
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +00002629 bool valueAlreadyLiveAtInst(Value *Val, Value *KnownLive1, Value *KnownLive2);
2630 bool isPromotionProfitable(unsigned NewCost, unsigned OldCost,
Quentin Colombet867c5502014-02-14 22:23:22 +00002631 Value *PromotedOperand) const;
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00002632};
2633
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00002634/// Keep track of simplification of Phi nodes.
Serguei Katkovd5d8d542017-11-05 05:50:33 +00002635/// Accept the set of all phi nodes and erase phi node from this set
2636/// if it is simplified.
2637class SimplificationTracker {
2638 DenseMap<Value *, Value *> Storage;
2639 const SimplifyQuery &SQ;
Bjorn Petterssonbf3213e2018-03-20 09:06:37 +00002640 // Tracks newly created Phi nodes. We use a SetVector to get deterministic
2641 // order when iterating over the set in MatchPhiSet.
2642 SmallSetVector<PHINode *, 32> AllPhiNodes;
2643 // Tracks newly created Select nodes.
2644 SmallPtrSet<SelectInst *, 32> AllSelectNodes;
Serguei Katkovd5d8d542017-11-05 05:50:33 +00002645
2646public:
Bjorn Petterssonbf3213e2018-03-20 09:06:37 +00002647 SimplificationTracker(const SimplifyQuery &sq)
2648 : SQ(sq) {}
Serguei Katkovd5d8d542017-11-05 05:50:33 +00002649
2650 Value *Get(Value *V) {
2651 do {
2652 auto SV = Storage.find(V);
2653 if (SV == Storage.end())
2654 return V;
2655 V = SV->second;
2656 } while (true);
2657 }
2658
2659 Value *Simplify(Value *Val) {
2660 SmallVector<Value *, 32> WorkList;
2661 SmallPtrSet<Value *, 32> Visited;
2662 WorkList.push_back(Val);
2663 while (!WorkList.empty()) {
2664 auto P = WorkList.pop_back_val();
2665 if (!Visited.insert(P).second)
2666 continue;
2667 if (auto *PI = dyn_cast<Instruction>(P))
2668 if (Value *V = SimplifyInstruction(cast<Instruction>(PI), SQ)) {
2669 for (auto *U : PI->users())
2670 WorkList.push_back(cast<Value>(U));
2671 Put(PI, V);
2672 PI->replaceAllUsesWith(V);
2673 if (auto *PHI = dyn_cast<PHINode>(PI))
Bjorn Petterssonbf3213e2018-03-20 09:06:37 +00002674 AllPhiNodes.remove(PHI);
Serguei Katkovd5d8d542017-11-05 05:50:33 +00002675 if (auto *Select = dyn_cast<SelectInst>(PI))
2676 AllSelectNodes.erase(Select);
2677 PI->eraseFromParent();
2678 }
2679 }
2680 return Get(Val);
2681 }
2682
2683 void Put(Value *From, Value *To) {
2684 Storage.insert({ From, To });
2685 }
Bjorn Petterssonbf3213e2018-03-20 09:06:37 +00002686
2687 void ReplacePhi(PHINode *From, PHINode *To) {
2688 Value* OldReplacement = Get(From);
2689 while (OldReplacement != From) {
2690 From = To;
2691 To = dyn_cast<PHINode>(OldReplacement);
2692 OldReplacement = Get(From);
2693 }
2694 assert(Get(To) == To && "Replacement PHI node is already replaced.");
2695 Put(From, To);
2696 From->replaceAllUsesWith(To);
2697 AllPhiNodes.remove(From);
2698 From->eraseFromParent();
2699 }
2700
2701 SmallSetVector<PHINode *, 32>& newPhiNodes() { return AllPhiNodes; }
2702
2703 void insertNewPhi(PHINode *PN) { AllPhiNodes.insert(PN); }
2704
2705 void insertNewSelect(SelectInst *SI) { AllSelectNodes.insert(SI); }
2706
2707 unsigned countNewPhiNodes() const { return AllPhiNodes.size(); }
2708
2709 unsigned countNewSelectNodes() const { return AllSelectNodes.size(); }
2710
2711 void destroyNewNodes(Type *CommonType) {
2712 // For safe erasing, replace the uses with dummy value first.
2713 auto Dummy = UndefValue::get(CommonType);
2714 for (auto I : AllPhiNodes) {
2715 I->replaceAllUsesWith(Dummy);
2716 I->eraseFromParent();
2717 }
2718 AllPhiNodes.clear();
2719 for (auto I : AllSelectNodes) {
2720 I->replaceAllUsesWith(Dummy);
2721 I->eraseFromParent();
2722 }
2723 AllSelectNodes.clear();
2724 }
Serguei Katkovd5d8d542017-11-05 05:50:33 +00002725};
2726
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00002727/// A helper class for combining addressing modes.
John Brawn736bf002017-10-03 13:08:22 +00002728class AddressingModeCombiner {
Serguei Katkovd5d8d542017-11-05 05:50:33 +00002729 typedef std::pair<Value *, BasicBlock *> ValueInBB;
2730 typedef DenseMap<ValueInBB, Value *> FoldAddrToValueMapping;
2731 typedef std::pair<PHINode *, PHINode *> PHIPair;
2732
John Brawn736bf002017-10-03 13:08:22 +00002733private:
2734 /// The addressing modes we've collected.
2735 SmallVector<ExtAddrMode, 16> AddrModes;
2736
2737 /// The field in which the AddrModes differ, when we have more than one.
2738 ExtAddrMode::FieldName DifferentField = ExtAddrMode::NoField;
2739
2740 /// Are the AddrModes that we have all just equal to their original values?
2741 bool AllAddrModesTrivial = true;
2742
Serguei Katkovd5d8d542017-11-05 05:50:33 +00002743 /// Common Type for all different fields in addressing modes.
2744 Type *CommonType;
2745
2746 /// SimplifyQuery for simplifyInstruction utility.
2747 const SimplifyQuery &SQ;
2748
2749 /// Original Address.
2750 ValueInBB Original;
2751
John Brawn736bf002017-10-03 13:08:22 +00002752public:
Serguei Katkovd5d8d542017-11-05 05:50:33 +00002753 AddressingModeCombiner(const SimplifyQuery &_SQ, ValueInBB OriginalValue)
2754 : CommonType(nullptr), SQ(_SQ), Original(OriginalValue) {}
2755
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00002756 /// Get the combined AddrMode
John Brawn736bf002017-10-03 13:08:22 +00002757 const ExtAddrMode &getAddrMode() const {
2758 return AddrModes[0];
2759 }
2760
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00002761 /// Add a new AddrMode if it's compatible with the AddrModes we already
John Brawn736bf002017-10-03 13:08:22 +00002762 /// have.
2763 /// \return True iff we succeeded in doing so.
2764 bool addNewAddrMode(ExtAddrMode &NewAddrMode) {
2765 // Take note of if we have any non-trivial AddrModes, as we need to detect
2766 // when all AddrModes are trivial as then we would introduce a phi or select
2767 // which just duplicates what's already there.
2768 AllAddrModesTrivial = AllAddrModesTrivial && NewAddrMode.isTrivial();
2769
2770 // If this is the first addrmode then everything is fine.
2771 if (AddrModes.empty()) {
2772 AddrModes.emplace_back(NewAddrMode);
2773 return true;
2774 }
2775
2776 // Figure out how different this is from the other address modes, which we
2777 // can do just by comparing against the first one given that we only care
2778 // about the cumulative difference.
2779 ExtAddrMode::FieldName ThisDifferentField =
2780 AddrModes[0].compare(NewAddrMode);
2781 if (DifferentField == ExtAddrMode::NoField)
2782 DifferentField = ThisDifferentField;
2783 else if (DifferentField != ThisDifferentField)
2784 DifferentField = ExtAddrMode::MultipleFields;
2785
Serguei Katkov17e57942018-01-23 12:07:49 +00002786 // If NewAddrMode differs in more than one dimension we cannot handle it.
2787 bool CanHandle = DifferentField != ExtAddrMode::MultipleFields;
2788
2789 // If Scale Field is different then we reject.
2790 CanHandle = CanHandle && DifferentField != ExtAddrMode::ScaleField;
2791
Serguei Katkov4d1dd6b2018-01-09 04:37:06 +00002792 // We also must reject the case when base offset is different and
2793 // scale reg is not null, we cannot handle this case due to merge of
2794 // different offsets will be used as ScaleReg.
Serguei Katkov17e57942018-01-23 12:07:49 +00002795 CanHandle = CanHandle && (DifferentField != ExtAddrMode::BaseOffsField ||
2796 !NewAddrMode.ScaledReg);
John Brawn736bf002017-10-03 13:08:22 +00002797
Serguei Katkov17e57942018-01-23 12:07:49 +00002798 // We also must reject the case when GV is different and BaseReg installed
2799 // due to we want to use base reg as a merge of GV values.
2800 CanHandle = CanHandle && (DifferentField != ExtAddrMode::BaseGVField ||
2801 !NewAddrMode.HasBaseReg);
2802
2803 // Even if NewAddMode is the same we still need to collect it due to
2804 // original value is different. And later we will need all original values
2805 // as anchors during finding the common Phi node.
2806 if (CanHandle)
2807 AddrModes.emplace_back(NewAddrMode);
2808 else
2809 AddrModes.clear();
2810
2811 return CanHandle;
John Brawn736bf002017-10-03 13:08:22 +00002812 }
2813
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00002814 /// Combine the addressing modes we've collected into a single
John Brawn736bf002017-10-03 13:08:22 +00002815 /// addressing mode.
2816 /// \return True iff we successfully combined them or we only had one so
2817 /// didn't need to combine them anyway.
2818 bool combineAddrModes() {
2819 // If we have no AddrModes then they can't be combined.
2820 if (AddrModes.size() == 0)
2821 return false;
2822
2823 // A single AddrMode can trivially be combined.
Serguei Katkov505359f2017-11-20 05:42:36 +00002824 if (AddrModes.size() == 1 || DifferentField == ExtAddrMode::NoField)
John Brawn736bf002017-10-03 13:08:22 +00002825 return true;
2826
2827 // If the AddrModes we collected are all just equal to the value they are
2828 // derived from then combining them wouldn't do anything useful.
2829 if (AllAddrModesTrivial)
2830 return false;
2831
John Brawn70cdb5b2017-11-24 14:10:45 +00002832 if (!addrModeCombiningAllowed())
Serguei Katkovd5d8d542017-11-05 05:50:33 +00002833 return false;
2834
2835 // Build a map between <original value, basic block where we saw it> to
2836 // value of base register.
Serguei Katkov50364592017-11-29 05:51:26 +00002837 // Bail out if there is no common type.
Serguei Katkovd5d8d542017-11-05 05:50:33 +00002838 FoldAddrToValueMapping Map;
Serguei Katkov50364592017-11-29 05:51:26 +00002839 if (!initializeMap(Map))
2840 return false;
Serguei Katkovd5d8d542017-11-05 05:50:33 +00002841
2842 Value *CommonValue = findCommon(Map);
2843 if (CommonValue)
John Brawn70cdb5b2017-11-24 14:10:45 +00002844 AddrModes[0].SetCombinedField(DifferentField, CommonValue, AddrModes);
Serguei Katkovd5d8d542017-11-05 05:50:33 +00002845 return CommonValue != nullptr;
2846 }
2847
2848private:
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00002849 /// Initialize Map with anchor values. For address seen in some BB
Serguei Katkovd5d8d542017-11-05 05:50:33 +00002850 /// we set the value of different field saw in this address.
2851 /// If address is not an instruction than basic block is set to null.
2852 /// At the same time we find a common type for different field we will
2853 /// use to create new Phi/Select nodes. Keep it in CommonType field.
Serguei Katkov50364592017-11-29 05:51:26 +00002854 /// Return false if there is no common type found.
2855 bool initializeMap(FoldAddrToValueMapping &Map) {
Serguei Katkovd5d8d542017-11-05 05:50:33 +00002856 // Keep track of keys where the value is null. We will need to replace it
2857 // with constant null when we know the common type.
2858 SmallVector<ValueInBB, 2> NullValue;
John Brawn70cdb5b2017-11-24 14:10:45 +00002859 Type *IntPtrTy = SQ.DL.getIntPtrType(AddrModes[0].OriginalValue->getType());
Serguei Katkovd5d8d542017-11-05 05:50:33 +00002860 for (auto &AM : AddrModes) {
2861 BasicBlock *BB = nullptr;
2862 if (Instruction *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(AM.OriginalValue))
2863 BB = I->getParent();
2864
John Brawn70cdb5b2017-11-24 14:10:45 +00002865 Value *DV = AM.GetFieldAsValue(DifferentField, IntPtrTy);
Serguei Katkovd5d8d542017-11-05 05:50:33 +00002866 if (DV) {
Serguei Katkov50364592017-11-29 05:51:26 +00002867 auto *Type = DV->getType();
2868 if (CommonType && CommonType != Type)
2869 return false;
2870 CommonType = Type;
Serguei Katkovd5d8d542017-11-05 05:50:33 +00002871 Map[{ AM.OriginalValue, BB }] = DV;
2872 } else {
2873 NullValue.push_back({ AM.OriginalValue, BB });
2874 }
2875 }
2876 assert(CommonType && "At least one non-null value must be!");
2877 for (auto VIBB : NullValue)
2878 Map[VIBB] = Constant::getNullValue(CommonType);
Serguei Katkov50364592017-11-29 05:51:26 +00002879 return true;
Serguei Katkovd5d8d542017-11-05 05:50:33 +00002880 }
2881
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00002882 /// We have mapping between value A and basic block where value A
Serguei Katkovd5d8d542017-11-05 05:50:33 +00002883 /// seen to other value B where B was a field in addressing mode represented
Hiroshi Inouec73b6d62018-06-20 05:29:26 +00002884 /// by A. Also we have an original value C representing an address in some
Serguei Katkovd5d8d542017-11-05 05:50:33 +00002885 /// basic block. Traversing from C through phi and selects we ended up with
2886 /// A's in a map. This utility function tries to find a value V which is a
2887 /// field in addressing mode C and traversing through phi nodes and selects
2888 /// we will end up in corresponded values B in a map.
2889 /// The utility will create a new Phi/Selects if needed.
2890 // The simple example looks as follows:
2891 // BB1:
2892 // p1 = b1 + 40
2893 // br cond BB2, BB3
2894 // BB2:
2895 // p2 = b2 + 40
2896 // br BB3
2897 // BB3:
2898 // p = phi [p1, BB1], [p2, BB2]
2899 // v = load p
2900 // Map is
2901 // <p1, BB1> -> b1
2902 // <p2, BB2> -> b2
2903 // Request is
2904 // <p, BB3> -> ?
2905 // The function tries to find or build phi [b1, BB1], [b2, BB2] in BB3
2906 Value *findCommon(FoldAddrToValueMapping &Map) {
Eric Christopherd72f78e2018-01-09 23:25:38 +00002907 // Tracks the simplification of newly created phi nodes. The reason we use
Serguei Katkovd5d8d542017-11-05 05:50:33 +00002908 // this mapping is because we will add new created Phi nodes in AddrToBase.
2909 // Simplification of Phi nodes is recursive, so some Phi node may
2910 // be simplified after we added it to AddrToBase.
2911 // Using this mapping we can find the current value in AddrToBase.
Bjorn Petterssonbf3213e2018-03-20 09:06:37 +00002912 SimplificationTracker ST(SQ);
Serguei Katkovd5d8d542017-11-05 05:50:33 +00002913
2914 // First step, DFS to create PHI nodes for all intermediate blocks.
2915 // Also fill traverse order for the second step.
2916 SmallVector<ValueInBB, 32> TraverseOrder;
Bjorn Petterssonbf3213e2018-03-20 09:06:37 +00002917 InsertPlaceholders(Map, TraverseOrder, ST);
Serguei Katkovd5d8d542017-11-05 05:50:33 +00002918
2919 // Second Step, fill new nodes by merged values and simplify if possible.
2920 FillPlaceholders(Map, TraverseOrder, ST);
2921
Bjorn Petterssonbf3213e2018-03-20 09:06:37 +00002922 if (!AddrSinkNewSelects && ST.countNewSelectNodes() > 0) {
2923 ST.destroyNewNodes(CommonType);
Serguei Katkovd5d8d542017-11-05 05:50:33 +00002924 return nullptr;
2925 }
2926
2927 // Now we'd like to match New Phi nodes to existed ones.
2928 unsigned PhiNotMatchedCount = 0;
Bjorn Petterssonbf3213e2018-03-20 09:06:37 +00002929 if (!MatchPhiSet(ST, AddrSinkNewPhis, PhiNotMatchedCount)) {
2930 ST.destroyNewNodes(CommonType);
Serguei Katkovd5d8d542017-11-05 05:50:33 +00002931 return nullptr;
2932 }
2933
2934 auto *Result = ST.Get(Map.find(Original)->second);
2935 if (Result) {
Bjorn Petterssonbf3213e2018-03-20 09:06:37 +00002936 NumMemoryInstsPhiCreated += ST.countNewPhiNodes() + PhiNotMatchedCount;
2937 NumMemoryInstsSelectCreated += ST.countNewSelectNodes();
Serguei Katkovd5d8d542017-11-05 05:50:33 +00002938 }
2939 return Result;
2940 }
2941
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00002942 /// Try to match PHI node to Candidate.
Serguei Katkovd5d8d542017-11-05 05:50:33 +00002943 /// Matcher tracks the matched Phi nodes.
2944 bool MatchPhiNode(PHINode *PHI, PHINode *Candidate,
Bjorn Petterssonbf3213e2018-03-20 09:06:37 +00002945 SmallSetVector<PHIPair, 8> &Matcher,
2946 SmallSetVector<PHINode *, 32> &PhiNodesToMatch) {
Serguei Katkovd5d8d542017-11-05 05:50:33 +00002947 SmallVector<PHIPair, 8> WorkList;
2948 Matcher.insert({ PHI, Candidate });
2949 WorkList.push_back({ PHI, Candidate });
2950 SmallSet<PHIPair, 8> Visited;
2951 while (!WorkList.empty()) {
2952 auto Item = WorkList.pop_back_val();
2953 if (!Visited.insert(Item).second)
2954 continue;
2955 // We iterate over all incoming values to Phi to compare them.
2956 // If values are different and both of them Phi and the first one is a
2957 // Phi we added (subject to match) and both of them is in the same basic
2958 // block then we can match our pair if values match. So we state that
2959 // these values match and add it to work list to verify that.
2960 for (auto B : Item.first->blocks()) {
2961 Value *FirstValue = Item.first->getIncomingValueForBlock(B);
2962 Value *SecondValue = Item.second->getIncomingValueForBlock(B);
2963 if (FirstValue == SecondValue)
2964 continue;
2965
2966 PHINode *FirstPhi = dyn_cast<PHINode>(FirstValue);
2967 PHINode *SecondPhi = dyn_cast<PHINode>(SecondValue);
2968
2969 // One of them is not Phi or
2970 // The first one is not Phi node from the set we'd like to match or
2971 // Phi nodes from different basic blocks then
2972 // we will not be able to match.
2973 if (!FirstPhi || !SecondPhi || !PhiNodesToMatch.count(FirstPhi) ||
2974 FirstPhi->getParent() != SecondPhi->getParent())
2975 return false;
2976
2977 // If we already matched them then continue.
2978 if (Matcher.count({ FirstPhi, SecondPhi }))
2979 continue;
2980 // So the values are different and does not match. So we need them to
2981 // match.
2982 Matcher.insert({ FirstPhi, SecondPhi });
2983 // But me must check it.
2984 WorkList.push_back({ FirstPhi, SecondPhi });
2985 }
2986 }
2987 return true;
2988 }
2989
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00002990 /// For the given set of PHI nodes (in the SimplificationTracker) try
Bjorn Petterssonbf3213e2018-03-20 09:06:37 +00002991 /// to find their equivalents.
Serguei Katkovd5d8d542017-11-05 05:50:33 +00002992 /// Returns false if this matching fails and creation of new Phi is disabled.
Bjorn Petterssonbf3213e2018-03-20 09:06:37 +00002993 bool MatchPhiSet(SimplificationTracker &ST, bool AllowNewPhiNodes,
Serguei Katkovd5d8d542017-11-05 05:50:33 +00002994 unsigned &PhiNotMatchedCount) {
Bjorn Petterssonbf3213e2018-03-20 09:06:37 +00002995 // Use a SetVector for Matched to make sure we do replacements (ReplacePhi)
2996 // in a deterministic order below.
2997 SmallSetVector<PHIPair, 8> Matched;
Serguei Katkovd5d8d542017-11-05 05:50:33 +00002998 SmallPtrSet<PHINode *, 8> WillNotMatch;
Bjorn Petterssonbf3213e2018-03-20 09:06:37 +00002999 SmallSetVector<PHINode *, 32> &PhiNodesToMatch = ST.newPhiNodes();
Serguei Katkovd5d8d542017-11-05 05:50:33 +00003000 while (PhiNodesToMatch.size()) {
3001 PHINode *PHI = *PhiNodesToMatch.begin();
3002
3003 // Add us, if no Phi nodes in the basic block we do not match.
3004 WillNotMatch.clear();
3005 WillNotMatch.insert(PHI);
3006
3007 // Traverse all Phis until we found equivalent or fail to do that.
3008 bool IsMatched = false;
3009 for (auto &P : PHI->getParent()->phis()) {
3010 if (&P == PHI)
3011 continue;
3012 if ((IsMatched = MatchPhiNode(PHI, &P, Matched, PhiNodesToMatch)))
3013 break;
3014 // If it does not match, collect all Phi nodes from matcher.
3015 // if we end up with no match, them all these Phi nodes will not match
3016 // later.
3017 for (auto M : Matched)
3018 WillNotMatch.insert(M.first);
3019 Matched.clear();
3020 }
3021 if (IsMatched) {
Serguei Katkova20e05b2018-03-12 03:50:07 +00003022 // Replace all matched values and erase them.
Bjorn Petterssonbf3213e2018-03-20 09:06:37 +00003023 for (auto MV : Matched)
3024 ST.ReplacePhi(MV.first, MV.second);
Serguei Katkovd5d8d542017-11-05 05:50:33 +00003025 Matched.clear();
3026 continue;
3027 }
3028 // If we are not allowed to create new nodes then bail out.
3029 if (!AllowNewPhiNodes)
3030 return false;
3031 // Just remove all seen values in matcher. They will not match anything.
3032 PhiNotMatchedCount += WillNotMatch.size();
3033 for (auto *P : WillNotMatch)
Bjorn Petterssonbf3213e2018-03-20 09:06:37 +00003034 PhiNodesToMatch.remove(P);
Serguei Katkovd5d8d542017-11-05 05:50:33 +00003035 }
3036 return true;
3037 }
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00003038 /// Fill the placeholder with values from predecessors and simplify it.
Serguei Katkovd5d8d542017-11-05 05:50:33 +00003039 void FillPlaceholders(FoldAddrToValueMapping &Map,
3040 SmallVectorImpl<ValueInBB> &TraverseOrder,
3041 SimplificationTracker &ST) {
3042 while (!TraverseOrder.empty()) {
3043 auto Current = TraverseOrder.pop_back_val();
3044 assert(Map.find(Current) != Map.end() && "No node to fill!!!");
3045 Value *CurrentValue = Current.first;
3046 BasicBlock *CurrentBlock = Current.second;
3047 Value *V = Map[Current];
3048
3049 if (SelectInst *Select = dyn_cast<SelectInst>(V)) {
3050 // CurrentValue also must be Select.
3051 auto *CurrentSelect = cast<SelectInst>(CurrentValue);
3052 auto *TrueValue = CurrentSelect->getTrueValue();
3053 ValueInBB TrueItem = { TrueValue, isa<Instruction>(TrueValue)
3054 ? CurrentBlock
3055 : nullptr };
3056 assert(Map.find(TrueItem) != Map.end() && "No True Value!");
Serguei Katkovb0b67a82017-12-18 04:25:07 +00003057 Select->setTrueValue(ST.Get(Map[TrueItem]));
Serguei Katkovd5d8d542017-11-05 05:50:33 +00003058 auto *FalseValue = CurrentSelect->getFalseValue();
3059 ValueInBB FalseItem = { FalseValue, isa<Instruction>(FalseValue)
3060 ? CurrentBlock
3061 : nullptr };
3062 assert(Map.find(FalseItem) != Map.end() && "No False Value!");
Serguei Katkovb0b67a82017-12-18 04:25:07 +00003063 Select->setFalseValue(ST.Get(Map[FalseItem]));
Serguei Katkovd5d8d542017-11-05 05:50:33 +00003064 } else {
3065 // Must be a Phi node then.
3066 PHINode *PHI = cast<PHINode>(V);
3067 // Fill the Phi node with values from predecessors.
3068 bool IsDefinedInThisBB =
3069 cast<Instruction>(CurrentValue)->getParent() == CurrentBlock;
3070 auto *CurrentPhi = dyn_cast<PHINode>(CurrentValue);
3071 for (auto B : predecessors(CurrentBlock)) {
3072 Value *PV = IsDefinedInThisBB
3073 ? CurrentPhi->getIncomingValueForBlock(B)
3074 : CurrentValue;
3075 ValueInBB item = { PV, isa<Instruction>(PV) ? B : nullptr };
3076 assert(Map.find(item) != Map.end() && "No predecessor Value!");
3077 PHI->addIncoming(ST.Get(Map[item]), B);
3078 }
3079 }
3080 // Simplify if possible.
3081 Map[Current] = ST.Simplify(V);
3082 }
3083 }
3084
3085 /// Starting from value recursively iterates over predecessors up to known
3086 /// ending values represented in a map. For each traversed block inserts
3087 /// a placeholder Phi or Select.
3088 /// Reports all new created Phi/Select nodes by adding them to set.
3089 /// Also reports and order in what basic blocks have been traversed.
3090 void InsertPlaceholders(FoldAddrToValueMapping &Map,
3091 SmallVectorImpl<ValueInBB> &TraverseOrder,
Bjorn Petterssonbf3213e2018-03-20 09:06:37 +00003092 SimplificationTracker &ST) {
Serguei Katkovd5d8d542017-11-05 05:50:33 +00003093 SmallVector<ValueInBB, 32> Worklist;
3094 assert((isa<PHINode>(Original.first) || isa<SelectInst>(Original.first)) &&
3095 "Address must be a Phi or Select node");
3096 auto *Dummy = UndefValue::get(CommonType);
3097 Worklist.push_back(Original);
3098 while (!Worklist.empty()) {
3099 auto Current = Worklist.pop_back_val();
3100 // If value is not an instruction it is something global, constant,
3101 // parameter and we can say that this value is observable in any block.
3102 // Set block to null to denote it.
3103 // Also please take into account that it is how we build anchors.
3104 if (!isa<Instruction>(Current.first))
3105 Current.second = nullptr;
3106 // if it is already visited or it is an ending value then skip it.
3107 if (Map.find(Current) != Map.end())
3108 continue;
3109 TraverseOrder.push_back(Current);
3110
3111 Value *CurrentValue = Current.first;
3112 BasicBlock *CurrentBlock = Current.second;
3113 // CurrentValue must be a Phi node or select. All others must be covered
3114 // by anchors.
3115 Instruction *CurrentI = cast<Instruction>(CurrentValue);
3116 bool IsDefinedInThisBB = CurrentI->getParent() == CurrentBlock;
3117
Vedant Kumare0b5f862018-05-10 23:01:54 +00003118 unsigned PredCount = pred_size(CurrentBlock);
Serguei Katkovd5d8d542017-11-05 05:50:33 +00003119 // if Current Value is not defined in this basic block we are interested
3120 // in values in predecessors.
3121 if (!IsDefinedInThisBB) {
3122 assert(PredCount && "Unreachable block?!");
3123 PHINode *PHI = PHINode::Create(CommonType, PredCount, "sunk_phi",
3124 &CurrentBlock->front());
3125 Map[Current] = PHI;
Bjorn Petterssonbf3213e2018-03-20 09:06:37 +00003126 ST.insertNewPhi(PHI);
Serguei Katkovd5d8d542017-11-05 05:50:33 +00003127 // Add all predecessors in work list.
3128 for (auto B : predecessors(CurrentBlock))
3129 Worklist.push_back({ CurrentValue, B });
3130 continue;
3131 }
3132 // Value is defined in this basic block.
3133 if (SelectInst *OrigSelect = dyn_cast<SelectInst>(CurrentI)) {
3134 // Is it OK to get metadata from OrigSelect?!
3135 // Create a Select placeholder with dummy value.
3136 SelectInst *Select =
3137 SelectInst::Create(OrigSelect->getCondition(), Dummy, Dummy,
3138 OrigSelect->getName(), OrigSelect, OrigSelect);
3139 Map[Current] = Select;
Bjorn Petterssonbf3213e2018-03-20 09:06:37 +00003140 ST.insertNewSelect(Select);
Serguei Katkovd5d8d542017-11-05 05:50:33 +00003141 // We are interested in True and False value in this basic block.
3142 Worklist.push_back({ OrigSelect->getTrueValue(), CurrentBlock });
3143 Worklist.push_back({ OrigSelect->getFalseValue(), CurrentBlock });
3144 } else {
3145 // It must be a Phi node then.
3146 auto *CurrentPhi = cast<PHINode>(CurrentI);
3147 // Create new Phi node for merge of bases.
3148 assert(PredCount && "Unreachable block?!");
3149 PHINode *PHI = PHINode::Create(CommonType, PredCount, "sunk_phi",
3150 &CurrentBlock->front());
3151 Map[Current] = PHI;
Bjorn Petterssonbf3213e2018-03-20 09:06:37 +00003152 ST.insertNewPhi(PHI);
Serguei Katkovd5d8d542017-11-05 05:50:33 +00003153
3154 // Add all predecessors in work list.
3155 for (auto B : predecessors(CurrentBlock))
3156 Worklist.push_back({ CurrentPhi->getIncomingValueForBlock(B), B });
3157 }
3158 }
John Brawn736bf002017-10-03 13:08:22 +00003159 }
John Brawn70cdb5b2017-11-24 14:10:45 +00003160
3161 bool addrModeCombiningAllowed() {
3162 if (DisableComplexAddrModes)
3163 return false;
3164 switch (DifferentField) {
3165 default:
3166 return false;
3167 case ExtAddrMode::BaseRegField:
3168 return AddrSinkCombineBaseReg;
3169 case ExtAddrMode::BaseGVField:
3170 return AddrSinkCombineBaseGV;
3171 case ExtAddrMode::BaseOffsField:
3172 return AddrSinkCombineBaseOffs;
3173 case ExtAddrMode::ScaledRegField:
3174 return AddrSinkCombineScaledReg;
3175 }
3176 }
John Brawn736bf002017-10-03 13:08:22 +00003177};
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +00003178} // end anonymous namespace
3179
Sanjay Patel4ac6b112015-09-21 22:47:23 +00003180/// Try adding ScaleReg*Scale to the current addressing mode.
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00003181/// Return true and update AddrMode if this addr mode is legal for the target,
3182/// false if not.
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +00003183bool AddressingModeMatcher::matchScaledValue(Value *ScaleReg, int64_t Scale,
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00003184 unsigned Depth) {
3185 // If Scale is 1, then this is the same as adding ScaleReg to the addressing
3186 // mode. Just process that directly.
3187 if (Scale == 1)
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +00003188 return matchAddr(ScaleReg, Depth);
Stephen Lin837bba12013-07-15 17:55:02 +00003189
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00003190 // If the scale is 0, it takes nothing to add this.
3191 if (Scale == 0)
3192 return true;
Stephen Lin837bba12013-07-15 17:55:02 +00003193
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00003194 // If we already have a scale of this value, we can add to it, otherwise, we
3195 // need an available scale field.
3196 if (AddrMode.Scale != 0 && AddrMode.ScaledReg != ScaleReg)
3197 return false;
3198
3199 ExtAddrMode TestAddrMode = AddrMode;
3200
3201 // Add scale to turn X*4+X*3 -> X*7. This could also do things like
3202 // [A+B + A*7] -> [B+A*8].
3203 TestAddrMode.Scale += Scale;
3204 TestAddrMode.ScaledReg = ScaleReg;
3205
3206 // If the new address isn't legal, bail out.
Mehdi Amini0cdec1e2015-07-09 02:09:40 +00003207 if (!TLI.isLegalAddressingMode(DL, TestAddrMode, AccessTy, AddrSpace))
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00003208 return false;
3209
3210 // It was legal, so commit it.
3211 AddrMode = TestAddrMode;
Stephen Lin837bba12013-07-15 17:55:02 +00003212
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00003213 // Okay, we decided that we can add ScaleReg+Scale to AddrMode. Check now
3214 // to see if ScaleReg is actually X+C. If so, we can turn this into adding
3215 // X*Scale + C*Scale to addr mode.
Craig Topperc0196b12014-04-14 00:51:57 +00003216 ConstantInt *CI = nullptr; Value *AddLHS = nullptr;
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00003217 if (isa<Instruction>(ScaleReg) && // not a constant expr.
3218 match(ScaleReg, m_Add(m_Value(AddLHS), m_ConstantInt(CI)))) {
3219 TestAddrMode.ScaledReg = AddLHS;
3220 TestAddrMode.BaseOffs += CI->getSExtValue()*TestAddrMode.Scale;
Stephen Lin837bba12013-07-15 17:55:02 +00003221
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00003222 // If this addressing mode is legal, commit it and remember that we folded
3223 // this instruction.
Mehdi Amini0cdec1e2015-07-09 02:09:40 +00003224 if (TLI.isLegalAddressingMode(DL, TestAddrMode, AccessTy, AddrSpace)) {
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00003225 AddrModeInsts.push_back(cast<Instruction>(ScaleReg));
3226 AddrMode = TestAddrMode;
3227 return true;
3228 }
3229 }
3230
3231 // Otherwise, not (x+c)*scale, just return what we have.
3232 return true;
3233}
3234
Sanjay Patel4ac6b112015-09-21 22:47:23 +00003235/// This is a little filter, which returns true if an addressing computation
3236/// involving I might be folded into a load/store accessing it.
3237/// This doesn't need to be perfect, but needs to accept at least
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00003238/// the set of instructions that MatchOperationAddr can.
3239static bool MightBeFoldableInst(Instruction *I) {
3240 switch (I->getOpcode()) {
3241 case Instruction::BitCast:
Eli Benderskyf13a0562014-05-22 00:02:52 +00003242 case Instruction::AddrSpaceCast:
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00003243 // Don't touch identity bitcasts.
3244 if (I->getType() == I->getOperand(0)->getType())
3245 return false;
Vedant Kumarb3091da2018-07-06 20:17:42 +00003246 return I->getType()->isIntOrPtrTy();
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00003247 case Instruction::PtrToInt:
3248 // PtrToInt is always a noop, as we know that the int type is pointer sized.
3249 return true;
3250 case Instruction::IntToPtr:
3251 // We know the input is intptr_t, so this is foldable.
3252 return true;
3253 case Instruction::Add:
3254 return true;
3255 case Instruction::Mul:
3256 case Instruction::Shl:
3257 // Can only handle X*C and X << C.
3258 return isa<ConstantInt>(I->getOperand(1));
3259 case Instruction::GetElementPtr:
3260 return true;
3261 default:
3262 return false;
3263 }
3264}
3265
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00003266/// Check whether or not \p Val is a legal instruction for \p TLI.
Quentin Colombetfc2201e2014-12-17 01:36:17 +00003267/// \note \p Val is assumed to be the product of some type promotion.
3268/// Therefore if \p Val has an undefined state in \p TLI, this is assumed
3269/// to be legal, as the non-promoted value would have had the same state.
Mehdi Amini44ede332015-07-09 02:09:04 +00003270static bool isPromotedInstructionLegal(const TargetLowering &TLI,
3271 const DataLayout &DL, Value *Val) {
Quentin Colombetfc2201e2014-12-17 01:36:17 +00003272 Instruction *PromotedInst = dyn_cast<Instruction>(Val);
3273 if (!PromotedInst)
3274 return false;
3275 int ISDOpcode = TLI.InstructionOpcodeToISD(PromotedInst->getOpcode());
3276 // If the ISDOpcode is undefined, it was undefined before the promotion.
3277 if (!ISDOpcode)
3278 return true;
3279 // Otherwise, check if the promoted instruction is legal or not.
3280 return TLI.isOperationLegalOrCustom(
Mehdi Amini44ede332015-07-09 02:09:04 +00003281 ISDOpcode, TLI.getValueType(DL, PromotedInst->getType()));
Quentin Colombetfc2201e2014-12-17 01:36:17 +00003282}
3283
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +00003284namespace {
3285
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00003286/// Hepler class to perform type promotion.
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003287class TypePromotionHelper {
Guozhi Wei8c17f9a2018-08-15 22:08:26 +00003288 /// Utility function to add a promoted instruction \p ExtOpnd to
3289 /// \p PromotedInsts and record the type of extension we have seen.
3290 static void addPromotedInst(InstrToOrigTy &PromotedInsts,
3291 Instruction *ExtOpnd,
3292 bool IsSExt) {
3293 ExtType ExtTy = IsSExt ? SignExtension : ZeroExtension;
3294 InstrToOrigTy::iterator It = PromotedInsts.find(ExtOpnd);
3295 if (It != PromotedInsts.end()) {
3296 // If the new extension is same as original, the information in
3297 // PromotedInsts[ExtOpnd] is still correct.
3298 if (It->second.getInt() == ExtTy)
3299 return;
3300
3301 // Now the new extension is different from old extension, we make
3302 // the type information invalid by setting extension type to
3303 // BothExtension.
3304 ExtTy = BothExtension;
3305 }
3306 PromotedInsts[ExtOpnd] = TypeIsSExt(ExtOpnd->getType(), ExtTy);
3307 }
3308
3309 /// Utility function to query the original type of instruction \p Opnd
3310 /// with a matched extension type. If the extension doesn't match, we
3311 /// cannot use the information we had on the original type.
3312 /// BothExtension doesn't match any extension type.
3313 static const Type *getOrigType(const InstrToOrigTy &PromotedInsts,
3314 Instruction *Opnd,
3315 bool IsSExt) {
3316 ExtType ExtTy = IsSExt ? SignExtension : ZeroExtension;
3317 InstrToOrigTy::const_iterator It = PromotedInsts.find(Opnd);
3318 if (It != PromotedInsts.end() && It->second.getInt() == ExtTy)
3319 return It->second.getPointer();
3320 return nullptr;
3321 }
3322
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00003323 /// Utility function to check whether or not a sign or zero extension
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00003324 /// of \p Inst with \p ConsideredExtType can be moved through \p Inst by
3325 /// either using the operands of \p Inst or promoting \p Inst.
3326 /// The type of the extension is defined by \p IsSExt.
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003327 /// In other words, check if:
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00003328 /// ext (Ty Inst opnd1 opnd2 ... opndN) to ConsideredExtType.
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003329 /// #1 Promotion applies:
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00003330 /// ConsideredExtType Inst (ext opnd1 to ConsideredExtType, ...).
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003331 /// #2 Operand reuses:
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00003332 /// ext opnd1 to ConsideredExtType.
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003333 /// \p PromotedInsts maps the instructions to their type before promotion.
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00003334 static bool canGetThrough(const Instruction *Inst, Type *ConsideredExtType,
3335 const InstrToOrigTy &PromotedInsts, bool IsSExt);
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003336
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00003337 /// Utility function to determine if \p OpIdx should be promoted when
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003338 /// promoting \p Inst.
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00003339 static bool shouldExtOperand(const Instruction *Inst, int OpIdx) {
Rafael Espindola84921b92015-10-24 23:11:13 +00003340 return !(isa<SelectInst>(Inst) && OpIdx == 0);
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003341 }
3342
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00003343 /// Utility function to promote the operand of \p Ext when this
Quentin Colombetb2c5c6d2014-09-11 21:22:14 +00003344 /// operand is a promotable trunc or sext or zext.
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003345 /// \p PromotedInsts maps the instructions to their type before promotion.
Quentin Colombet1b274f92015-03-10 21:48:15 +00003346 /// \p CreatedInstsCost[out] contains the cost of all instructions
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00003347 /// created to promote the operand of Ext.
Quentin Colombetfc2201e2014-12-17 01:36:17 +00003348 /// Newly added extensions are inserted in \p Exts.
3349 /// Newly added truncates are inserted in \p Truncs.
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003350 /// Should never be called directly.
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00003351 /// \return The promoted value which is used instead of Ext.
Quentin Colombetfc2201e2014-12-17 01:36:17 +00003352 static Value *promoteOperandForTruncAndAnyExt(
3353 Instruction *Ext, TypePromotionTransaction &TPT,
Quentin Colombet1b274f92015-03-10 21:48:15 +00003354 InstrToOrigTy &PromotedInsts, unsigned &CreatedInstsCost,
Quentin Colombetfc2201e2014-12-17 01:36:17 +00003355 SmallVectorImpl<Instruction *> *Exts,
Quentin Colombet1b274f92015-03-10 21:48:15 +00003356 SmallVectorImpl<Instruction *> *Truncs, const TargetLowering &TLI);
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003357
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00003358 /// Utility function to promote the operand of \p Ext when this
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003359 /// operand is promotable and is not a supported trunc or sext.
3360 /// \p PromotedInsts maps the instructions to their type before promotion.
Quentin Colombet1b274f92015-03-10 21:48:15 +00003361 /// \p CreatedInstsCost[out] contains the cost of all the instructions
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00003362 /// created to promote the operand of Ext.
Quentin Colombetfc2201e2014-12-17 01:36:17 +00003363 /// Newly added extensions are inserted in \p Exts.
3364 /// Newly added truncates are inserted in \p Truncs.
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003365 /// Should never be called directly.
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00003366 /// \return The promoted value which is used instead of Ext.
Quentin Colombet1b274f92015-03-10 21:48:15 +00003367 static Value *promoteOperandForOther(Instruction *Ext,
3368 TypePromotionTransaction &TPT,
3369 InstrToOrigTy &PromotedInsts,
3370 unsigned &CreatedInstsCost,
3371 SmallVectorImpl<Instruction *> *Exts,
3372 SmallVectorImpl<Instruction *> *Truncs,
3373 const TargetLowering &TLI, bool IsSExt);
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00003374
3375 /// \see promoteOperandForOther.
Quentin Colombet1b274f92015-03-10 21:48:15 +00003376 static Value *signExtendOperandForOther(
3377 Instruction *Ext, TypePromotionTransaction &TPT,
3378 InstrToOrigTy &PromotedInsts, unsigned &CreatedInstsCost,
3379 SmallVectorImpl<Instruction *> *Exts,
3380 SmallVectorImpl<Instruction *> *Truncs, const TargetLowering &TLI) {
3381 return promoteOperandForOther(Ext, TPT, PromotedInsts, CreatedInstsCost,
3382 Exts, Truncs, TLI, true);
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00003383 }
3384
3385 /// \see promoteOperandForOther.
Quentin Colombet1b274f92015-03-10 21:48:15 +00003386 static Value *zeroExtendOperandForOther(
3387 Instruction *Ext, TypePromotionTransaction &TPT,
3388 InstrToOrigTy &PromotedInsts, unsigned &CreatedInstsCost,
3389 SmallVectorImpl<Instruction *> *Exts,
3390 SmallVectorImpl<Instruction *> *Truncs, const TargetLowering &TLI) {
3391 return promoteOperandForOther(Ext, TPT, PromotedInsts, CreatedInstsCost,
3392 Exts, Truncs, TLI, false);
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00003393 }
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003394
3395public:
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00003396 /// Type for the utility function that promotes the operand of Ext.
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +00003397 using Action = Value *(*)(Instruction *Ext, TypePromotionTransaction &TPT,
3398 InstrToOrigTy &PromotedInsts,
3399 unsigned &CreatedInstsCost,
3400 SmallVectorImpl<Instruction *> *Exts,
3401 SmallVectorImpl<Instruction *> *Truncs,
3402 const TargetLowering &TLI);
3403
Hiroshi Inouec73b6d62018-06-20 05:29:26 +00003404 /// Given a sign/zero extend instruction \p Ext, return the appropriate
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00003405 /// action to promote the operand of \p Ext instead of using Ext.
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003406 /// \return NULL if no promotable action is possible with the current
3407 /// sign extension.
Ahmed Bougachaf3299142015-06-17 20:44:32 +00003408 /// \p InsertedInsts keeps track of all the instructions inserted by the
3409 /// other CodeGenPrepare optimizations. This information is important
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003410 /// because we do not want to promote these instructions as CodeGenPrepare
3411 /// will reinsert them later. Thus creating an infinite loop: create/remove.
3412 /// \p PromotedInsts maps the instructions to their type before promotion.
Ahmed Bougachaf3299142015-06-17 20:44:32 +00003413 static Action getAction(Instruction *Ext, const SetOfInstrs &InsertedInsts,
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003414 const TargetLowering &TLI,
3415 const InstrToOrigTy &PromotedInsts);
3416};
3417
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +00003418} // end anonymous namespace
3419
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003420bool TypePromotionHelper::canGetThrough(const Instruction *Inst,
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00003421 Type *ConsideredExtType,
3422 const InstrToOrigTy &PromotedInsts,
3423 bool IsSExt) {
Quentin Colombetfc2201e2014-12-17 01:36:17 +00003424 // The promotion helper does not know how to deal with vector types yet.
3425 // To be able to fix that, we would need to fix the places where we
3426 // statically extend, e.g., constants and such.
3427 if (Inst->getType()->isVectorTy())
3428 return false;
3429
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00003430 // We can always get through zext.
3431 if (isa<ZExtInst>(Inst))
3432 return true;
3433
3434 // sext(sext) is ok too.
3435 if (IsSExt && isa<SExtInst>(Inst))
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003436 return true;
3437
3438 // We can get through binary operator, if it is legal. In other words, the
3439 // binary operator must have a nuw or nsw flag.
3440 const BinaryOperator *BinOp = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(Inst);
3441 if (BinOp && isa<OverflowingBinaryOperator>(BinOp) &&
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00003442 ((!IsSExt && BinOp->hasNoUnsignedWrap()) ||
3443 (IsSExt && BinOp->hasNoSignedWrap())))
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003444 return true;
3445
Guozhi Weic4c6b542018-06-05 21:03:52 +00003446 // ext(and(opnd, cst)) --> and(ext(opnd), ext(cst))
3447 if ((Inst->getOpcode() == Instruction::And ||
3448 Inst->getOpcode() == Instruction::Or))
3449 return true;
3450
3451 // ext(xor(opnd, cst)) --> xor(ext(opnd), ext(cst))
3452 if (Inst->getOpcode() == Instruction::Xor) {
3453 const ConstantInt *Cst = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Inst->getOperand(1));
3454 // Make sure it is not a NOT.
3455 if (Cst && !Cst->getValue().isAllOnesValue())
3456 return true;
3457 }
3458
3459 // zext(shrl(opnd, cst)) --> shrl(zext(opnd), zext(cst))
3460 // It may change a poisoned value into a regular value, like
3461 // zext i32 (shrl i8 %val, 12) --> shrl i32 (zext i8 %val), 12
3462 // poisoned value regular value
3463 // It should be OK since undef covers valid value.
3464 if (Inst->getOpcode() == Instruction::LShr && !IsSExt)
3465 return true;
3466
3467 // and(ext(shl(opnd, cst)), cst) --> and(shl(ext(opnd), ext(cst)), cst)
3468 // It may change a poisoned value into a regular value, like
3469 // zext i32 (shl i8 %val, 12) --> shl i32 (zext i8 %val), 12
3470 // poisoned value regular value
3471 // It should be OK since undef covers valid value.
3472 if (Inst->getOpcode() == Instruction::Shl && Inst->hasOneUse()) {
3473 const Instruction *ExtInst =
3474 dyn_cast<const Instruction>(*Inst->user_begin());
3475 if (ExtInst->hasOneUse()) {
3476 const Instruction *AndInst =
3477 dyn_cast<const Instruction>(*ExtInst->user_begin());
3478 if (AndInst && AndInst->getOpcode() == Instruction::And) {
3479 const ConstantInt *Cst = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(AndInst->getOperand(1));
3480 if (Cst &&
3481 Cst->getValue().isIntN(Inst->getType()->getIntegerBitWidth()))
3482 return true;
3483 }
3484 }
3485 }
3486
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003487 // Check if we can do the following simplification.
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00003488 // ext(trunc(opnd)) --> ext(opnd)
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003489 if (!isa<TruncInst>(Inst))
3490 return false;
3491
3492 Value *OpndVal = Inst->getOperand(0);
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00003493 // Check if we can use this operand in the extension.
Sanjay Patel9fbe22b2015-10-09 18:01:03 +00003494 // If the type is larger than the result type of the extension, we cannot.
Quentin Colombetfc2201e2014-12-17 01:36:17 +00003495 if (!OpndVal->getType()->isIntegerTy() ||
3496 OpndVal->getType()->getIntegerBitWidth() >
3497 ConsideredExtType->getIntegerBitWidth())
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003498 return false;
3499
3500 // If the operand of the truncate is not an instruction, we will not have
3501 // any information on the dropped bits.
3502 // (Actually we could for constant but it is not worth the extra logic).
3503 Instruction *Opnd = dyn_cast<Instruction>(OpndVal);
3504 if (!Opnd)
3505 return false;
3506
3507 // Check if the source of the type is narrow enough.
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00003508 // I.e., check that trunc just drops extended bits of the same kind of
3509 // the extension.
3510 // #1 get the type of the operand and check the kind of the extended bits.
Guozhi Wei8c17f9a2018-08-15 22:08:26 +00003511 const Type *OpndType = getOrigType(PromotedInsts, Opnd, IsSExt);
3512 if (OpndType)
3513 ;
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00003514 else if ((IsSExt && isa<SExtInst>(Opnd)) || (!IsSExt && isa<ZExtInst>(Opnd)))
3515 OpndType = Opnd->getOperand(0)->getType();
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003516 else
3517 return false;
3518
Sanjay Patel9fbe22b2015-10-09 18:01:03 +00003519 // #2 check that the truncate just drops extended bits.
Rafael Espindola84921b92015-10-24 23:11:13 +00003520 return Inst->getType()->getIntegerBitWidth() >=
3521 OpndType->getIntegerBitWidth();
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003522}
3523
3524TypePromotionHelper::Action TypePromotionHelper::getAction(
Ahmed Bougachaf3299142015-06-17 20:44:32 +00003525 Instruction *Ext, const SetOfInstrs &InsertedInsts,
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003526 const TargetLowering &TLI, const InstrToOrigTy &PromotedInsts) {
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00003527 assert((isa<SExtInst>(Ext) || isa<ZExtInst>(Ext)) &&
3528 "Unexpected instruction type");
3529 Instruction *ExtOpnd = dyn_cast<Instruction>(Ext->getOperand(0));
3530 Type *ExtTy = Ext->getType();
3531 bool IsSExt = isa<SExtInst>(Ext);
3532 // If the operand of the extension is not an instruction, we cannot
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003533 // get through.
3534 // If it, check we can get through.
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00003535 if (!ExtOpnd || !canGetThrough(ExtOpnd, ExtTy, PromotedInsts, IsSExt))
Craig Topperc0196b12014-04-14 00:51:57 +00003536 return nullptr;
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003537
3538 // Do not promote if the operand has been added by codegenprepare.
3539 // Otherwise, it means we are undoing an optimization that is likely to be
3540 // redone, thus causing potential infinite loop.
Ahmed Bougachaf3299142015-06-17 20:44:32 +00003541 if (isa<TruncInst>(ExtOpnd) && InsertedInsts.count(ExtOpnd))
Craig Topperc0196b12014-04-14 00:51:57 +00003542 return nullptr;
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003543
3544 // SExt or Trunc instructions.
3545 // Return the related handler.
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00003546 if (isa<SExtInst>(ExtOpnd) || isa<TruncInst>(ExtOpnd) ||
3547 isa<ZExtInst>(ExtOpnd))
Quentin Colombetb2c5c6d2014-09-11 21:22:14 +00003548 return promoteOperandForTruncAndAnyExt;
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003549
3550 // Regular instruction.
3551 // Abort early if we will have to insert non-free instructions.
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00003552 if (!ExtOpnd->hasOneUse() && !TLI.isTruncateFree(ExtTy, ExtOpnd->getType()))
Craig Topperc0196b12014-04-14 00:51:57 +00003553 return nullptr;
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00003554 return IsSExt ? signExtendOperandForOther : zeroExtendOperandForOther;
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003555}
3556
Quentin Colombetb2c5c6d2014-09-11 21:22:14 +00003557Value *TypePromotionHelper::promoteOperandForTruncAndAnyExt(
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +00003558 Instruction *SExt, TypePromotionTransaction &TPT,
Quentin Colombet1b274f92015-03-10 21:48:15 +00003559 InstrToOrigTy &PromotedInsts, unsigned &CreatedInstsCost,
Quentin Colombetfc2201e2014-12-17 01:36:17 +00003560 SmallVectorImpl<Instruction *> *Exts,
Quentin Colombet1b274f92015-03-10 21:48:15 +00003561 SmallVectorImpl<Instruction *> *Truncs, const TargetLowering &TLI) {
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003562 // By construction, the operand of SExt is an instruction. Otherwise we cannot
3563 // get through it and this method should not be called.
3564 Instruction *SExtOpnd = cast<Instruction>(SExt->getOperand(0));
Quentin Colombetac55b152014-09-16 22:36:07 +00003565 Value *ExtVal = SExt;
Quentin Colombet1b274f92015-03-10 21:48:15 +00003566 bool HasMergedNonFreeExt = false;
Quentin Colombetb2c5c6d2014-09-11 21:22:14 +00003567 if (isa<ZExtInst>(SExtOpnd)) {
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00003568 // Replace s|zext(zext(opnd))
Quentin Colombetb2c5c6d2014-09-11 21:22:14 +00003569 // => zext(opnd).
Quentin Colombet1b274f92015-03-10 21:48:15 +00003570 HasMergedNonFreeExt = !TLI.isExtFree(SExtOpnd);
Quentin Colombetac55b152014-09-16 22:36:07 +00003571 Value *ZExt =
Quentin Colombetb2c5c6d2014-09-11 21:22:14 +00003572 TPT.createZExt(SExt, SExtOpnd->getOperand(0), SExt->getType());
3573 TPT.replaceAllUsesWith(SExt, ZExt);
3574 TPT.eraseInstruction(SExt);
Quentin Colombetac55b152014-09-16 22:36:07 +00003575 ExtVal = ZExt;
Quentin Colombetb2c5c6d2014-09-11 21:22:14 +00003576 } else {
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00003577 // Replace z|sext(trunc(opnd)) or sext(sext(opnd))
3578 // => z|sext(opnd).
Quentin Colombetb2c5c6d2014-09-11 21:22:14 +00003579 TPT.setOperand(SExt, 0, SExtOpnd->getOperand(0));
3580 }
Quentin Colombet1b274f92015-03-10 21:48:15 +00003581 CreatedInstsCost = 0;
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003582
3583 // Remove dead code.
3584 if (SExtOpnd->use_empty())
3585 TPT.eraseInstruction(SExtOpnd);
3586
Quentin Colombet9dcb7242014-09-15 18:26:58 +00003587 // Check if the extension is still needed.
Quentin Colombetac55b152014-09-16 22:36:07 +00003588 Instruction *ExtInst = dyn_cast<Instruction>(ExtVal);
Quentin Colombetfc2201e2014-12-17 01:36:17 +00003589 if (!ExtInst || ExtInst->getType() != ExtInst->getOperand(0)->getType()) {
Quentin Colombet1b274f92015-03-10 21:48:15 +00003590 if (ExtInst) {
3591 if (Exts)
3592 Exts->push_back(ExtInst);
3593 CreatedInstsCost = !TLI.isExtFree(ExtInst) && !HasMergedNonFreeExt;
3594 }
Quentin Colombetac55b152014-09-16 22:36:07 +00003595 return ExtVal;
Quentin Colombetfc2201e2014-12-17 01:36:17 +00003596 }
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003597
Quentin Colombet9dcb7242014-09-15 18:26:58 +00003598 // At this point we have: ext ty opnd to ty.
3599 // Reassign the uses of ExtInst to the opnd and remove ExtInst.
3600 Value *NextVal = ExtInst->getOperand(0);
3601 TPT.eraseInstruction(ExtInst, NextVal);
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003602 return NextVal;
3603}
3604
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00003605Value *TypePromotionHelper::promoteOperandForOther(
3606 Instruction *Ext, TypePromotionTransaction &TPT,
Quentin Colombet1b274f92015-03-10 21:48:15 +00003607 InstrToOrigTy &PromotedInsts, unsigned &CreatedInstsCost,
Quentin Colombetfc2201e2014-12-17 01:36:17 +00003608 SmallVectorImpl<Instruction *> *Exts,
Quentin Colombet1b274f92015-03-10 21:48:15 +00003609 SmallVectorImpl<Instruction *> *Truncs, const TargetLowering &TLI,
3610 bool IsSExt) {
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00003611 // By construction, the operand of Ext is an instruction. Otherwise we cannot
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003612 // get through it and this method should not be called.
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00003613 Instruction *ExtOpnd = cast<Instruction>(Ext->getOperand(0));
Quentin Colombet1b274f92015-03-10 21:48:15 +00003614 CreatedInstsCost = 0;
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00003615 if (!ExtOpnd->hasOneUse()) {
3616 // ExtOpnd will be promoted.
3617 // All its uses, but Ext, will need to use a truncated value of the
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003618 // promoted version.
3619 // Create the truncate now.
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00003620 Value *Trunc = TPT.createTrunc(Ext, ExtOpnd->getType());
Quentin Colombetac55b152014-09-16 22:36:07 +00003621 if (Instruction *ITrunc = dyn_cast<Instruction>(Trunc)) {
Quentin Colombetac55b152014-09-16 22:36:07 +00003622 // Insert it just after the definition.
Sanjay Patel674d2c22017-08-29 14:07:48 +00003623 ITrunc->moveAfter(ExtOpnd);
Quentin Colombetfc2201e2014-12-17 01:36:17 +00003624 if (Truncs)
3625 Truncs->push_back(ITrunc);
Quentin Colombetac55b152014-09-16 22:36:07 +00003626 }
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003627
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00003628 TPT.replaceAllUsesWith(ExtOpnd, Trunc);
Sanjay Patel9fbe22b2015-10-09 18:01:03 +00003629 // Restore the operand of Ext (which has been replaced by the previous call
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003630 // to replaceAllUsesWith) to avoid creating a cycle trunc <-> sext.
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00003631 TPT.setOperand(Ext, 0, ExtOpnd);
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003632 }
3633
3634 // Get through the Instruction:
3635 // 1. Update its type.
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00003636 // 2. Replace the uses of Ext by Inst.
3637 // 3. Extend each operand that needs to be extended.
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003638
3639 // Remember the original type of the instruction before promotion.
3640 // This is useful to know that the high bits are sign extended bits.
Guozhi Wei8c17f9a2018-08-15 22:08:26 +00003641 addPromotedInst(PromotedInsts, ExtOpnd, IsSExt);
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003642 // Step #1.
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00003643 TPT.mutateType(ExtOpnd, Ext->getType());
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003644 // Step #2.
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00003645 TPT.replaceAllUsesWith(Ext, ExtOpnd);
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003646 // Step #3.
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00003647 Instruction *ExtForOpnd = Ext;
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003648
Nicola Zaghend34e60c2018-05-14 12:53:11 +00003649 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "Propagate Ext to operands\n");
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00003650 for (int OpIdx = 0, EndOpIdx = ExtOpnd->getNumOperands(); OpIdx != EndOpIdx;
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003651 ++OpIdx) {
Nicola Zaghend34e60c2018-05-14 12:53:11 +00003652 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "Operand:\n" << *(ExtOpnd->getOperand(OpIdx)) << '\n');
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00003653 if (ExtOpnd->getOperand(OpIdx)->getType() == Ext->getType() ||
3654 !shouldExtOperand(ExtOpnd, OpIdx)) {
Nicola Zaghend34e60c2018-05-14 12:53:11 +00003655 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "No need to propagate\n");
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003656 continue;
3657 }
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00003658 // Check if we can statically extend the operand.
3659 Value *Opnd = ExtOpnd->getOperand(OpIdx);
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003660 if (const ConstantInt *Cst = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Opnd)) {
Nicola Zaghend34e60c2018-05-14 12:53:11 +00003661 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "Statically extend\n");
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00003662 unsigned BitWidth = Ext->getType()->getIntegerBitWidth();
3663 APInt CstVal = IsSExt ? Cst->getValue().sext(BitWidth)
3664 : Cst->getValue().zext(BitWidth);
3665 TPT.setOperand(ExtOpnd, OpIdx, ConstantInt::get(Ext->getType(), CstVal));
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003666 continue;
3667 }
3668 // UndefValue are typed, so we have to statically sign extend them.
3669 if (isa<UndefValue>(Opnd)) {
Nicola Zaghend34e60c2018-05-14 12:53:11 +00003670 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "Statically extend\n");
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00003671 TPT.setOperand(ExtOpnd, OpIdx, UndefValue::get(Ext->getType()));
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003672 continue;
3673 }
3674
Hiroshi Inouec73b6d62018-06-20 05:29:26 +00003675 // Otherwise we have to explicitly sign extend the operand.
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00003676 // Check if Ext was reused to extend an operand.
3677 if (!ExtForOpnd) {
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003678 // If yes, create a new one.
Nicola Zaghend34e60c2018-05-14 12:53:11 +00003679 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "More operands to ext\n");
Quentin Colombet84f89cc2014-12-22 18:11:52 +00003680 Value *ValForExtOpnd = IsSExt ? TPT.createSExt(Ext, Opnd, Ext->getType())
3681 : TPT.createZExt(Ext, Opnd, Ext->getType());
3682 if (!isa<Instruction>(ValForExtOpnd)) {
3683 TPT.setOperand(ExtOpnd, OpIdx, ValForExtOpnd);
3684 continue;
3685 }
3686 ExtForOpnd = cast<Instruction>(ValForExtOpnd);
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003687 }
Quentin Colombetfc2201e2014-12-17 01:36:17 +00003688 if (Exts)
3689 Exts->push_back(ExtForOpnd);
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00003690 TPT.setOperand(ExtForOpnd, 0, Opnd);
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003691
3692 // Move the sign extension before the insertion point.
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00003693 TPT.moveBefore(ExtForOpnd, ExtOpnd);
3694 TPT.setOperand(ExtOpnd, OpIdx, ExtForOpnd);
Quentin Colombet1b274f92015-03-10 21:48:15 +00003695 CreatedInstsCost += !TLI.isExtFree(ExtForOpnd);
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003696 // If more sext are required, new instructions will have to be created.
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00003697 ExtForOpnd = nullptr;
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003698 }
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00003699 if (ExtForOpnd == Ext) {
Nicola Zaghend34e60c2018-05-14 12:53:11 +00003700 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "Extension is useless now\n");
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00003701 TPT.eraseInstruction(Ext);
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003702 }
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00003703 return ExtOpnd;
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003704}
3705
Sanjay Patel4ac6b112015-09-21 22:47:23 +00003706/// Check whether or not promoting an instruction to a wider type is profitable.
Quentin Colombet1b274f92015-03-10 21:48:15 +00003707/// \p NewCost gives the cost of extension instructions created by the
3708/// promotion.
3709/// \p OldCost gives the cost of extension instructions before the promotion
3710/// plus the number of instructions that have been
3711/// matched in the addressing mode the promotion.
Quentin Colombet867c5502014-02-14 22:23:22 +00003712/// \p PromotedOperand is the value that has been promoted.
3713/// \return True if the promotion is profitable, false otherwise.
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +00003714bool AddressingModeMatcher::isPromotionProfitable(
Quentin Colombet1b274f92015-03-10 21:48:15 +00003715 unsigned NewCost, unsigned OldCost, Value *PromotedOperand) const {
Nicola Zaghend34e60c2018-05-14 12:53:11 +00003716 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "OldCost: " << OldCost << "\tNewCost: " << NewCost
3717 << '\n');
Quentin Colombet1b274f92015-03-10 21:48:15 +00003718 // The cost of the new extensions is greater than the cost of the
3719 // old extension plus what we folded.
Quentin Colombet867c5502014-02-14 22:23:22 +00003720 // This is not profitable.
Quentin Colombet1b274f92015-03-10 21:48:15 +00003721 if (NewCost > OldCost)
Quentin Colombet867c5502014-02-14 22:23:22 +00003722 return false;
Quentin Colombet1b274f92015-03-10 21:48:15 +00003723 if (NewCost < OldCost)
Quentin Colombet867c5502014-02-14 22:23:22 +00003724 return true;
3725 // The promotion is neutral but it may help folding the sign extension in
3726 // loads for instance.
3727 // Check that we did not create an illegal instruction.
Mehdi Amini44ede332015-07-09 02:09:04 +00003728 return isPromotedInstructionLegal(TLI, DL, PromotedOperand);
Quentin Colombet867c5502014-02-14 22:23:22 +00003729}
3730
Sanjay Patel4ac6b112015-09-21 22:47:23 +00003731/// Given an instruction or constant expr, see if we can fold the operation
Sanjay Patel9fbe22b2015-10-09 18:01:03 +00003732/// into the addressing mode. If so, update the addressing mode and return
Sanjay Patel4ac6b112015-09-21 22:47:23 +00003733/// true, otherwise return false without modifying AddrMode.
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003734/// If \p MovedAway is not NULL, it contains the information of whether or
3735/// not AddrInst has to be folded into the addressing mode on success.
3736/// If \p MovedAway == true, \p AddrInst will not be part of the addressing
3737/// because it has been moved away.
3738/// Thus AddrInst must not be added in the matched instructions.
3739/// This state can happen when AddrInst is a sext, since it may be moved away.
3740/// Therefore, AddrInst may not be valid when MovedAway is true and it must
3741/// not be referenced anymore.
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +00003742bool AddressingModeMatcher::matchOperationAddr(User *AddrInst, unsigned Opcode,
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003743 unsigned Depth,
3744 bool *MovedAway) {
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00003745 // Avoid exponential behavior on extremely deep expression trees.
3746 if (Depth >= 5) return false;
Stephen Lin837bba12013-07-15 17:55:02 +00003747
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003748 // By default, all matched instructions stay in place.
3749 if (MovedAway)
3750 *MovedAway = false;
3751
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00003752 switch (Opcode) {
3753 case Instruction::PtrToInt:
3754 // PtrToInt is always a noop, as we know that the int type is pointer sized.
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +00003755 return matchAddr(AddrInst->getOperand(0), Depth);
Mehdi Amini44ede332015-07-09 02:09:04 +00003756 case Instruction::IntToPtr: {
3757 auto AS = AddrInst->getType()->getPointerAddressSpace();
3758 auto PtrTy = MVT::getIntegerVT(DL.getPointerSizeInBits(AS));
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00003759 // This inttoptr is a no-op if the integer type is pointer sized.
Mehdi Amini44ede332015-07-09 02:09:04 +00003760 if (TLI.getValueType(DL, AddrInst->getOperand(0)->getType()) == PtrTy)
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +00003761 return matchAddr(AddrInst->getOperand(0), Depth);
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00003762 return false;
Mehdi Amini44ede332015-07-09 02:09:04 +00003763 }
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00003764 case Instruction::BitCast:
3765 // BitCast is always a noop, and we can handle it as long as it is
3766 // int->int or pointer->pointer (we don't want int<->fp or something).
Vedant Kumarb3091da2018-07-06 20:17:42 +00003767 if (AddrInst->getOperand(0)->getType()->isIntOrPtrTy() &&
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00003768 // Don't touch identity bitcasts. These were probably put here by LSR,
3769 // and we don't want to mess around with them. Assume it knows what it
3770 // is doing.
3771 AddrInst->getOperand(0)->getType() != AddrInst->getType())
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +00003772 return matchAddr(AddrInst->getOperand(0), Depth);
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00003773 return false;
Matt Arsenaultf05b0232015-05-26 16:59:43 +00003774 case Instruction::AddrSpaceCast: {
3775 unsigned SrcAS
3776 = AddrInst->getOperand(0)->getType()->getPointerAddressSpace();
3777 unsigned DestAS = AddrInst->getType()->getPointerAddressSpace();
3778 if (TLI.isNoopAddrSpaceCast(SrcAS, DestAS))
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +00003779 return matchAddr(AddrInst->getOperand(0), Depth);
Matt Arsenaultf05b0232015-05-26 16:59:43 +00003780 return false;
3781 }
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00003782 case Instruction::Add: {
3783 // Check to see if we can merge in the RHS then the LHS. If so, we win.
3784 ExtAddrMode BackupAddrMode = AddrMode;
3785 unsigned OldSize = AddrModeInsts.size();
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003786 // Start a transaction at this point.
3787 // The LHS may match but not the RHS.
3788 // Therefore, we need a higher level restoration point to undo partially
3789 // matched operation.
3790 TypePromotionTransaction::ConstRestorationPt LastKnownGood =
3791 TPT.getRestorationPoint();
3792
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +00003793 if (matchAddr(AddrInst->getOperand(1), Depth+1) &&
3794 matchAddr(AddrInst->getOperand(0), Depth+1))
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00003795 return true;
Stephen Lin837bba12013-07-15 17:55:02 +00003796
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00003797 // Restore the old addr mode info.
3798 AddrMode = BackupAddrMode;
3799 AddrModeInsts.resize(OldSize);
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003800 TPT.rollback(LastKnownGood);
Stephen Lin837bba12013-07-15 17:55:02 +00003801
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00003802 // Otherwise this was over-aggressive. Try merging in the LHS then the RHS.
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +00003803 if (matchAddr(AddrInst->getOperand(0), Depth+1) &&
3804 matchAddr(AddrInst->getOperand(1), Depth+1))
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00003805 return true;
Stephen Lin837bba12013-07-15 17:55:02 +00003806
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00003807 // Otherwise we definitely can't merge the ADD in.
3808 AddrMode = BackupAddrMode;
3809 AddrModeInsts.resize(OldSize);
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003810 TPT.rollback(LastKnownGood);
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00003811 break;
3812 }
3813 //case Instruction::Or:
3814 // TODO: We can handle "Or Val, Imm" iff this OR is equivalent to an ADD.
3815 //break;
3816 case Instruction::Mul:
3817 case Instruction::Shl: {
3818 // Can only handle X*C and X << C.
3819 ConstantInt *RHS = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(AddrInst->getOperand(1));
Philip Reames9c3cbee2017-10-30 23:59:51 +00003820 if (!RHS || RHS->getBitWidth() > 64)
Sanjay Pateld3bbfa12014-07-16 22:40:28 +00003821 return false;
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00003822 int64_t Scale = RHS->getSExtValue();
3823 if (Opcode == Instruction::Shl)
3824 Scale = 1LL << Scale;
Stephen Lin837bba12013-07-15 17:55:02 +00003825
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +00003826 return matchScaledValue(AddrInst->getOperand(0), Scale, Depth);
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00003827 }
3828 case Instruction::GetElementPtr: {
3829 // Scan the GEP. We check it if it contains constant offsets and at most
3830 // one variable offset.
3831 int VariableOperand = -1;
3832 unsigned VariableScale = 0;
Stephen Lin837bba12013-07-15 17:55:02 +00003833
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00003834 int64_t ConstantOffset = 0;
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00003835 gep_type_iterator GTI = gep_type_begin(AddrInst);
3836 for (unsigned i = 1, e = AddrInst->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i, ++GTI) {
Peter Collingbourneab85225b2016-12-02 02:24:42 +00003837 if (StructType *STy = GTI.getStructTypeOrNull()) {
Mehdi Amini4fe37982015-07-07 18:45:17 +00003838 const StructLayout *SL = DL.getStructLayout(STy);
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00003839 unsigned Idx =
3840 cast<ConstantInt>(AddrInst->getOperand(i))->getZExtValue();
3841 ConstantOffset += SL->getElementOffset(Idx);
3842 } else {
Mehdi Amini4fe37982015-07-07 18:45:17 +00003843 uint64_t TypeSize = DL.getTypeAllocSize(GTI.getIndexedType());
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00003844 if (ConstantInt *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(AddrInst->getOperand(i))) {
Simon Pilgrimee82a792018-08-13 12:10:09 +00003845 const APInt &CVal = CI->getValue();
3846 if (CVal.getMinSignedBits() <= 64) {
3847 ConstantOffset += CVal.getSExtValue() * TypeSize;
3848 continue;
3849 }
3850 }
3851 if (TypeSize) { // Scales of zero don't do anything.
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00003852 // We only allow one variable index at the moment.
3853 if (VariableOperand != -1)
3854 return false;
Stephen Lin837bba12013-07-15 17:55:02 +00003855
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00003856 // Remember the variable index.
3857 VariableOperand = i;
3858 VariableScale = TypeSize;
3859 }
3860 }
3861 }
Stephen Lin837bba12013-07-15 17:55:02 +00003862
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00003863 // A common case is for the GEP to only do a constant offset. In this case,
3864 // just add it to the disp field and check validity.
3865 if (VariableOperand == -1) {
3866 AddrMode.BaseOffs += ConstantOffset;
Matt Arsenaultf72b49b2015-06-04 16:17:38 +00003867 if (ConstantOffset == 0 ||
Mehdi Amini0cdec1e2015-07-09 02:09:40 +00003868 TLI.isLegalAddressingMode(DL, AddrMode, AccessTy, AddrSpace)) {
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00003869 // Check to see if we can fold the base pointer in too.
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +00003870 if (matchAddr(AddrInst->getOperand(0), Depth+1))
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00003871 return true;
Haicheng Wu0aae2bc2018-05-10 18:27:36 +00003872 } else if (EnableGEPOffsetSplit && isa<GetElementPtrInst>(AddrInst) &&
3873 TLI.shouldConsiderGEPOffsetSplit() && Depth == 0 &&
3874 ConstantOffset > 0) {
3875 // Record GEPs with non-zero offsets as candidates for splitting in the
3876 // event that the offset cannot fit into the r+i addressing mode.
3877 // Simple and common case that only one GEP is used in calculating the
3878 // address for the memory access.
3879 Value *Base = AddrInst->getOperand(0);
3880 auto *BaseI = dyn_cast<Instruction>(Base);
3881 auto *GEP = cast<GetElementPtrInst>(AddrInst);
3882 if (isa<Argument>(Base) || isa<GlobalValue>(Base) ||
3883 (BaseI && !isa<CastInst>(BaseI) &&
3884 !isa<GetElementPtrInst>(BaseI))) {
3885 // If the base is an instruction, make sure the GEP is not in the same
3886 // basic block as the base. If the base is an argument or global
3887 // value, make sure the GEP is not in the entry block. Otherwise,
3888 // instruction selection can undo the split. Also make sure the
3889 // parent block allows inserting non-PHI instructions before the
3890 // terminator.
3891 BasicBlock *Parent =
3892 BaseI ? BaseI->getParent() : &GEP->getFunction()->getEntryBlock();
3893 if (GEP->getParent() != Parent && !Parent->getTerminator()->isEHPad())
3894 LargeOffsetGEP = std::make_pair(GEP, ConstantOffset);
3895 }
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00003896 }
3897 AddrMode.BaseOffs -= ConstantOffset;
3898 return false;
3899 }
3900
3901 // Save the valid addressing mode in case we can't match.
3902 ExtAddrMode BackupAddrMode = AddrMode;
3903 unsigned OldSize = AddrModeInsts.size();
3904
3905 // See if the scale and offset amount is valid for this target.
3906 AddrMode.BaseOffs += ConstantOffset;
3907
3908 // Match the base operand of the GEP.
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +00003909 if (!matchAddr(AddrInst->getOperand(0), Depth+1)) {
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00003910 // If it couldn't be matched, just stuff the value in a register.
3911 if (AddrMode.HasBaseReg) {
3912 AddrMode = BackupAddrMode;
3913 AddrModeInsts.resize(OldSize);
3914 return false;
3915 }
3916 AddrMode.HasBaseReg = true;
3917 AddrMode.BaseReg = AddrInst->getOperand(0);
3918 }
3919
3920 // Match the remaining variable portion of the GEP.
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +00003921 if (!matchScaledValue(AddrInst->getOperand(VariableOperand), VariableScale,
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00003922 Depth)) {
3923 // If it couldn't be matched, try stuffing the base into a register
3924 // instead of matching it, and retrying the match of the scale.
3925 AddrMode = BackupAddrMode;
3926 AddrModeInsts.resize(OldSize);
3927 if (AddrMode.HasBaseReg)
3928 return false;
3929 AddrMode.HasBaseReg = true;
3930 AddrMode.BaseReg = AddrInst->getOperand(0);
3931 AddrMode.BaseOffs += ConstantOffset;
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +00003932 if (!matchScaledValue(AddrInst->getOperand(VariableOperand),
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00003933 VariableScale, Depth)) {
3934 // If even that didn't work, bail.
3935 AddrMode = BackupAddrMode;
3936 AddrModeInsts.resize(OldSize);
3937 return false;
3938 }
3939 }
3940
3941 return true;
3942 }
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00003943 case Instruction::SExt:
3944 case Instruction::ZExt: {
3945 Instruction *Ext = dyn_cast<Instruction>(AddrInst);
3946 if (!Ext)
Sanjay Pateld3bbfa12014-07-16 22:40:28 +00003947 return false;
Sanjay Patelab60d042014-07-16 21:08:10 +00003948
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00003949 // Try to move this ext out of the way of the addressing mode.
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003950 // Ask for a method for doing so.
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00003951 TypePromotionHelper::Action TPH =
Ahmed Bougachaf3299142015-06-17 20:44:32 +00003952 TypePromotionHelper::getAction(Ext, InsertedInsts, TLI, PromotedInsts);
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003953 if (!TPH)
3954 return false;
3955
3956 TypePromotionTransaction::ConstRestorationPt LastKnownGood =
3957 TPT.getRestorationPoint();
Quentin Colombet1b274f92015-03-10 21:48:15 +00003958 unsigned CreatedInstsCost = 0;
3959 unsigned ExtCost = !TLI.isExtFree(Ext);
Quentin Colombetfc2201e2014-12-17 01:36:17 +00003960 Value *PromotedOperand =
Quentin Colombet1b274f92015-03-10 21:48:15 +00003961 TPH(Ext, TPT, PromotedInsts, CreatedInstsCost, nullptr, nullptr, TLI);
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003962 // SExt has been moved away.
3963 // Thus either it will be rematched later in the recursive calls or it is
3964 // gone. Anyway, we must not fold it into the addressing mode at this point.
3965 // E.g.,
3966 // op = add opnd, 1
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00003967 // idx = ext op
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003968 // addr = gep base, idx
3969 // is now:
Quentin Colombetf5485bb2014-11-13 01:44:51 +00003970 // promotedOpnd = ext opnd <- no match here
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003971 // op = promoted_add promotedOpnd, 1 <- match (later in recursive calls)
3972 // addr = gep base, op <- match
3973 if (MovedAway)
3974 *MovedAway = true;
3975
3976 assert(PromotedOperand &&
3977 "TypePromotionHelper should have filtered out those cases");
3978
3979 ExtAddrMode BackupAddrMode = AddrMode;
3980 unsigned OldSize = AddrModeInsts.size();
3981
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +00003982 if (!matchAddr(PromotedOperand, Depth) ||
Sanjay Patel9fbe22b2015-10-09 18:01:03 +00003983 // The total of the new cost is equal to the cost of the created
Quentin Colombet1b274f92015-03-10 21:48:15 +00003984 // instructions.
Sanjay Patel9fbe22b2015-10-09 18:01:03 +00003985 // The total of the old cost is equal to the cost of the extension plus
Quentin Colombet1b274f92015-03-10 21:48:15 +00003986 // what we have saved in the addressing mode.
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +00003987 !isPromotionProfitable(CreatedInstsCost,
Quentin Colombet1b274f92015-03-10 21:48:15 +00003988 ExtCost + (AddrModeInsts.size() - OldSize),
Quentin Colombet867c5502014-02-14 22:23:22 +00003989 PromotedOperand)) {
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003990 AddrMode = BackupAddrMode;
3991 AddrModeInsts.resize(OldSize);
Nicola Zaghend34e60c2018-05-14 12:53:11 +00003992 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "Sign extension does not pay off: rollback\n");
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00003993 TPT.rollback(LastKnownGood);
3994 return false;
3995 }
3996 return true;
3997 }
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00003998 }
3999 return false;
4000}
4001
Sanjay Patel4ac6b112015-09-21 22:47:23 +00004002/// If we can, try to add the value of 'Addr' into the current addressing mode.
4003/// If Addr can't be added to AddrMode this returns false and leaves AddrMode
4004/// unmodified. This assumes that Addr is either a pointer type or intptr_t
4005/// for the target.
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004006///
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +00004007bool AddressingModeMatcher::matchAddr(Value *Addr, unsigned Depth) {
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00004008 // Start a transaction at this point that we will rollback if the matching
4009 // fails.
4010 TypePromotionTransaction::ConstRestorationPt LastKnownGood =
4011 TPT.getRestorationPoint();
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004012 if (ConstantInt *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Addr)) {
4013 // Fold in immediates if legal for the target.
4014 AddrMode.BaseOffs += CI->getSExtValue();
Mehdi Amini0cdec1e2015-07-09 02:09:40 +00004015 if (TLI.isLegalAddressingMode(DL, AddrMode, AccessTy, AddrSpace))
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004016 return true;
4017 AddrMode.BaseOffs -= CI->getSExtValue();
4018 } else if (GlobalValue *GV = dyn_cast<GlobalValue>(Addr)) {
4019 // If this is a global variable, try to fold it into the addressing mode.
Craig Topperc0196b12014-04-14 00:51:57 +00004020 if (!AddrMode.BaseGV) {
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004021 AddrMode.BaseGV = GV;
Mehdi Amini0cdec1e2015-07-09 02:09:40 +00004022 if (TLI.isLegalAddressingMode(DL, AddrMode, AccessTy, AddrSpace))
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004023 return true;
Craig Topperc0196b12014-04-14 00:51:57 +00004024 AddrMode.BaseGV = nullptr;
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004025 }
4026 } else if (Instruction *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(Addr)) {
4027 ExtAddrMode BackupAddrMode = AddrMode;
4028 unsigned OldSize = AddrModeInsts.size();
4029
4030 // Check to see if it is possible to fold this operation.
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00004031 bool MovedAway = false;
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +00004032 if (matchOperationAddr(I, I->getOpcode(), Depth, &MovedAway)) {
Sanjay Patel9fbe22b2015-10-09 18:01:03 +00004033 // This instruction may have been moved away. If so, there is nothing
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00004034 // to check here.
4035 if (MovedAway)
4036 return true;
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004037 // Okay, it's possible to fold this. Check to see if it is actually
4038 // *profitable* to do so. We use a simple cost model to avoid increasing
4039 // register pressure too much.
4040 if (I->hasOneUse() ||
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +00004041 isProfitableToFoldIntoAddressingMode(I, BackupAddrMode, AddrMode)) {
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004042 AddrModeInsts.push_back(I);
4043 return true;
4044 }
Stephen Lin837bba12013-07-15 17:55:02 +00004045
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004046 // It isn't profitable to do this, roll back.
4047 //cerr << "NOT FOLDING: " << *I;
4048 AddrMode = BackupAddrMode;
4049 AddrModeInsts.resize(OldSize);
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00004050 TPT.rollback(LastKnownGood);
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004051 }
4052 } else if (ConstantExpr *CE = dyn_cast<ConstantExpr>(Addr)) {
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +00004053 if (matchOperationAddr(CE, CE->getOpcode(), Depth))
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004054 return true;
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00004055 TPT.rollback(LastKnownGood);
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004056 } else if (isa<ConstantPointerNull>(Addr)) {
4057 // Null pointer gets folded without affecting the addressing mode.
4058 return true;
4059 }
4060
4061 // Worse case, the target should support [reg] addressing modes. :)
4062 if (!AddrMode.HasBaseReg) {
4063 AddrMode.HasBaseReg = true;
4064 AddrMode.BaseReg = Addr;
4065 // Still check for legality in case the target supports [imm] but not [i+r].
Mehdi Amini0cdec1e2015-07-09 02:09:40 +00004066 if (TLI.isLegalAddressingMode(DL, AddrMode, AccessTy, AddrSpace))
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004067 return true;
4068 AddrMode.HasBaseReg = false;
Craig Topperc0196b12014-04-14 00:51:57 +00004069 AddrMode.BaseReg = nullptr;
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004070 }
4071
4072 // If the base register is already taken, see if we can do [r+r].
4073 if (AddrMode.Scale == 0) {
4074 AddrMode.Scale = 1;
4075 AddrMode.ScaledReg = Addr;
Mehdi Amini0cdec1e2015-07-09 02:09:40 +00004076 if (TLI.isLegalAddressingMode(DL, AddrMode, AccessTy, AddrSpace))
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004077 return true;
4078 AddrMode.Scale = 0;
Craig Topperc0196b12014-04-14 00:51:57 +00004079 AddrMode.ScaledReg = nullptr;
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004080 }
4081 // Couldn't match.
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00004082 TPT.rollback(LastKnownGood);
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004083 return false;
4084}
4085
Sanjay Patel4ac6b112015-09-21 22:47:23 +00004086/// Check to see if all uses of OpVal by the specified inline asm call are due
4087/// to memory operands. If so, return true, otherwise return false.
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004088static bool IsOperandAMemoryOperand(CallInst *CI, InlineAsm *IA, Value *OpVal,
Igor Laevsky3be81ba2017-02-07 13:27:20 +00004089 const TargetLowering &TLI,
4090 const TargetRegisterInfo &TRI) {
Sanjay Patel4137d512017-06-07 14:29:52 +00004091 const Function *F = CI->getFunction();
Eric Christopherd75c00c2015-02-26 22:38:34 +00004092 TargetLowering::AsmOperandInfoVector TargetConstraints =
Igor Laevsky3be81ba2017-02-07 13:27:20 +00004093 TLI.ParseConstraints(F->getParent()->getDataLayout(), &TRI,
Mehdi Amini8ac7a9d2015-07-07 19:07:19 +00004094 ImmutableCallSite(CI));
Igor Laevsky3be81ba2017-02-07 13:27:20 +00004095
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004096 for (unsigned i = 0, e = TargetConstraints.size(); i != e; ++i) {
4097 TargetLowering::AsmOperandInfo &OpInfo = TargetConstraints[i];
Stephen Lin837bba12013-07-15 17:55:02 +00004098
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004099 // Compute the constraint code and ConstraintType to use.
Igor Laevsky3be81ba2017-02-07 13:27:20 +00004100 TLI.ComputeConstraintToUse(OpInfo, SDValue());
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004101
4102 // If this asm operand is our Value*, and if it isn't an indirect memory
4103 // operand, we can't fold it!
4104 if (OpInfo.CallOperandVal == OpVal &&
4105 (OpInfo.ConstraintType != TargetLowering::C_Memory ||
4106 !OpInfo.isIndirect))
4107 return false;
4108 }
4109
4110 return true;
4111}
4112
Benjamin Kramerfc638c12017-07-24 16:18:09 +00004113// Max number of memory uses to look at before aborting the search to conserve
4114// compile time.
4115static constexpr int MaxMemoryUsesToScan = 20;
4116
Sanjay Patel4ac6b112015-09-21 22:47:23 +00004117/// Recursively walk all the uses of I until we find a memory use.
4118/// If we find an obviously non-foldable instruction, return true.
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004119/// Add the ultimately found memory instructions to MemoryUses.
Eric Christopher11e4df72015-02-26 22:38:43 +00004120static bool FindAllMemoryUses(
4121 Instruction *I,
4122 SmallVectorImpl<std::pair<Instruction *, unsigned>> &MemoryUses,
Benjamin Kramerfc638c12017-07-24 16:18:09 +00004123 SmallPtrSetImpl<Instruction *> &ConsideredInsts, const TargetLowering &TLI,
4124 const TargetRegisterInfo &TRI, int SeenInsts = 0) {
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004125 // If we already considered this instruction, we're done.
David Blaikie70573dc2014-11-19 07:49:26 +00004126 if (!ConsideredInsts.insert(I).second)
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004127 return false;
Stephen Lin837bba12013-07-15 17:55:02 +00004128
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004129 // If this is an obviously unfoldable instruction, bail out.
4130 if (!MightBeFoldableInst(I))
4131 return true;
4132
Philip Reamesac115ed2016-03-09 23:13:12 +00004133 const bool OptSize = I->getFunction()->optForSize();
4134
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004135 // Loop over all the uses, recursively processing them.
Chandler Carruthcdf47882014-03-09 03:16:01 +00004136 for (Use &U : I->uses()) {
Benjamin Kramerfc638c12017-07-24 16:18:09 +00004137 // Conservatively return true if we're seeing a large number or a deep chain
4138 // of users. This avoids excessive compilation times in pathological cases.
4139 if (SeenInsts++ >= MaxMemoryUsesToScan)
4140 return true;
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004141
Benjamin Kramerfc638c12017-07-24 16:18:09 +00004142 Instruction *UserI = cast<Instruction>(U.getUser());
Chandler Carruthcdf47882014-03-09 03:16:01 +00004143 if (LoadInst *LI = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(UserI)) {
4144 MemoryUses.push_back(std::make_pair(LI, U.getOperandNo()));
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004145 continue;
4146 }
Stephen Lin837bba12013-07-15 17:55:02 +00004147
Chandler Carruthcdf47882014-03-09 03:16:01 +00004148 if (StoreInst *SI = dyn_cast<StoreInst>(UserI)) {
4149 unsigned opNo = U.getOperandNo();
Matt Arsenault02d915b2017-03-15 22:35:20 +00004150 if (opNo != StoreInst::getPointerOperandIndex())
4151 return true; // Storing addr, not into addr.
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004152 MemoryUses.push_back(std::make_pair(SI, opNo));
4153 continue;
4154 }
Stephen Lin837bba12013-07-15 17:55:02 +00004155
Matt Arsenault02d915b2017-03-15 22:35:20 +00004156 if (AtomicRMWInst *RMW = dyn_cast<AtomicRMWInst>(UserI)) {
4157 unsigned opNo = U.getOperandNo();
4158 if (opNo != AtomicRMWInst::getPointerOperandIndex())
4159 return true; // Storing addr, not into addr.
4160 MemoryUses.push_back(std::make_pair(RMW, opNo));
4161 continue;
4162 }
4163
4164 if (AtomicCmpXchgInst *CmpX = dyn_cast<AtomicCmpXchgInst>(UserI)) {
4165 unsigned opNo = U.getOperandNo();
4166 if (opNo != AtomicCmpXchgInst::getPointerOperandIndex())
4167 return true; // Storing addr, not into addr.
4168 MemoryUses.push_back(std::make_pair(CmpX, opNo));
4169 continue;
4170 }
4171
Chandler Carruthcdf47882014-03-09 03:16:01 +00004172 if (CallInst *CI = dyn_cast<CallInst>(UserI)) {
Philip Reamesac115ed2016-03-09 23:13:12 +00004173 // If this is a cold call, we can sink the addressing calculation into
4174 // the cold path. See optimizeCallInst
4175 if (!OptSize && CI->hasFnAttr(Attribute::Cold))
4176 continue;
Junmo Park6098cbb2016-03-11 07:05:32 +00004177
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004178 InlineAsm *IA = dyn_cast<InlineAsm>(CI->getCalledValue());
4179 if (!IA) return true;
Stephen Lin837bba12013-07-15 17:55:02 +00004180
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004181 // If this is a memory operand, we're cool, otherwise bail out.
Igor Laevsky3be81ba2017-02-07 13:27:20 +00004182 if (!IsOperandAMemoryOperand(CI, IA, I, TLI, TRI))
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004183 return true;
4184 continue;
4185 }
Stephen Lin837bba12013-07-15 17:55:02 +00004186
Benjamin Kramerfc638c12017-07-24 16:18:09 +00004187 if (FindAllMemoryUses(UserI, MemoryUses, ConsideredInsts, TLI, TRI,
4188 SeenInsts))
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004189 return true;
4190 }
4191
4192 return false;
4193}
4194
Sanjay Patel9fbe22b2015-10-09 18:01:03 +00004195/// Return true if Val is already known to be live at the use site that we're
4196/// folding it into. If so, there is no cost to include it in the addressing
4197/// mode. KnownLive1 and KnownLive2 are two values that we know are live at the
4198/// instruction already.
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +00004199bool AddressingModeMatcher::valueAlreadyLiveAtInst(Value *Val,Value *KnownLive1,
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004200 Value *KnownLive2) {
4201 // If Val is either of the known-live values, we know it is live!
Craig Topperc0196b12014-04-14 00:51:57 +00004202 if (Val == nullptr || Val == KnownLive1 || Val == KnownLive2)
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004203 return true;
Stephen Lin837bba12013-07-15 17:55:02 +00004204
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004205 // All values other than instructions and arguments (e.g. constants) are live.
4206 if (!isa<Instruction>(Val) && !isa<Argument>(Val)) return true;
Stephen Lin837bba12013-07-15 17:55:02 +00004207
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004208 // If Val is a constant sized alloca in the entry block, it is live, this is
4209 // true because it is just a reference to the stack/frame pointer, which is
4210 // live for the whole function.
4211 if (AllocaInst *AI = dyn_cast<AllocaInst>(Val))
4212 if (AI->isStaticAlloca())
4213 return true;
Stephen Lin837bba12013-07-15 17:55:02 +00004214
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004215 // Check to see if this value is already used in the memory instruction's
4216 // block. If so, it's already live into the block at the very least, so we
4217 // can reasonably fold it.
4218 return Val->isUsedInBasicBlock(MemoryInst->getParent());
4219}
4220
Sanjay Patel4ac6b112015-09-21 22:47:23 +00004221/// It is possible for the addressing mode of the machine to fold the specified
4222/// instruction into a load or store that ultimately uses it.
4223/// However, the specified instruction has multiple uses.
4224/// Given this, it may actually increase register pressure to fold it
4225/// into the load. For example, consider this code:
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004226///
4227/// X = ...
4228/// Y = X+1
4229/// use(Y) -> nonload/store
4230/// Z = Y+1
4231/// load Z
4232///
4233/// In this case, Y has multiple uses, and can be folded into the load of Z
4234/// (yielding load [X+2]). However, doing this will cause both "X" and "X+1" to
4235/// be live at the use(Y) line. If we don't fold Y into load Z, we use one
4236/// fewer register. Since Y can't be folded into "use(Y)" we don't increase the
4237/// number of computations either.
4238///
4239/// Note that this (like most of CodeGenPrepare) is just a rough heuristic. If
4240/// X was live across 'load Z' for other reasons, we actually *would* want to
4241/// fold the addressing mode in the Z case. This would make Y die earlier.
4242bool AddressingModeMatcher::
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +00004243isProfitableToFoldIntoAddressingMode(Instruction *I, ExtAddrMode &AMBefore,
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004244 ExtAddrMode &AMAfter) {
4245 if (IgnoreProfitability) return true;
Stephen Lin837bba12013-07-15 17:55:02 +00004246
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004247 // AMBefore is the addressing mode before this instruction was folded into it,
4248 // and AMAfter is the addressing mode after the instruction was folded. Get
4249 // the set of registers referenced by AMAfter and subtract out those
4250 // referenced by AMBefore: this is the set of values which folding in this
4251 // address extends the lifetime of.
4252 //
4253 // Note that there are only two potential values being referenced here,
4254 // BaseReg and ScaleReg (global addresses are always available, as are any
4255 // folded immediates).
4256 Value *BaseReg = AMAfter.BaseReg, *ScaledReg = AMAfter.ScaledReg;
Stephen Lin837bba12013-07-15 17:55:02 +00004257
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004258 // If the BaseReg or ScaledReg was referenced by the previous addrmode, their
4259 // lifetime wasn't extended by adding this instruction.
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +00004260 if (valueAlreadyLiveAtInst(BaseReg, AMBefore.BaseReg, AMBefore.ScaledReg))
Craig Topperc0196b12014-04-14 00:51:57 +00004261 BaseReg = nullptr;
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +00004262 if (valueAlreadyLiveAtInst(ScaledReg, AMBefore.BaseReg, AMBefore.ScaledReg))
Craig Topperc0196b12014-04-14 00:51:57 +00004263 ScaledReg = nullptr;
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004264
4265 // If folding this instruction (and it's subexprs) didn't extend any live
4266 // ranges, we're ok with it.
Craig Topperc0196b12014-04-14 00:51:57 +00004267 if (!BaseReg && !ScaledReg)
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004268 return true;
4269
Philip Reamesac115ed2016-03-09 23:13:12 +00004270 // If all uses of this instruction can have the address mode sunk into them,
4271 // we can remove the addressing mode and effectively trade one live register
4272 // for another (at worst.) In this context, folding an addressing mode into
Junmo Park6098cbb2016-03-11 07:05:32 +00004273 // the use is just a particularly nice way of sinking it.
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004274 SmallVector<std::pair<Instruction*,unsigned>, 16> MemoryUses;
4275 SmallPtrSet<Instruction*, 16> ConsideredInsts;
Igor Laevsky3be81ba2017-02-07 13:27:20 +00004276 if (FindAllMemoryUses(I, MemoryUses, ConsideredInsts, TLI, TRI))
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004277 return false; // Has a non-memory, non-foldable use!
Stephen Lin837bba12013-07-15 17:55:02 +00004278
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004279 // Now that we know that all uses of this instruction are part of a chain of
4280 // computation involving only operations that could theoretically be folded
Philip Reamesac115ed2016-03-09 23:13:12 +00004281 // into a memory use, loop over each of these memory operation uses and see
4282 // if they could *actually* fold the instruction. The assumption is that
4283 // addressing modes are cheap and that duplicating the computation involved
4284 // many times is worthwhile, even on a fastpath. For sinking candidates
4285 // (i.e. cold call sites), this serves as a way to prevent excessive code
4286 // growth since most architectures have some reasonable small and fast way to
4287 // compute an effective address. (i.e LEA on x86)
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004288 SmallVector<Instruction*, 32> MatchedAddrModeInsts;
4289 for (unsigned i = 0, e = MemoryUses.size(); i != e; ++i) {
4290 Instruction *User = MemoryUses[i].first;
4291 unsigned OpNo = MemoryUses[i].second;
Stephen Lin837bba12013-07-15 17:55:02 +00004292
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004293 // Get the access type of this use. If the use isn't a pointer, we don't
4294 // know what it accesses.
4295 Value *Address = User->getOperand(OpNo);
Matt Arsenaultf72b49b2015-06-04 16:17:38 +00004296 PointerType *AddrTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(Address->getType());
4297 if (!AddrTy)
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004298 return false;
Matt Arsenaultf72b49b2015-06-04 16:17:38 +00004299 Type *AddressAccessTy = AddrTy->getElementType();
4300 unsigned AS = AddrTy->getAddressSpace();
Stephen Lin837bba12013-07-15 17:55:02 +00004301
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004302 // Do a match against the root of this address, ignoring profitability. This
4303 // will tell us if the addressing mode for the memory operation will
4304 // *actually* cover the shared instruction.
4305 ExtAddrMode Result;
Haicheng Wu0aae2bc2018-05-10 18:27:36 +00004306 std::pair<AssertingVH<GetElementPtrInst>, int64_t> LargeOffsetGEP(nullptr,
4307 0);
Quentin Colombet5a69dda2014-02-11 01:59:02 +00004308 TypePromotionTransaction::ConstRestorationPt LastKnownGood =
4309 TPT.getRestorationPoint();
Haicheng Wu0aae2bc2018-05-10 18:27:36 +00004310 AddressingModeMatcher Matcher(
4311 MatchedAddrModeInsts, TLI, TRI, AddressAccessTy, AS, MemoryInst, Result,
4312 InsertedInsts, PromotedInsts, TPT, LargeOffsetGEP);
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004313 Matcher.IgnoreProfitability = true;
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +00004314 bool Success = Matcher.matchAddr(Address, 0);
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004315 (void)Success; assert(Success && "Couldn't select *anything*?");
4316
Quentin Colombet5a69dda2014-02-11 01:59:02 +00004317 // The match was to check the profitability, the changes made are not
4318 // part of the original matcher. Therefore, they should be dropped
4319 // otherwise the original matcher will not present the right state.
4320 TPT.rollback(LastKnownGood);
4321
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004322 // If the match didn't cover I, then it won't be shared by it.
David Majnemer0d955d02016-08-11 22:21:41 +00004323 if (!is_contained(MatchedAddrModeInsts, I))
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004324 return false;
Stephen Lin837bba12013-07-15 17:55:02 +00004325
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004326 MatchedAddrModeInsts.clear();
4327 }
Stephen Lin837bba12013-07-15 17:55:02 +00004328
Chandler Carruthc8925912013-01-05 02:09:22 +00004329 return true;
4330}
4331
Sanjay Patel4ac6b112015-09-21 22:47:23 +00004332/// Return true if the specified values are defined in a
Chris Lattnerfeee64e2007-04-13 20:30:56 +00004333/// different basic block than BB.
4334static bool IsNonLocalValue(Value *V, BasicBlock *BB) {
4335 if (Instruction *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(V))
4336 return I->getParent() != BB;
4337 return false;
4338}
4339
Philip Reamesac115ed2016-03-09 23:13:12 +00004340/// Sink addressing mode computation immediate before MemoryInst if doing so
4341/// can be done without increasing register pressure. The need for the
4342/// register pressure constraint means this can end up being an all or nothing
4343/// decision for all uses of the same addressing computation.
4344///
Sanjay Patel4ac6b112015-09-21 22:47:23 +00004345/// Load and Store Instructions often have addressing modes that can do
4346/// significant amounts of computation. As such, instruction selection will try
4347/// to get the load or store to do as much computation as possible for the
4348/// program. The problem is that isel can only see within a single block. As
4349/// such, we sink as much legal addressing mode work into the block as possible.
Chris Lattner728f9022008-11-25 07:09:13 +00004350///
4351/// This method is used to optimize both load/store and inline asms with memory
Philip Reamesac115ed2016-03-09 23:13:12 +00004352/// operands. It's also used to sink addressing computations feeding into cold
4353/// call sites into their (cold) basic block.
4354///
4355/// The motivation for handling sinking into cold blocks is that doing so can
4356/// both enable other address mode sinking (by satisfying the register pressure
4357/// constraint above), and reduce register pressure globally (by removing the
4358/// addressing mode computation from the fast path entirely.).
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +00004359bool CodeGenPrepare::optimizeMemoryInst(Instruction *MemoryInst, Value *Addr,
Matt Arsenaultf72b49b2015-06-04 16:17:38 +00004360 Type *AccessTy, unsigned AddrSpace) {
Owen Anderson8ba5f392010-11-27 08:15:55 +00004361 Value *Repl = Addr;
Nadav Rotem465834c2012-07-24 10:51:42 +00004362
4363 // Try to collapse single-value PHI nodes. This is necessary to undo
Owen Andersondfb8c3b2010-11-19 22:15:03 +00004364 // unprofitable PRE transformations.
Cameron Zwarich43cecb12011-01-03 06:33:01 +00004365 SmallVector<Value*, 8> worklist;
4366 SmallPtrSet<Value*, 16> Visited;
Owen Anderson8ba5f392010-11-27 08:15:55 +00004367 worklist.push_back(Addr);
Nadav Rotem465834c2012-07-24 10:51:42 +00004368
John Brawneb83c752017-10-03 13:04:15 +00004369 // Use a worklist to iteratively look through PHI and select nodes, and
4370 // ensure that the addressing mode obtained from the non-PHI/select roots of
John Brawn736bf002017-10-03 13:08:22 +00004371 // the graph are compatible.
John Brawneb83c752017-10-03 13:04:15 +00004372 bool PhiOrSelectSeen = false;
Owen Anderson8ba5f392010-11-27 08:15:55 +00004373 SmallVector<Instruction*, 16> AddrModeInsts;
Serguei Katkovaee63752017-11-05 07:59:02 +00004374 const SimplifyQuery SQ(*DL, TLInfo);
4375 AddressingModeCombiner AddrModes(SQ, { Addr, MemoryInst->getParent() });
Jun Bum Limdee55652017-04-03 19:20:07 +00004376 TypePromotionTransaction TPT(RemovedInsts);
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00004377 TypePromotionTransaction::ConstRestorationPt LastKnownGood =
4378 TPT.getRestorationPoint();
Owen Anderson8ba5f392010-11-27 08:15:55 +00004379 while (!worklist.empty()) {
4380 Value *V = worklist.back();
4381 worklist.pop_back();
Nadav Rotem465834c2012-07-24 10:51:42 +00004382
Serguei Katkov4ea855e2017-07-19 04:49:17 +00004383 // We allow traversing cyclic Phi nodes.
4384 // In case of success after this loop we ensure that traversing through
4385 // Phi nodes ends up with all cases to compute address of the form
4386 // BaseGV + Base + Scale * Index + Offset
4387 // where Scale and Offset are constans and BaseGV, Base and Index
4388 // are exactly the same Values in all cases.
4389 // It means that BaseGV, Scale and Offset dominate our memory instruction
4390 // and have the same value as they had in address computation represented
4391 // as Phi. So we can safely sink address computation to memory instruction.
4392 if (!Visited.insert(V).second)
4393 continue;
Nadav Rotem465834c2012-07-24 10:51:42 +00004394
Owen Anderson8ba5f392010-11-27 08:15:55 +00004395 // For a PHI node, push all of its incoming values.
4396 if (PHINode *P = dyn_cast<PHINode>(V)) {
Pete Cooper833f34d2015-05-12 20:05:31 +00004397 for (Value *IncValue : P->incoming_values())
4398 worklist.push_back(IncValue);
John Brawneb83c752017-10-03 13:04:15 +00004399 PhiOrSelectSeen = true;
4400 continue;
4401 }
4402 // Similar for select.
4403 if (SelectInst *SI = dyn_cast<SelectInst>(V)) {
4404 worklist.push_back(SI->getFalseValue());
4405 worklist.push_back(SI->getTrueValue());
4406 PhiOrSelectSeen = true;
Owen Anderson8ba5f392010-11-27 08:15:55 +00004407 continue;
4408 }
Nadav Rotem465834c2012-07-24 10:51:42 +00004409
Philip Reamesac115ed2016-03-09 23:13:12 +00004410 // For non-PHIs, determine the addressing mode being computed. Note that
4411 // the result may differ depending on what other uses our candidate
4412 // addressing instructions might have.
Serguei Katkova6fba3d2017-07-18 05:16:38 +00004413 AddrModeInsts.clear();
Haicheng Wu0aae2bc2018-05-10 18:27:36 +00004414 std::pair<AssertingVH<GetElementPtrInst>, int64_t> LargeOffsetGEP(nullptr,
4415 0);
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00004416 ExtAddrMode NewAddrMode = AddressingModeMatcher::Match(
Serguei Katkova6fba3d2017-07-18 05:16:38 +00004417 V, AccessTy, AddrSpace, MemoryInst, AddrModeInsts, *TLI, *TRI,
Haicheng Wu0aae2bc2018-05-10 18:27:36 +00004418 InsertedInsts, PromotedInsts, TPT, LargeOffsetGEP);
Cameron Zwarich13c885d2011-03-05 08:12:26 +00004419
Haicheng Wu0aae2bc2018-05-10 18:27:36 +00004420 GetElementPtrInst *GEP = LargeOffsetGEP.first;
4421 if (GEP && GEP->getParent() != MemoryInst->getParent() &&
4422 !NewGEPBases.count(GEP)) {
4423 // If splitting the underlying data structure can reduce the offset of a
4424 // GEP, collect the GEP. Skip the GEPs that are the new bases of
4425 // previously split data structures.
4426 LargeOffsetGEPMap[GEP->getPointerOperand()].push_back(LargeOffsetGEP);
4427 if (LargeOffsetGEPID.find(GEP) == LargeOffsetGEPID.end())
4428 LargeOffsetGEPID[GEP] = LargeOffsetGEPID.size();
4429 }
4430
4431 NewAddrMode.OriginalValue = V;
John Brawn736bf002017-10-03 13:08:22 +00004432 if (!AddrModes.addNewAddrMode(NewAddrMode))
4433 break;
Owen Andersondfb8c3b2010-11-19 22:15:03 +00004434 }
Nadav Rotem465834c2012-07-24 10:51:42 +00004435
John Brawn736bf002017-10-03 13:08:22 +00004436 // Try to combine the AddrModes we've collected. If we couldn't collect any,
4437 // or we have multiple but either couldn't combine them or combining them
4438 // wouldn't do anything useful, bail out now.
4439 if (!AddrModes.combineAddrModes()) {
Quentin Colombet3a4bf042014-02-06 21:44:56 +00004440 TPT.rollback(LastKnownGood);
4441 return false;
4442 }
4443 TPT.commit();
Nadav Rotem465834c2012-07-24 10:51:42 +00004444
John Brawn736bf002017-10-03 13:08:22 +00004445 // Get the combined AddrMode (or the only AddrMode, if we only had one).
4446 ExtAddrMode AddrMode = AddrModes.getAddrMode();
4447
Chris Lattnerfeee64e2007-04-13 20:30:56 +00004448 // If all the instructions matched are already in this BB, don't do anything.
John Brawneb83c752017-10-03 13:04:15 +00004449 // If we saw a Phi node then it is not local definitely, and if we saw a select
4450 // then we want to push the address calculation past it even if it's already
4451 // in this BB.
4452 if (!PhiOrSelectSeen && none_of(AddrModeInsts, [&](Value *V) {
Justin Lebar838c7f52016-11-21 22:49:11 +00004453 return IsNonLocalValue(V, MemoryInst->getParent());
Serguei Katkov0b7b59a2017-07-11 06:24:44 +00004454 })) {
Nicola Zaghend34e60c2018-05-14 12:53:11 +00004455 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "CGP: Found local addrmode: " << AddrMode
4456 << "\n");
Chris Lattnerfeee64e2007-04-13 20:30:56 +00004457 return false;
4458 }
Eric Christopherc1ea1492008-09-24 05:32:41 +00004459
Chris Lattnerfeee64e2007-04-13 20:30:56 +00004460 // Insert this computation right after this user. Since our caller is
4461 // scanning from the top of the BB to the bottom, reuse of the expr are
4462 // guaranteed to happen later.
Devang Patelc10e52a2011-09-06 18:49:53 +00004463 IRBuilder<> Builder(MemoryInst);
Eric Christopherc1ea1492008-09-24 05:32:41 +00004464
Chris Lattnerfeee64e2007-04-13 20:30:56 +00004465 // Now that we determined the addressing expression we want to use and know
4466 // that we have to sink it into this block. Check to see if we have already
Simon Dardis230f4532017-11-24 16:45:28 +00004467 // done this for some other load/store instr in this block. If so, reuse
4468 // the computation. Before attempting reuse, check if the address is valid
4469 // as it may have been erased.
4470
4471 WeakTrackingVH SunkAddrVH = SunkAddrs[Addr];
4472
4473 Value * SunkAddr = SunkAddrVH.pointsToAliveValue() ? SunkAddrVH : nullptr;
Chris Lattnerfeee64e2007-04-13 20:30:56 +00004474 if (SunkAddr) {
Nicola Zaghend34e60c2018-05-14 12:53:11 +00004475 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "CGP: Reusing nonlocal addrmode: " << AddrMode
4476 << " for " << *MemoryInst << "\n");
Chris Lattnerfeee64e2007-04-13 20:30:56 +00004477 if (SunkAddr->getType() != Addr->getType())
Eli Friedmanc12a5a72017-02-24 20:51:36 +00004478 SunkAddr = Builder.CreatePointerCast(SunkAddr, Addr->getType());
Eric Christopherfccff372015-01-27 01:01:38 +00004479 } else if (AddrSinkUsingGEPs ||
David Blaikie8ad9a972018-03-28 22:28:50 +00004480 (!AddrSinkUsingGEPs.getNumOccurrences() && TM && TTI->useAA())) {
Hal Finkelc3998302014-04-12 00:59:48 +00004481 // By default, we use the GEP-based method when AA is used later. This
4482 // prevents new inttoptr/ptrtoint pairs from degrading AA capabilities.
Nicola Zaghend34e60c2018-05-14 12:53:11 +00004483 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "CGP: SINKING nonlocal addrmode: " << AddrMode
4484 << " for " << *MemoryInst << "\n");
Mehdi Amini4fe37982015-07-07 18:45:17 +00004485 Type *IntPtrTy = DL->getIntPtrType(Addr->getType());
Craig Topperc0196b12014-04-14 00:51:57 +00004486 Value *ResultPtr = nullptr, *ResultIndex = nullptr;
Hal Finkelc3998302014-04-12 00:59:48 +00004487
4488 // First, find the pointer.
4489 if (AddrMode.BaseReg && AddrMode.BaseReg->getType()->isPointerTy()) {
4490 ResultPtr = AddrMode.BaseReg;
Craig Topperc0196b12014-04-14 00:51:57 +00004491 AddrMode.BaseReg = nullptr;
Hal Finkelc3998302014-04-12 00:59:48 +00004492 }
4493
4494 if (AddrMode.Scale && AddrMode.ScaledReg->getType()->isPointerTy()) {
4495 // We can't add more than one pointer together, nor can we scale a
4496 // pointer (both of which seem meaningless).
4497 if (ResultPtr || AddrMode.Scale != 1)
4498 return false;
4499
4500 ResultPtr = AddrMode.ScaledReg;
4501 AddrMode.Scale = 0;
4502 }
4503
Eli Friedman6f7c9ad2017-07-12 23:30:02 +00004504 // It is only safe to sign extend the BaseReg if we know that the math
4505 // required to create it did not overflow before we extend it. Since
4506 // the original IR value was tossed in favor of a constant back when
4507 // the AddrMode was created we need to bail out gracefully if widths
4508 // do not match instead of extending it.
4509 //
4510 // (See below for code to add the scale.)
4511 if (AddrMode.Scale) {
4512 Type *ScaledRegTy = AddrMode.ScaledReg->getType();
4513 if (cast<IntegerType>(IntPtrTy)->getBitWidth() >
4514 cast<IntegerType>(ScaledRegTy)->getBitWidth())
4515 return false;
4516 }
4517
Hal Finkelc3998302014-04-12 00:59:48 +00004518 if (AddrMode.BaseGV) {
4519 if (ResultPtr)
4520 return false;
4521
4522 ResultPtr = AddrMode.BaseGV;
4523 }
4524
4525 // If the real base value actually came from an inttoptr, then the matcher
4526 // will look through it and provide only the integer value. In that case,
4527 // use it here.
Keno Fischer05e4ac22017-06-29 20:28:59 +00004528 if (!DL->isNonIntegralPointerType(Addr->getType())) {
4529 if (!ResultPtr && AddrMode.BaseReg) {
4530 ResultPtr = Builder.CreateIntToPtr(AddrMode.BaseReg, Addr->getType(),
4531 "sunkaddr");
4532 AddrMode.BaseReg = nullptr;
4533 } else if (!ResultPtr && AddrMode.Scale == 1) {
4534 ResultPtr = Builder.CreateIntToPtr(AddrMode.ScaledReg, Addr->getType(),
4535 "sunkaddr");
4536 AddrMode.Scale = 0;
4537 }
Hal Finkelc3998302014-04-12 00:59:48 +00004538 }
4539
4540 if (!ResultPtr &&
4541 !AddrMode.BaseReg && !AddrMode.Scale && !AddrMode.BaseOffs) {
4542 SunkAddr = Constant::getNullValue(Addr->getType());
4543 } else if (!ResultPtr) {
4544 return false;
4545 } else {
4546 Type *I8PtrTy =
David Blaikie3909da72015-03-30 20:42:56 +00004547 Builder.getInt8PtrTy(Addr->getType()->getPointerAddressSpace());
4548 Type *I8Ty = Builder.getInt8Ty();
Hal Finkelc3998302014-04-12 00:59:48 +00004549
4550 // Start with the base register. Do this first so that subsequent address
4551 // matching finds it last, which will prevent it from trying to match it
4552 // as the scaled value in case it happens to be a mul. That would be
4553 // problematic if we've sunk a different mul for the scale, because then
4554 // we'd end up sinking both muls.
4555 if (AddrMode.BaseReg) {
4556 Value *V = AddrMode.BaseReg;
4557 if (V->getType() != IntPtrTy)
4558 V = Builder.CreateIntCast(V, IntPtrTy, /*isSigned=*/true, "sunkaddr");
4559
4560 ResultIndex = V;
4561 }
4562
4563 // Add the scale value.
4564 if (AddrMode.Scale) {
4565 Value *V = AddrMode.ScaledReg;
4566 if (V->getType() == IntPtrTy) {
4567 // done.
Hal Finkelc3998302014-04-12 00:59:48 +00004568 } else {
Eli Friedman6f7c9ad2017-07-12 23:30:02 +00004569 assert(cast<IntegerType>(IntPtrTy)->getBitWidth() <
4570 cast<IntegerType>(V->getType())->getBitWidth() &&
4571 "We can't transform if ScaledReg is too narrow");
4572 V = Builder.CreateTrunc(V, IntPtrTy, "sunkaddr");
Hal Finkelc3998302014-04-12 00:59:48 +00004573 }
4574
4575 if (AddrMode.Scale != 1)
4576 V = Builder.CreateMul(V, ConstantInt::get(IntPtrTy, AddrMode.Scale),
4577 "sunkaddr");
4578 if (ResultIndex)
4579 ResultIndex = Builder.CreateAdd(ResultIndex, V, "sunkaddr");
4580 else
4581 ResultIndex = V;
4582 }
4583
4584 // Add in the Base Offset if present.
4585 if (AddrMode.BaseOffs) {
4586 Value *V = ConstantInt::get(IntPtrTy, AddrMode.BaseOffs);
4587 if (ResultIndex) {
NAKAMURA Takumif51a34e2014-10-29 15:23:11 +00004588 // We need to add this separately from the scale above to help with
4589 // SDAG consecutive load/store merging.
Hal Finkelc3998302014-04-12 00:59:48 +00004590 if (ResultPtr->getType() != I8PtrTy)
Eli Friedmanc12a5a72017-02-24 20:51:36 +00004591 ResultPtr = Builder.CreatePointerCast(ResultPtr, I8PtrTy);
David Blaikie3909da72015-03-30 20:42:56 +00004592 ResultPtr = Builder.CreateGEP(I8Ty, ResultPtr, ResultIndex, "sunkaddr");
Hal Finkelc3998302014-04-12 00:59:48 +00004593 }
4594
4595 ResultIndex = V;
4596 }
4597
4598 if (!ResultIndex) {
4599 SunkAddr = ResultPtr;
4600 } else {
4601 if (ResultPtr->getType() != I8PtrTy)
Eli Friedmanc12a5a72017-02-24 20:51:36 +00004602 ResultPtr = Builder.CreatePointerCast(ResultPtr, I8PtrTy);
David Blaikie3909da72015-03-30 20:42:56 +00004603 SunkAddr = Builder.CreateGEP(I8Ty, ResultPtr, ResultIndex, "sunkaddr");
Hal Finkelc3998302014-04-12 00:59:48 +00004604 }
4605
4606 if (SunkAddr->getType() != Addr->getType())
Eli Friedmanc12a5a72017-02-24 20:51:36 +00004607 SunkAddr = Builder.CreatePointerCast(SunkAddr, Addr->getType());
Hal Finkelc3998302014-04-12 00:59:48 +00004608 }
Chris Lattnerfeee64e2007-04-13 20:30:56 +00004609 } else {
Keno Fischer05e4ac22017-06-29 20:28:59 +00004610 // We'd require a ptrtoint/inttoptr down the line, which we can't do for
4611 // non-integral pointers, so in that case bail out now.
4612 Type *BaseTy = AddrMode.BaseReg ? AddrMode.BaseReg->getType() : nullptr;
4613 Type *ScaleTy = AddrMode.Scale ? AddrMode.ScaledReg->getType() : nullptr;
4614 PointerType *BasePtrTy = dyn_cast_or_null<PointerType>(BaseTy);
4615 PointerType *ScalePtrTy = dyn_cast_or_null<PointerType>(ScaleTy);
4616 if (DL->isNonIntegralPointerType(Addr->getType()) ||
4617 (BasePtrTy && DL->isNonIntegralPointerType(BasePtrTy)) ||
4618 (ScalePtrTy && DL->isNonIntegralPointerType(ScalePtrTy)) ||
4619 (AddrMode.BaseGV &&
4620 DL->isNonIntegralPointerType(AddrMode.BaseGV->getType())))
4621 return false;
4622
Nicola Zaghend34e60c2018-05-14 12:53:11 +00004623 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "CGP: SINKING nonlocal addrmode: " << AddrMode
4624 << " for " << *MemoryInst << "\n");
Mehdi Amini4fe37982015-07-07 18:45:17 +00004625 Type *IntPtrTy = DL->getIntPtrType(Addr->getType());
Craig Topperc0196b12014-04-14 00:51:57 +00004626 Value *Result = nullptr;
Dan Gohmanca194452010-01-19 22:45:06 +00004627
4628 // Start with the base register. Do this first so that subsequent address
4629 // matching finds it last, which will prevent it from trying to match it
4630 // as the scaled value in case it happens to be a mul. That would be
4631 // problematic if we've sunk a different mul for the scale, because then
4632 // we'd end up sinking both muls.
4633 if (AddrMode.BaseReg) {
4634 Value *V = AddrMode.BaseReg;
Duncan Sands19d0b472010-02-16 11:11:14 +00004635 if (V->getType()->isPointerTy())
Devang Patelc10e52a2011-09-06 18:49:53 +00004636 V = Builder.CreatePtrToInt(V, IntPtrTy, "sunkaddr");
Dan Gohmanca194452010-01-19 22:45:06 +00004637 if (V->getType() != IntPtrTy)
Devang Patelc10e52a2011-09-06 18:49:53 +00004638 V = Builder.CreateIntCast(V, IntPtrTy, /*isSigned=*/true, "sunkaddr");
Dan Gohmanca194452010-01-19 22:45:06 +00004639 Result = V;
4640 }
4641
4642 // Add the scale value.
Chris Lattnerfeee64e2007-04-13 20:30:56 +00004643 if (AddrMode.Scale) {
4644 Value *V = AddrMode.ScaledReg;
4645 if (V->getType() == IntPtrTy) {
4646 // done.
Duncan Sands19d0b472010-02-16 11:11:14 +00004647 } else if (V->getType()->isPointerTy()) {
Devang Patelc10e52a2011-09-06 18:49:53 +00004648 V = Builder.CreatePtrToInt(V, IntPtrTy, "sunkaddr");
Chris Lattnerfeee64e2007-04-13 20:30:56 +00004649 } else if (cast<IntegerType>(IntPtrTy)->getBitWidth() <
4650 cast<IntegerType>(V->getType())->getBitWidth()) {
Devang Patelc10e52a2011-09-06 18:49:53 +00004651 V = Builder.CreateTrunc(V, IntPtrTy, "sunkaddr");
Chris Lattnerfeee64e2007-04-13 20:30:56 +00004652 } else {
Jim Grosbached2cd392014-03-26 17:27:01 +00004653 // It is only safe to sign extend the BaseReg if we know that the math
4654 // required to create it did not overflow before we extend it. Since
4655 // the original IR value was tossed in favor of a constant back when
4656 // the AddrMode was created we need to bail out gracefully if widths
4657 // do not match instead of extending it.
Joey Gouly12a8bf02014-05-13 15:42:45 +00004658 Instruction *I = dyn_cast_or_null<Instruction>(Result);
Jim Grosbach83b44e12014-04-10 00:27:45 +00004659 if (I && (Result != AddrMode.BaseReg))
4660 I->eraseFromParent();
Jim Grosbached2cd392014-03-26 17:27:01 +00004661 return false;
Chris Lattnerfeee64e2007-04-13 20:30:56 +00004662 }
4663 if (AddrMode.Scale != 1)
Devang Patelc10e52a2011-09-06 18:49:53 +00004664 V = Builder.CreateMul(V, ConstantInt::get(IntPtrTy, AddrMode.Scale),
4665 "sunkaddr");
Chris Lattnerfeee64e2007-04-13 20:30:56 +00004666 if (Result)
Devang Patelc10e52a2011-09-06 18:49:53 +00004667 Result = Builder.CreateAdd(Result, V, "sunkaddr");
Chris Lattnerfeee64e2007-04-13 20:30:56 +00004668 else
4669 Result = V;
4670 }
Eric Christopherc1ea1492008-09-24 05:32:41 +00004671
Chris Lattnerfeee64e2007-04-13 20:30:56 +00004672 // Add in the BaseGV if present.
4673 if (AddrMode.BaseGV) {
Devang Patelc10e52a2011-09-06 18:49:53 +00004674 Value *V = Builder.CreatePtrToInt(AddrMode.BaseGV, IntPtrTy, "sunkaddr");
Chris Lattnerfeee64e2007-04-13 20:30:56 +00004675 if (Result)
Devang Patelc10e52a2011-09-06 18:49:53 +00004676 Result = Builder.CreateAdd(Result, V, "sunkaddr");
Chris Lattnerfeee64e2007-04-13 20:30:56 +00004677 else
4678 Result = V;
4679 }
Eric Christopherc1ea1492008-09-24 05:32:41 +00004680
Chris Lattnerfeee64e2007-04-13 20:30:56 +00004681 // Add in the Base Offset if present.
4682 if (AddrMode.BaseOffs) {
Owen Andersonedb4a702009-07-24 23:12:02 +00004683 Value *V = ConstantInt::get(IntPtrTy, AddrMode.BaseOffs);
Chris Lattnerfeee64e2007-04-13 20:30:56 +00004684 if (Result)
Devang Patelc10e52a2011-09-06 18:49:53 +00004685 Result = Builder.CreateAdd(Result, V, "sunkaddr");
Chris Lattnerfeee64e2007-04-13 20:30:56 +00004686 else
4687 Result = V;
4688 }
4689
Craig Topperc0196b12014-04-14 00:51:57 +00004690 if (!Result)
Owen Anderson5a1acd92009-07-31 20:28:14 +00004691 SunkAddr = Constant::getNullValue(Addr->getType());
Chris Lattnerfeee64e2007-04-13 20:30:56 +00004692 else
Devang Patelc10e52a2011-09-06 18:49:53 +00004693 SunkAddr = Builder.CreateIntToPtr(Result, Addr->getType(), "sunkaddr");
Chris Lattnerfeee64e2007-04-13 20:30:56 +00004694 }
Eric Christopherc1ea1492008-09-24 05:32:41 +00004695
Owen Andersondfb8c3b2010-11-19 22:15:03 +00004696 MemoryInst->replaceUsesOfWith(Repl, SunkAddr);
Simon Dardis230f4532017-11-24 16:45:28 +00004697 // Store the newly computed address into the cache. In the case we reused a
4698 // value, this should be idempotent.
4699 SunkAddrs[Addr] = WeakTrackingVH(SunkAddr);
Eric Christopherc1ea1492008-09-24 05:32:41 +00004700
Chris Lattneraf1bcce2011-04-09 07:05:44 +00004701 // If we have no uses, recursively delete the value and all dead instructions
4702 // using it.
Owen Andersondfb8c3b2010-11-19 22:15:03 +00004703 if (Repl->use_empty()) {
Chris Lattneraf1bcce2011-04-09 07:05:44 +00004704 // This can cause recursive deletion, which can invalidate our iterator.
Sanjoy Dase6bca0e2017-05-01 17:07:49 +00004705 // Use a WeakTrackingVH to hold onto it in case this happens.
Duncan P. N. Exon Smith7b269642016-02-21 19:37:45 +00004706 Value *CurValue = &*CurInstIterator;
Sanjoy Dase6bca0e2017-05-01 17:07:49 +00004707 WeakTrackingVH IterHandle(CurValue);
Chris Lattneraf1bcce2011-04-09 07:05:44 +00004708 BasicBlock *BB = CurInstIterator->getParent();
Nadav Rotem465834c2012-07-24 10:51:42 +00004709
Benjamin Kramer8bcc9712012-08-29 15:32:21 +00004710 RecursivelyDeleteTriviallyDeadInstructions(Repl, TLInfo);
Chris Lattneraf1bcce2011-04-09 07:05:44 +00004711
Duncan P. N. Exon Smith7b269642016-02-21 19:37:45 +00004712 if (IterHandle != CurValue) {
Chris Lattneraf1bcce2011-04-09 07:05:44 +00004713 // If the iterator instruction was recursively deleted, start over at the
4714 // start of the block.
4715 CurInstIterator = BB->begin();
4716 SunkAddrs.clear();
Nadav Rotem465834c2012-07-24 10:51:42 +00004717 }
Dale Johannesenb67a6e662010-03-31 20:37:15 +00004718 }
Cameron Zwarichced753f2011-01-05 17:27:27 +00004719 ++NumMemoryInsts;
Chris Lattnerfeee64e2007-04-13 20:30:56 +00004720 return true;
4721}
4722
Sanjay Patel4ac6b112015-09-21 22:47:23 +00004723/// If there are any memory operands, use OptimizeMemoryInst to sink their
4724/// address computing into the block when possible / profitable.
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +00004725bool CodeGenPrepare::optimizeInlineAsmInst(CallInst *CS) {
Evan Cheng1da25002008-02-26 02:42:37 +00004726 bool MadeChange = false;
Evan Cheng1da25002008-02-26 02:42:37 +00004727
Eric Christopher11e4df72015-02-26 22:38:43 +00004728 const TargetRegisterInfo *TRI =
Sanjay Patel4137d512017-06-07 14:29:52 +00004729 TM->getSubtargetImpl(*CS->getFunction())->getRegisterInfo();
Mehdi Amini8ac7a9d2015-07-07 19:07:19 +00004730 TargetLowering::AsmOperandInfoVector TargetConstraints =
4731 TLI->ParseConstraints(*DL, TRI, CS);
Dale Johannesenf95f59a2010-09-16 18:30:55 +00004732 unsigned ArgNo = 0;
John Thompson1094c802010-09-13 18:15:37 +00004733 for (unsigned i = 0, e = TargetConstraints.size(); i != e; ++i) {
4734 TargetLowering::AsmOperandInfo &OpInfo = TargetConstraints[i];
Nadav Rotem465834c2012-07-24 10:51:42 +00004735
Evan Cheng1da25002008-02-26 02:42:37 +00004736 // Compute the constraint code and ConstraintType to use.
Dale Johannesence97d552010-06-25 21:55:36 +00004737 TLI->ComputeConstraintToUse(OpInfo, SDValue());
Evan Cheng1da25002008-02-26 02:42:37 +00004738
Eli Friedman666bbe32008-02-26 18:37:49 +00004739 if (OpInfo.ConstraintType == TargetLowering::C_Memory &&
4740 OpInfo.isIndirect) {
Chris Lattner7a277142011-01-15 07:14:54 +00004741 Value *OpVal = CS->getArgOperand(ArgNo++);
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +00004742 MadeChange |= optimizeMemoryInst(CS, OpVal, OpVal->getType(), ~0u);
Dale Johannesenf95f59a2010-09-16 18:30:55 +00004743 } else if (OpInfo.Type == InlineAsm::isInput)
4744 ArgNo++;
Evan Cheng1da25002008-02-26 02:42:37 +00004745 }
4746
4747 return MadeChange;
4748}
4749
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00004750/// Check if all the uses of \p Val are equivalent (or free) zero or
Quentin Colombetfc2201e2014-12-17 01:36:17 +00004751/// sign extensions.
Jun Bum Lim42301012017-03-17 19:05:21 +00004752static bool hasSameExtUse(Value *Val, const TargetLowering &TLI) {
4753 assert(!Val->use_empty() && "Input must have at least one use");
4754 const Instruction *FirstUser = cast<Instruction>(*Val->user_begin());
Quentin Colombetfc2201e2014-12-17 01:36:17 +00004755 bool IsSExt = isa<SExtInst>(FirstUser);
4756 Type *ExtTy = FirstUser->getType();
Jun Bum Lim42301012017-03-17 19:05:21 +00004757 for (const User *U : Val->users()) {
Quentin Colombetfc2201e2014-12-17 01:36:17 +00004758 const Instruction *UI = cast<Instruction>(U);
4759 if ((IsSExt && !isa<SExtInst>(UI)) || (!IsSExt && !isa<ZExtInst>(UI)))
4760 return false;
4761 Type *CurTy = UI->getType();
4762 // Same input and output types: Same instruction after CSE.
4763 if (CurTy == ExtTy)
4764 continue;
4765
4766 // If IsSExt is true, we are in this situation:
Jun Bum Lim42301012017-03-17 19:05:21 +00004767 // a = Val
Quentin Colombetfc2201e2014-12-17 01:36:17 +00004768 // b = sext ty1 a to ty2
4769 // c = sext ty1 a to ty3
4770 // Assuming ty2 is shorter than ty3, this could be turned into:
Jun Bum Lim42301012017-03-17 19:05:21 +00004771 // a = Val
Quentin Colombetfc2201e2014-12-17 01:36:17 +00004772 // b = sext ty1 a to ty2
4773 // c = sext ty2 b to ty3
4774 // However, the last sext is not free.
4775 if (IsSExt)
4776 return false;
4777
4778 // This is a ZExt, maybe this is free to extend from one type to another.
4779 // In that case, we would not account for a different use.
4780 Type *NarrowTy;
4781 Type *LargeTy;
4782 if (ExtTy->getScalarType()->getIntegerBitWidth() >
4783 CurTy->getScalarType()->getIntegerBitWidth()) {
4784 NarrowTy = CurTy;
4785 LargeTy = ExtTy;
4786 } else {
4787 NarrowTy = ExtTy;
4788 LargeTy = CurTy;
4789 }
4790
4791 if (!TLI.isZExtFree(NarrowTy, LargeTy))
4792 return false;
4793 }
4794 // All uses are the same or can be derived from one another for free.
4795 return true;
4796}
4797
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00004798/// Try to speculatively promote extensions in \p Exts and continue
Jun Bum Lim42301012017-03-17 19:05:21 +00004799/// promoting through newly promoted operands recursively as far as doing so is
4800/// profitable. Save extensions profitably moved up, in \p ProfitablyMovedExts.
4801/// When some promotion happened, \p TPT contains the proper state to revert
4802/// them.
Quentin Colombetfc2201e2014-12-17 01:36:17 +00004803///
Jun Bum Lim42301012017-03-17 19:05:21 +00004804/// \return true if some promotion happened, false otherwise.
Jun Bum Lim42301012017-03-17 19:05:21 +00004805bool CodeGenPrepare::tryToPromoteExts(
4806 TypePromotionTransaction &TPT, const SmallVectorImpl<Instruction *> &Exts,
4807 SmallVectorImpl<Instruction *> &ProfitablyMovedExts,
4808 unsigned CreatedInstsCost) {
4809 bool Promoted = false;
4810
4811 // Iterate over all the extensions to try to promote them.
Quentin Colombetfc2201e2014-12-17 01:36:17 +00004812 for (auto I : Exts) {
Jun Bum Lim42301012017-03-17 19:05:21 +00004813 // Early check if we directly have ext(load).
4814 if (isa<LoadInst>(I->getOperand(0))) {
4815 ProfitablyMovedExts.push_back(I);
4816 continue;
Quentin Colombetfc2201e2014-12-17 01:36:17 +00004817 }
Jun Bum Lim42301012017-03-17 19:05:21 +00004818
4819 // Check whether or not we want to do any promotion. The reason we have
4820 // this check inside the for loop is to catch the case where an extension
4821 // is directly fed by a load because in such case the extension can be moved
4822 // up without any promotion on its operands.
Quentin Colombetfc2201e2014-12-17 01:36:17 +00004823 if (!TLI || !TLI->enableExtLdPromotion() || DisableExtLdPromotion)
Jun Bum Lim42301012017-03-17 19:05:21 +00004824 return false;
4825
Quentin Colombetfc2201e2014-12-17 01:36:17 +00004826 // Get the action to perform the promotion.
Jun Bum Lim42301012017-03-17 19:05:21 +00004827 TypePromotionHelper::Action TPH =
4828 TypePromotionHelper::getAction(I, InsertedInsts, *TLI, PromotedInsts);
Quentin Colombetfc2201e2014-12-17 01:36:17 +00004829 // Check if we can promote.
Jun Bum Lim42301012017-03-17 19:05:21 +00004830 if (!TPH) {
4831 // Save the current extension as we cannot move up through its operand.
4832 ProfitablyMovedExts.push_back(I);
Quentin Colombetfc2201e2014-12-17 01:36:17 +00004833 continue;
Jun Bum Lim42301012017-03-17 19:05:21 +00004834 }
4835
Quentin Colombetfc2201e2014-12-17 01:36:17 +00004836 // Save the current state.
4837 TypePromotionTransaction::ConstRestorationPt LastKnownGood =
4838 TPT.getRestorationPoint();
4839 SmallVector<Instruction *, 4> NewExts;
Quentin Colombet1b274f92015-03-10 21:48:15 +00004840 unsigned NewCreatedInstsCost = 0;
4841 unsigned ExtCost = !TLI->isExtFree(I);
Quentin Colombetfc2201e2014-12-17 01:36:17 +00004842 // Promote.
Quentin Colombet1b274f92015-03-10 21:48:15 +00004843 Value *PromotedVal = TPH(I, TPT, PromotedInsts, NewCreatedInstsCost,
4844 &NewExts, nullptr, *TLI);
Quentin Colombetfc2201e2014-12-17 01:36:17 +00004845 assert(PromotedVal &&
4846 "TypePromotionHelper should have filtered out those cases");
4847
4848 // We would be able to merge only one extension in a load.
4849 // Therefore, if we have more than 1 new extension we heuristically
4850 // cut this search path, because it means we degrade the code quality.
4851 // With exactly 2, the transformation is neutral, because we will merge
4852 // one extension but leave one. However, we optimistically keep going,
4853 // because the new extension may be removed too.
Quentin Colombet1b274f92015-03-10 21:48:15 +00004854 long long TotalCreatedInstsCost = CreatedInstsCost + NewCreatedInstsCost;
Jun Bum Limb99a06b2017-01-27 17:16:37 +00004855 // FIXME: It would be possible to propagate a negative value instead of
Jun Bum Lim42301012017-03-17 19:05:21 +00004856 // conservatively ceiling it to 0.
Jun Bum Limb99a06b2017-01-27 17:16:37 +00004857 TotalCreatedInstsCost =
4858 std::max((long long)0, (TotalCreatedInstsCost - ExtCost));
Quentin Colombetfc2201e2014-12-17 01:36:17 +00004859 if (!StressExtLdPromotion &&
Quentin Colombet1b274f92015-03-10 21:48:15 +00004860 (TotalCreatedInstsCost > 1 ||
Mehdi Amini44ede332015-07-09 02:09:04 +00004861 !isPromotedInstructionLegal(*TLI, *DL, PromotedVal))) {
Jun Bum Lim42301012017-03-17 19:05:21 +00004862 // This promotion is not profitable, rollback to the previous state, and
4863 // save the current extension in ProfitablyMovedExts as the latest
4864 // speculative promotion turned out to be unprofitable.
Quentin Colombetfc2201e2014-12-17 01:36:17 +00004865 TPT.rollback(LastKnownGood);
Jun Bum Lim42301012017-03-17 19:05:21 +00004866 ProfitablyMovedExts.push_back(I);
4867 continue;
4868 }
4869 // Continue promoting NewExts as far as doing so is profitable.
4870 SmallVector<Instruction *, 2> NewlyMovedExts;
4871 (void)tryToPromoteExts(TPT, NewExts, NewlyMovedExts, TotalCreatedInstsCost);
4872 bool NewPromoted = false;
4873 for (auto ExtInst : NewlyMovedExts) {
4874 Instruction *MovedExt = cast<Instruction>(ExtInst);
4875 Value *ExtOperand = MovedExt->getOperand(0);
4876 // If we have reached to a load, we need this extra profitability check
4877 // as it could potentially be merged into an ext(load).
4878 if (isa<LoadInst>(ExtOperand) &&
4879 !(StressExtLdPromotion || NewCreatedInstsCost <= ExtCost ||
4880 (ExtOperand->hasOneUse() || hasSameExtUse(ExtOperand, *TLI))))
4881 continue;
4882
4883 ProfitablyMovedExts.push_back(MovedExt);
4884 NewPromoted = true;
4885 }
4886
4887 // If none of speculative promotions for NewExts is profitable, rollback
4888 // and save the current extension (I) as the last profitable extension.
4889 if (!NewPromoted) {
4890 TPT.rollback(LastKnownGood);
4891 ProfitablyMovedExts.push_back(I);
Quentin Colombetfc2201e2014-12-17 01:36:17 +00004892 continue;
4893 }
4894 // The promotion is profitable.
Jun Bum Lim42301012017-03-17 19:05:21 +00004895 Promoted = true;
Quentin Colombetfc2201e2014-12-17 01:36:17 +00004896 }
Jun Bum Lim42301012017-03-17 19:05:21 +00004897 return Promoted;
4898}
4899
Jun Bum Limdee55652017-04-03 19:20:07 +00004900/// Merging redundant sexts when one is dominating the other.
4901bool CodeGenPrepare::mergeSExts(Function &F) {
4902 DominatorTree DT(F);
4903 bool Changed = false;
4904 for (auto &Entry : ValToSExtendedUses) {
4905 SExts &Insts = Entry.second;
4906 SExts CurPts;
4907 for (Instruction *Inst : Insts) {
4908 if (RemovedInsts.count(Inst) || !isa<SExtInst>(Inst) ||
4909 Inst->getOperand(0) != Entry.first)
4910 continue;
4911 bool inserted = false;
4912 for (auto &Pt : CurPts) {
4913 if (DT.dominates(Inst, Pt)) {
4914 Pt->replaceAllUsesWith(Inst);
4915 RemovedInsts.insert(Pt);
4916 Pt->removeFromParent();
4917 Pt = Inst;
4918 inserted = true;
4919 Changed = true;
4920 break;
4921 }
4922 if (!DT.dominates(Pt, Inst))
4923 // Give up if we need to merge in a common dominator as the
Hiroshi Inouec73b6d62018-06-20 05:29:26 +00004924 // experiments show it is not profitable.
Jun Bum Limdee55652017-04-03 19:20:07 +00004925 continue;
4926 Inst->replaceAllUsesWith(Pt);
4927 RemovedInsts.insert(Inst);
4928 Inst->removeFromParent();
4929 inserted = true;
4930 Changed = true;
4931 break;
4932 }
4933 if (!inserted)
4934 CurPts.push_back(Inst);
4935 }
4936 }
4937 return Changed;
4938}
4939
Haicheng Wu0aae2bc2018-05-10 18:27:36 +00004940// Spliting large data structures so that the GEPs accessing them can have
4941// smaller offsets so that they can be sunk to the same blocks as their users.
4942// For example, a large struct starting from %base is splitted into two parts
4943// where the second part starts from %new_base.
4944//
4945// Before:
4946// BB0:
4947// %base =
4948//
4949// BB1:
4950// %gep0 = gep %base, off0
4951// %gep1 = gep %base, off1
4952// %gep2 = gep %base, off2
4953//
4954// BB2:
4955// %load1 = load %gep0
4956// %load2 = load %gep1
4957// %load3 = load %gep2
4958//
4959// After:
4960// BB0:
4961// %base =
4962// %new_base = gep %base, off0
4963//
4964// BB1:
4965// %new_gep0 = %new_base
4966// %new_gep1 = gep %new_base, off1 - off0
4967// %new_gep2 = gep %new_base, off2 - off0
4968//
4969// BB2:
4970// %load1 = load i32, i32* %new_gep0
4971// %load2 = load i32, i32* %new_gep1
4972// %load3 = load i32, i32* %new_gep2
4973//
4974// %new_gep1 and %new_gep2 can be sunk to BB2 now after the splitting because
4975// their offsets are smaller enough to fit into the addressing mode.
4976bool CodeGenPrepare::splitLargeGEPOffsets() {
4977 bool Changed = false;
4978 for (auto &Entry : LargeOffsetGEPMap) {
4979 Value *OldBase = Entry.first;
4980 SmallVectorImpl<std::pair<AssertingVH<GetElementPtrInst>, int64_t>>
4981 &LargeOffsetGEPs = Entry.second;
4982 auto compareGEPOffset =
4983 [&](const std::pair<GetElementPtrInst *, int64_t> &LHS,
4984 const std::pair<GetElementPtrInst *, int64_t> &RHS) {
4985 if (LHS.first == RHS.first)
4986 return false;
4987 if (LHS.second != RHS.second)
4988 return LHS.second < RHS.second;
4989 return LargeOffsetGEPID[LHS.first] < LargeOffsetGEPID[RHS.first];
4990 };
4991 // Sorting all the GEPs of the same data structures based on the offsets.
4992 llvm::sort(LargeOffsetGEPs.begin(), LargeOffsetGEPs.end(),
4993 compareGEPOffset);
4994 LargeOffsetGEPs.erase(
4995 std::unique(LargeOffsetGEPs.begin(), LargeOffsetGEPs.end()),
4996 LargeOffsetGEPs.end());
4997 // Skip if all the GEPs have the same offsets.
4998 if (LargeOffsetGEPs.front().second == LargeOffsetGEPs.back().second)
4999 continue;
5000 GetElementPtrInst *BaseGEP = LargeOffsetGEPs.begin()->first;
5001 int64_t BaseOffset = LargeOffsetGEPs.begin()->second;
5002 Value *NewBaseGEP = nullptr;
5003
5004 auto LargeOffsetGEP = LargeOffsetGEPs.begin();
5005 while (LargeOffsetGEP != LargeOffsetGEPs.end()) {
5006 GetElementPtrInst *GEP = LargeOffsetGEP->first;
5007 int64_t Offset = LargeOffsetGEP->second;
5008 if (Offset != BaseOffset) {
5009 TargetLowering::AddrMode AddrMode;
5010 AddrMode.BaseOffs = Offset - BaseOffset;
5011 // The result type of the GEP might not be the type of the memory
5012 // access.
5013 if (!TLI->isLegalAddressingMode(*DL, AddrMode,
5014 GEP->getResultElementType(),
5015 GEP->getAddressSpace())) {
5016 // We need to create a new base if the offset to the current base is
5017 // too large to fit into the addressing mode. So, a very large struct
5018 // may be splitted into several parts.
5019 BaseGEP = GEP;
5020 BaseOffset = Offset;
5021 NewBaseGEP = nullptr;
5022 }
5023 }
5024
5025 // Generate a new GEP to replace the current one.
5026 IRBuilder<> Builder(GEP);
5027 Type *IntPtrTy = DL->getIntPtrType(GEP->getType());
5028 Type *I8PtrTy =
5029 Builder.getInt8PtrTy(GEP->getType()->getPointerAddressSpace());
5030 Type *I8Ty = Builder.getInt8Ty();
5031
5032 if (!NewBaseGEP) {
5033 // Create a new base if we don't have one yet. Find the insertion
5034 // pointer for the new base first.
5035 BasicBlock::iterator NewBaseInsertPt;
5036 BasicBlock *NewBaseInsertBB;
5037 if (auto *BaseI = dyn_cast<Instruction>(OldBase)) {
5038 // If the base of the struct is an instruction, the new base will be
5039 // inserted close to it.
5040 NewBaseInsertBB = BaseI->getParent();
5041 if (isa<PHINode>(BaseI))
5042 NewBaseInsertPt = NewBaseInsertBB->getFirstInsertionPt();
5043 else if (InvokeInst *Invoke = dyn_cast<InvokeInst>(BaseI)) {
5044 NewBaseInsertBB =
5045 SplitEdge(NewBaseInsertBB, Invoke->getNormalDest());
5046 NewBaseInsertPt = NewBaseInsertBB->getFirstInsertionPt();
5047 } else
5048 NewBaseInsertPt = std::next(BaseI->getIterator());
5049 } else {
5050 // If the current base is an argument or global value, the new base
5051 // will be inserted to the entry block.
5052 NewBaseInsertBB = &BaseGEP->getFunction()->getEntryBlock();
5053 NewBaseInsertPt = NewBaseInsertBB->getFirstInsertionPt();
5054 }
5055 IRBuilder<> NewBaseBuilder(NewBaseInsertBB, NewBaseInsertPt);
5056 // Create a new base.
5057 Value *BaseIndex = ConstantInt::get(IntPtrTy, BaseOffset);
5058 NewBaseGEP = OldBase;
5059 if (NewBaseGEP->getType() != I8PtrTy)
5060 NewBaseGEP = NewBaseBuilder.CreatePointerCast(NewBaseGEP, I8PtrTy);
5061 NewBaseGEP =
5062 NewBaseBuilder.CreateGEP(I8Ty, NewBaseGEP, BaseIndex, "splitgep");
5063 NewGEPBases.insert(NewBaseGEP);
5064 }
5065
5066 Value *NewGEP = NewBaseGEP;
5067 if (Offset == BaseOffset) {
5068 if (GEP->getType() != I8PtrTy)
5069 NewGEP = Builder.CreatePointerCast(NewGEP, GEP->getType());
5070 } else {
5071 // Calculate the new offset for the new GEP.
5072 Value *Index = ConstantInt::get(IntPtrTy, Offset - BaseOffset);
5073 NewGEP = Builder.CreateGEP(I8Ty, NewBaseGEP, Index);
5074
5075 if (GEP->getType() != I8PtrTy)
5076 NewGEP = Builder.CreatePointerCast(NewGEP, GEP->getType());
5077 }
5078 GEP->replaceAllUsesWith(NewGEP);
5079 LargeOffsetGEPID.erase(GEP);
5080 LargeOffsetGEP = LargeOffsetGEPs.erase(LargeOffsetGEP);
5081 GEP->eraseFromParent();
5082 Changed = true;
5083 }
5084 }
5085 return Changed;
5086}
5087
Jun Bum Lim42301012017-03-17 19:05:21 +00005088/// Return true, if an ext(load) can be formed from an extension in
5089/// \p MovedExts.
5090bool CodeGenPrepare::canFormExtLd(
5091 const SmallVectorImpl<Instruction *> &MovedExts, LoadInst *&LI,
5092 Instruction *&Inst, bool HasPromoted) {
5093 for (auto *MovedExtInst : MovedExts) {
5094 if (isa<LoadInst>(MovedExtInst->getOperand(0))) {
5095 LI = cast<LoadInst>(MovedExtInst->getOperand(0));
5096 Inst = MovedExtInst;
5097 break;
5098 }
5099 }
5100 if (!LI)
5101 return false;
5102
5103 // If they're already in the same block, there's nothing to do.
5104 // Make the cheap checks first if we did not promote.
5105 // If we promoted, we need to check if it is indeed profitable.
5106 if (!HasPromoted && LI->getParent() == Inst->getParent())
5107 return false;
5108
Haicheng Wuabdef9e2017-07-15 02:12:16 +00005109 return TLI->isExtLoad(LI, Inst, *DL);
Quentin Colombetfc2201e2014-12-17 01:36:17 +00005110}
5111
Sanjay Patel4ac6b112015-09-21 22:47:23 +00005112/// Move a zext or sext fed by a load into the same basic block as the load,
5113/// unless conditions are unfavorable. This allows SelectionDAG to fold the
5114/// extend into the load.
Dan Gohman99429a02009-10-16 20:59:35 +00005115///
Jun Bum Limdee55652017-04-03 19:20:07 +00005116/// E.g.,
5117/// \code
5118/// %ld = load i32* %addr
5119/// %add = add nuw i32 %ld, 4
5120/// %zext = zext i32 %add to i64
5121// \endcode
5122/// =>
5123/// \code
5124/// %ld = load i32* %addr
5125/// %zext = zext i32 %ld to i64
5126/// %add = add nuw i64 %zext, 4
5127/// \encode
5128/// Note that the promotion in %add to i64 is done in tryToPromoteExts(), which
5129/// allow us to match zext(load i32*) to i64.
5130///
5131/// Also, try to promote the computations used to obtain a sign extended
5132/// value used into memory accesses.
5133/// E.g.,
5134/// \code
5135/// a = add nsw i32 b, 3
5136/// d = sext i32 a to i64
5137/// e = getelementptr ..., i64 d
5138/// \endcode
5139/// =>
5140/// \code
5141/// f = sext i32 b to i64
5142/// a = add nsw i64 f, 3
5143/// e = getelementptr ..., i64 a
5144/// \endcode
5145///
5146/// \p Inst[in/out] the extension may be modified during the process if some
5147/// promotions apply.
5148bool CodeGenPrepare::optimizeExt(Instruction *&Inst) {
5149 // ExtLoad formation and address type promotion infrastructure requires TLI to
5150 // be effective.
Chandler Carruth0f139b42016-11-04 06:54:00 +00005151 if (!TLI)
5152 return false;
5153
Jun Bum Limdee55652017-04-03 19:20:07 +00005154 bool AllowPromotionWithoutCommonHeader = false;
5155 /// See if it is an interesting sext operations for the address type
5156 /// promotion before trying to promote it, e.g., the ones with the right
5157 /// type and used in memory accesses.
5158 bool ATPConsiderable = TTI->shouldConsiderAddressTypePromotion(
5159 *Inst, AllowPromotionWithoutCommonHeader);
5160 TypePromotionTransaction TPT(RemovedInsts);
Quentin Colombetfc2201e2014-12-17 01:36:17 +00005161 TypePromotionTransaction::ConstRestorationPt LastKnownGood =
Jun Bum Lim42301012017-03-17 19:05:21 +00005162 TPT.getRestorationPoint();
Quentin Colombetfc2201e2014-12-17 01:36:17 +00005163 SmallVector<Instruction *, 1> Exts;
Jun Bum Limdee55652017-04-03 19:20:07 +00005164 SmallVector<Instruction *, 2> SpeculativelyMovedExts;
5165 Exts.push_back(Inst);
Jun Bum Lim42301012017-03-17 19:05:21 +00005166
Jun Bum Limdee55652017-04-03 19:20:07 +00005167 bool HasPromoted = tryToPromoteExts(TPT, Exts, SpeculativelyMovedExts);
Jun Bum Lim42301012017-03-17 19:05:21 +00005168
Dan Gohman99429a02009-10-16 20:59:35 +00005169 // Look for a load being extended.
Quentin Colombetfc2201e2014-12-17 01:36:17 +00005170 LoadInst *LI = nullptr;
Jun Bum Limdee55652017-04-03 19:20:07 +00005171 Instruction *ExtFedByLoad;
5172
5173 // Try to promote a chain of computation if it allows to form an extended
5174 // load.
5175 if (canFormExtLd(SpeculativelyMovedExts, LI, ExtFedByLoad, HasPromoted)) {
5176 assert(LI && ExtFedByLoad && "Expect a valid load and extension");
5177 TPT.commit();
5178 // Move the extend into the same block as the load
Sanjay Patel674d2c22017-08-29 14:07:48 +00005179 ExtFedByLoad->moveAfter(LI);
Jun Bum Limdee55652017-04-03 19:20:07 +00005180 // CGP does not check if the zext would be speculatively executed when moved
5181 // to the same basic block as the load. Preserving its original location
5182 // would pessimize the debugging experience, as well as negatively impact
5183 // the quality of sample pgo. We don't want to use "line 0" as that has a
5184 // size cost in the line-table section and logically the zext can be seen as
5185 // part of the load. Therefore we conservatively reuse the same debug
5186 // location for the load and the zext.
5187 ExtFedByLoad->setDebugLoc(LI->getDebugLoc());
5188 ++NumExtsMoved;
5189 Inst = ExtFedByLoad;
5190 return true;
5191 }
5192
5193 // Continue promoting SExts if known as considerable depending on targets.
5194 if (ATPConsiderable &&
5195 performAddressTypePromotion(Inst, AllowPromotionWithoutCommonHeader,
5196 HasPromoted, TPT, SpeculativelyMovedExts))
5197 return true;
5198
5199 TPT.rollback(LastKnownGood);
5200 return false;
5201}
5202
5203// Perform address type promotion if doing so is profitable.
5204// If AllowPromotionWithoutCommonHeader == false, we should find other sext
5205// instructions that sign extended the same initial value. However, if
5206// AllowPromotionWithoutCommonHeader == true, we expect promoting the
5207// extension is just profitable.
5208bool CodeGenPrepare::performAddressTypePromotion(
5209 Instruction *&Inst, bool AllowPromotionWithoutCommonHeader,
5210 bool HasPromoted, TypePromotionTransaction &TPT,
5211 SmallVectorImpl<Instruction *> &SpeculativelyMovedExts) {
5212 bool Promoted = false;
5213 SmallPtrSet<Instruction *, 1> UnhandledExts;
5214 bool AllSeenFirst = true;
5215 for (auto I : SpeculativelyMovedExts) {
5216 Value *HeadOfChain = I->getOperand(0);
5217 DenseMap<Value *, Instruction *>::iterator AlreadySeen =
5218 SeenChainsForSExt.find(HeadOfChain);
5219 // If there is an unhandled SExt which has the same header, try to promote
5220 // it as well.
5221 if (AlreadySeen != SeenChainsForSExt.end()) {
5222 if (AlreadySeen->second != nullptr)
5223 UnhandledExts.insert(AlreadySeen->second);
5224 AllSeenFirst = false;
5225 }
5226 }
5227
5228 if (!AllSeenFirst || (AllowPromotionWithoutCommonHeader &&
5229 SpeculativelyMovedExts.size() == 1)) {
5230 TPT.commit();
5231 if (HasPromoted)
5232 Promoted = true;
5233 for (auto I : SpeculativelyMovedExts) {
5234 Value *HeadOfChain = I->getOperand(0);
5235 SeenChainsForSExt[HeadOfChain] = nullptr;
5236 ValToSExtendedUses[HeadOfChain].push_back(I);
5237 }
5238 // Update Inst as promotion happen.
5239 Inst = SpeculativelyMovedExts.pop_back_val();
5240 } else {
5241 // This is the first chain visited from the header, keep the current chain
5242 // as unhandled. Defer to promote this until we encounter another SExt
5243 // chain derived from the same header.
5244 for (auto I : SpeculativelyMovedExts) {
5245 Value *HeadOfChain = I->getOperand(0);
5246 SeenChainsForSExt[HeadOfChain] = Inst;
5247 }
Dan Gohman99429a02009-10-16 20:59:35 +00005248 return false;
Quentin Colombetfc2201e2014-12-17 01:36:17 +00005249 }
Dan Gohman99429a02009-10-16 20:59:35 +00005250
Jun Bum Limdee55652017-04-03 19:20:07 +00005251 if (!AllSeenFirst && !UnhandledExts.empty())
5252 for (auto VisitedSExt : UnhandledExts) {
5253 if (RemovedInsts.count(VisitedSExt))
5254 continue;
5255 TypePromotionTransaction TPT(RemovedInsts);
5256 SmallVector<Instruction *, 1> Exts;
5257 SmallVector<Instruction *, 2> Chains;
5258 Exts.push_back(VisitedSExt);
5259 bool HasPromoted = tryToPromoteExts(TPT, Exts, Chains);
5260 TPT.commit();
5261 if (HasPromoted)
5262 Promoted = true;
5263 for (auto I : Chains) {
5264 Value *HeadOfChain = I->getOperand(0);
5265 // Mark this as handled.
5266 SeenChainsForSExt[HeadOfChain] = nullptr;
5267 ValToSExtendedUses[HeadOfChain].push_back(I);
5268 }
5269 }
5270 return Promoted;
Dan Gohman99429a02009-10-16 20:59:35 +00005271}
5272
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +00005273bool CodeGenPrepare::optimizeExtUses(Instruction *I) {
Evan Chengd3d80172007-12-05 23:58:20 +00005274 BasicBlock *DefBB = I->getParent();
5275
Bob Wilsonff714f92010-09-21 21:44:14 +00005276 // If the result of a {s|z}ext and its source are both live out, rewrite all
Evan Chengd3d80172007-12-05 23:58:20 +00005277 // other uses of the source with result of extension.
5278 Value *Src = I->getOperand(0);
5279 if (Src->hasOneUse())
5280 return false;
5281
Evan Cheng2011df42007-12-13 07:50:36 +00005282 // Only do this xform if truncating is free.
Gabor Greifaa261722008-02-26 19:13:21 +00005283 if (TLI && !TLI->isTruncateFree(I->getType(), Src->getType()))
Evan Cheng37c36ed2007-12-13 03:32:53 +00005284 return false;
5285
Evan Cheng7bc89422007-12-12 00:51:06 +00005286 // Only safe to perform the optimization if the source is also defined in
Evan Cheng63d33cf2007-12-12 02:53:41 +00005287 // this block.
5288 if (!isa<Instruction>(Src) || DefBB != cast<Instruction>(Src)->getParent())
Evan Cheng7bc89422007-12-12 00:51:06 +00005289 return false;
5290
Evan Chengd3d80172007-12-05 23:58:20 +00005291 bool DefIsLiveOut = false;
Chandler Carruthcdf47882014-03-09 03:16:01 +00005292 for (User *U : I->users()) {
5293 Instruction *UI = cast<Instruction>(U);
Evan Chengd3d80172007-12-05 23:58:20 +00005294
5295 // Figure out which BB this ext is used in.
Chandler Carruthcdf47882014-03-09 03:16:01 +00005296 BasicBlock *UserBB = UI->getParent();
Evan Chengd3d80172007-12-05 23:58:20 +00005297 if (UserBB == DefBB) continue;
5298 DefIsLiveOut = true;
5299 break;
5300 }
5301 if (!DefIsLiveOut)
5302 return false;
5303
Jim Grosbach0f38c1e2013-04-15 17:40:48 +00005304 // Make sure none of the uses are PHI nodes.
Chandler Carruthcdf47882014-03-09 03:16:01 +00005305 for (User *U : Src->users()) {
5306 Instruction *UI = cast<Instruction>(U);
5307 BasicBlock *UserBB = UI->getParent();
Evan Cheng37c36ed2007-12-13 03:32:53 +00005308 if (UserBB == DefBB) continue;
5309 // Be conservative. We don't want this xform to end up introducing
5310 // reloads just before load / store instructions.
Chandler Carruthcdf47882014-03-09 03:16:01 +00005311 if (isa<PHINode>(UI) || isa<LoadInst>(UI) || isa<StoreInst>(UI))
Evan Cheng63d33cf2007-12-12 02:53:41 +00005312 return false;
5313 }
5314
Evan Chengd3d80172007-12-05 23:58:20 +00005315 // InsertedTruncs - Only insert one trunc in each block once.
5316 DenseMap<BasicBlock*, Instruction*> InsertedTruncs;
5317
5318 bool MadeChange = false;
Chandler Carruthcdf47882014-03-09 03:16:01 +00005319 for (Use &U : Src->uses()) {
5320 Instruction *User = cast<Instruction>(U.getUser());
Evan Chengd3d80172007-12-05 23:58:20 +00005321
5322 // Figure out which BB this ext is used in.
5323 BasicBlock *UserBB = User->getParent();
5324 if (UserBB == DefBB) continue;
5325
5326 // Both src and def are live in this block. Rewrite the use.
5327 Instruction *&InsertedTrunc = InsertedTruncs[UserBB];
5328
5329 if (!InsertedTrunc) {
Bill Wendling8ddfc092011-08-16 20:45:24 +00005330 BasicBlock::iterator InsertPt = UserBB->getFirstInsertionPt();
Duncan P. N. Exon Smithd83547a2015-10-09 18:44:40 +00005331 assert(InsertPt != UserBB->end());
5332 InsertedTrunc = new TruncInst(I, Src->getType(), "", &*InsertPt);
Ahmed Bougachaf3299142015-06-17 20:44:32 +00005333 InsertedInsts.insert(InsertedTrunc);
Evan Chengd3d80172007-12-05 23:58:20 +00005334 }
5335
5336 // Replace a use of the {s|z}ext source with a use of the result.
Chandler Carruthcdf47882014-03-09 03:16:01 +00005337 U = InsertedTrunc;
Cameron Zwarichced753f2011-01-05 17:27:27 +00005338 ++NumExtUses;
Evan Chengd3d80172007-12-05 23:58:20 +00005339 MadeChange = true;
5340 }
5341
5342 return MadeChange;
5343}
5344
Geoff Berry5256fca2015-11-20 22:34:39 +00005345// Find loads whose uses only use some of the loaded value's bits. Add an "and"
5346// just after the load if the target can fold this into one extload instruction,
5347// with the hope of eliminating some of the other later "and" instructions using
5348// the loaded value. "and"s that are made trivially redundant by the insertion
5349// of the new "and" are removed by this function, while others (e.g. those whose
5350// path from the load goes through a phi) are left for isel to potentially
5351// remove.
5352//
5353// For example:
5354//
5355// b0:
5356// x = load i32
5357// ...
5358// b1:
5359// y = and x, 0xff
5360// z = use y
5361//
5362// becomes:
5363//
5364// b0:
5365// x = load i32
5366// x' = and x, 0xff
5367// ...
5368// b1:
5369// z = use x'
5370//
5371// whereas:
5372//
5373// b0:
5374// x1 = load i32
5375// ...
5376// b1:
5377// x2 = load i32
5378// ...
5379// b2:
5380// x = phi x1, x2
5381// y = and x, 0xff
5382//
5383// becomes (after a call to optimizeLoadExt for each load):
5384//
5385// b0:
5386// x1 = load i32
5387// x1' = and x1, 0xff
5388// ...
5389// b1:
5390// x2 = load i32
5391// x2' = and x2, 0xff
5392// ...
5393// b2:
5394// x = phi x1', x2'
5395// y = and x, 0xff
Geoff Berry5256fca2015-11-20 22:34:39 +00005396bool CodeGenPrepare::optimizeLoadExt(LoadInst *Load) {
Vedant Kumarb3091da2018-07-06 20:17:42 +00005397 if (!Load->isSimple() || !Load->getType()->isIntOrPtrTy())
Geoff Berry5256fca2015-11-20 22:34:39 +00005398 return false;
5399
Geoff Berry5d534b62017-02-21 18:53:14 +00005400 // Skip loads we've already transformed.
5401 if (Load->hasOneUse() &&
5402 InsertedInsts.count(cast<Instruction>(*Load->user_begin())))
5403 return false;
Geoff Berry5256fca2015-11-20 22:34:39 +00005404
5405 // Look at all uses of Load, looking through phis, to determine how many bits
5406 // of the loaded value are needed.
5407 SmallVector<Instruction *, 8> WorkList;
5408 SmallPtrSet<Instruction *, 16> Visited;
5409 SmallVector<Instruction *, 8> AndsToMaybeRemove;
5410 for (auto *U : Load->users())
5411 WorkList.push_back(cast<Instruction>(U));
5412
5413 EVT LoadResultVT = TLI->getValueType(*DL, Load->getType());
5414 unsigned BitWidth = LoadResultVT.getSizeInBits();
5415 APInt DemandBits(BitWidth, 0);
5416 APInt WidestAndBits(BitWidth, 0);
5417
5418 while (!WorkList.empty()) {
5419 Instruction *I = WorkList.back();
5420 WorkList.pop_back();
5421
5422 // Break use-def graph loops.
5423 if (!Visited.insert(I).second)
5424 continue;
5425
5426 // For a PHI node, push all of its users.
5427 if (auto *Phi = dyn_cast<PHINode>(I)) {
5428 for (auto *U : Phi->users())
5429 WorkList.push_back(cast<Instruction>(U));
5430 continue;
5431 }
5432
5433 switch (I->getOpcode()) {
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +00005434 case Instruction::And: {
Geoff Berry5256fca2015-11-20 22:34:39 +00005435 auto *AndC = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(I->getOperand(1));
5436 if (!AndC)
5437 return false;
5438 APInt AndBits = AndC->getValue();
5439 DemandBits |= AndBits;
5440 // Keep track of the widest and mask we see.
5441 if (AndBits.ugt(WidestAndBits))
5442 WidestAndBits = AndBits;
5443 if (AndBits == WidestAndBits && I->getOperand(0) == Load)
5444 AndsToMaybeRemove.push_back(I);
5445 break;
5446 }
5447
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +00005448 case Instruction::Shl: {
Geoff Berry5256fca2015-11-20 22:34:39 +00005449 auto *ShlC = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(I->getOperand(1));
5450 if (!ShlC)
5451 return false;
5452 uint64_t ShiftAmt = ShlC->getLimitedValue(BitWidth - 1);
Craig Topperfc947bc2017-04-18 17:14:21 +00005453 DemandBits.setLowBits(BitWidth - ShiftAmt);
Geoff Berry5256fca2015-11-20 22:34:39 +00005454 break;
5455 }
5456
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +00005457 case Instruction::Trunc: {
Geoff Berry5256fca2015-11-20 22:34:39 +00005458 EVT TruncVT = TLI->getValueType(*DL, I->getType());
5459 unsigned TruncBitWidth = TruncVT.getSizeInBits();
Craig Topperfc947bc2017-04-18 17:14:21 +00005460 DemandBits.setLowBits(TruncBitWidth);
Geoff Berry5256fca2015-11-20 22:34:39 +00005461 break;
5462 }
5463
5464 default:
5465 return false;
5466 }
5467 }
5468
5469 uint32_t ActiveBits = DemandBits.getActiveBits();
5470 // Avoid hoisting (and (load x) 1) since it is unlikely to be folded by the
5471 // target even if isLoadExtLegal says an i1 EXTLOAD is valid. For example,
5472 // for the AArch64 target isLoadExtLegal(ZEXTLOAD, i32, i1) returns true, but
5473 // (and (load x) 1) is not matched as a single instruction, rather as a LDR
5474 // followed by an AND.
5475 // TODO: Look into removing this restriction by fixing backends to either
5476 // return false for isLoadExtLegal for i1 or have them select this pattern to
5477 // a single instruction.
5478 //
5479 // Also avoid hoisting if we didn't see any ands with the exact DemandBits
5480 // mask, since these are the only ands that will be removed by isel.
Craig Topperd33ee1b2017-04-03 16:34:59 +00005481 if (ActiveBits <= 1 || !DemandBits.isMask(ActiveBits) ||
Geoff Berry5256fca2015-11-20 22:34:39 +00005482 WidestAndBits != DemandBits)
5483 return false;
5484
5485 LLVMContext &Ctx = Load->getType()->getContext();
5486 Type *TruncTy = Type::getIntNTy(Ctx, ActiveBits);
5487 EVT TruncVT = TLI->getValueType(*DL, TruncTy);
5488
5489 // Reject cases that won't be matched as extloads.
5490 if (!LoadResultVT.bitsGT(TruncVT) || !TruncVT.isRound() ||
5491 !TLI->isLoadExtLegal(ISD::ZEXTLOAD, LoadResultVT, TruncVT))
5492 return false;
5493
5494 IRBuilder<> Builder(Load->getNextNode());
5495 auto *NewAnd = dyn_cast<Instruction>(
5496 Builder.CreateAnd(Load, ConstantInt::get(Ctx, DemandBits)));
Geoff Berry5d534b62017-02-21 18:53:14 +00005497 // Mark this instruction as "inserted by CGP", so that other
5498 // optimizations don't touch it.
5499 InsertedInsts.insert(NewAnd);
Geoff Berry5256fca2015-11-20 22:34:39 +00005500
5501 // Replace all uses of load with new and (except for the use of load in the
5502 // new and itself).
5503 Load->replaceAllUsesWith(NewAnd);
5504 NewAnd->setOperand(0, Load);
5505
5506 // Remove any and instructions that are now redundant.
5507 for (auto *And : AndsToMaybeRemove)
5508 // Check that the and mask is the same as the one we decided to put on the
5509 // new and.
5510 if (cast<ConstantInt>(And->getOperand(1))->getValue() == DemandBits) {
5511 And->replaceAllUsesWith(NewAnd);
5512 if (&*CurInstIterator == And)
5513 CurInstIterator = std::next(And->getIterator());
5514 And->eraseFromParent();
5515 ++NumAndUses;
5516 }
5517
5518 ++NumAndsAdded;
5519 return true;
5520}
5521
Sanjay Patel69a50a12015-10-19 21:59:12 +00005522/// Check if V (an operand of a select instruction) is an expensive instruction
5523/// that is only used once.
5524static bool sinkSelectOperand(const TargetTransformInfo *TTI, Value *V) {
5525 auto *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(V);
5526 // If it's safe to speculatively execute, then it should not have side
5527 // effects; therefore, it's safe to sink and possibly *not* execute.
Rafael Espindola84921b92015-10-24 23:11:13 +00005528 return I && I->hasOneUse() && isSafeToSpeculativelyExecute(I) &&
5529 TTI->getUserCost(I) >= TargetTransformInfo::TCC_Expensive;
Sanjay Patel69a50a12015-10-19 21:59:12 +00005530}
5531
Sanjay Patel4ac6b112015-09-21 22:47:23 +00005532/// Returns true if a SelectInst should be turned into an explicit branch.
Sanjay Patel69a50a12015-10-19 21:59:12 +00005533static bool isFormingBranchFromSelectProfitable(const TargetTransformInfo *TTI,
Sanjay Pateld66607b2016-04-26 17:11:17 +00005534 const TargetLowering *TLI,
Sanjay Patel69a50a12015-10-19 21:59:12 +00005535 SelectInst *SI) {
Sanjay Pateld66607b2016-04-26 17:11:17 +00005536 // If even a predictable select is cheap, then a branch can't be cheaper.
5537 if (!TLI->isPredictableSelectExpensive())
5538 return false;
5539
Benjamin Kramer047d7ca2012-05-05 12:49:22 +00005540 // FIXME: This should use the same heuristics as IfConversion to determine
Sanjay Pateld66607b2016-04-26 17:11:17 +00005541 // whether a select is better represented as a branch.
5542
5543 // If metadata tells us that the select condition is obviously predictable,
5544 // then we want to replace the select with a branch.
5545 uint64_t TrueWeight, FalseWeight;
5546 if (SI->extractProfMetadata(TrueWeight, FalseWeight)) {
5547 uint64_t Max = std::max(TrueWeight, FalseWeight);
5548 uint64_t Sum = TrueWeight + FalseWeight;
Sanjay Patelc7b91e62016-05-09 17:31:55 +00005549 if (Sum != 0) {
5550 auto Probability = BranchProbability::getBranchProbability(Max, Sum);
5551 if (Probability > TLI->getPredictableBranchThreshold())
5552 return true;
5553 }
Sanjay Pateld66607b2016-04-26 17:11:17 +00005554 }
Benjamin Kramer047d7ca2012-05-05 12:49:22 +00005555
5556 CmpInst *Cmp = dyn_cast<CmpInst>(SI->getCondition());
5557
Sanjay Patel4e652762015-09-28 22:14:51 +00005558 // If a branch is predictable, an out-of-order CPU can avoid blocking on its
5559 // comparison condition. If the compare has more than one use, there's
5560 // probably another cmov or setcc around, so it's not worth emitting a branch.
Sanjay Patel5e5f0e92015-09-28 21:44:46 +00005561 if (!Cmp || !Cmp->hasOneUse())
Benjamin Kramer047d7ca2012-05-05 12:49:22 +00005562 return false;
5563
Sanjay Patel69a50a12015-10-19 21:59:12 +00005564 // If either operand of the select is expensive and only needed on one side
5565 // of the select, we should form a branch.
5566 if (sinkSelectOperand(TTI, SI->getTrueValue()) ||
5567 sinkSelectOperand(TTI, SI->getFalseValue()))
5568 return true;
5569
5570 return false;
Benjamin Kramer047d7ca2012-05-05 12:49:22 +00005571}
5572
Dehao Chen9bbb9412016-09-12 20:23:28 +00005573/// If \p isTrue is true, return the true value of \p SI, otherwise return
5574/// false value of \p SI. If the true/false value of \p SI is defined by any
5575/// select instructions in \p Selects, look through the defining select
5576/// instruction until the true/false value is not defined in \p Selects.
5577static Value *getTrueOrFalseValue(
5578 SelectInst *SI, bool isTrue,
5579 const SmallPtrSet<const Instruction *, 2> &Selects) {
5580 Value *V;
5581
5582 for (SelectInst *DefSI = SI; DefSI != nullptr && Selects.count(DefSI);
5583 DefSI = dyn_cast<SelectInst>(V)) {
Dehao Chenc32d7122016-09-12 20:29:54 +00005584 assert(DefSI->getCondition() == SI->getCondition() &&
Dehao Chen9bbb9412016-09-12 20:23:28 +00005585 "The condition of DefSI does not match with SI");
5586 V = (isTrue ? DefSI->getTrueValue() : DefSI->getFalseValue());
5587 }
5588 return V;
5589}
Benjamin Kramer047d7ca2012-05-05 12:49:22 +00005590
Nadav Rotem9d832022012-09-02 12:10:19 +00005591/// If we have a SelectInst that will likely profit from branch prediction,
5592/// turn it into a branch.
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +00005593bool CodeGenPrepare::optimizeSelectInst(SelectInst *SI) {
Vedant Kumarfbc38732018-08-21 23:42:23 +00005594 // If branch conversion isn't desirable, exit early.
5595 if (DisableSelectToBranch || OptSize || !TLI)
5596 return false;
5597
Dehao Chen9bbb9412016-09-12 20:23:28 +00005598 // Find all consecutive select instructions that share the same condition.
5599 SmallVector<SelectInst *, 2> ASI;
5600 ASI.push_back(SI);
Vedant Kumar00e75582018-08-21 23:42:38 +00005601 for (Instruction *NextInst = SI->getNextNonDebugInstruction();
5602 NextInst != SI->getParent()->getTerminator();
5603 NextInst = NextInst->getNextNonDebugInstruction()) {
5604 SelectInst *I = dyn_cast<SelectInst>(NextInst);
Dehao Chen9bbb9412016-09-12 20:23:28 +00005605 if (I && SI->getCondition() == I->getCondition()) {
5606 ASI.push_back(I);
5607 } else {
5608 break;
5609 }
5610 }
5611
5612 SelectInst *LastSI = ASI.back();
5613 // Increment the current iterator to skip all the rest of select instructions
5614 // because they will be either "not lowered" or "all lowered" to branch.
5615 CurInstIterator = std::next(LastSI->getIterator());
5616
Nadav Rotem9d832022012-09-02 12:10:19 +00005617 bool VectorCond = !SI->getCondition()->getType()->isIntegerTy(1);
5618
5619 // Can we convert the 'select' to CF ?
Vedant Kumarfbc38732018-08-21 23:42:23 +00005620 if (VectorCond || SI->getMetadata(LLVMContext::MD_unpredictable))
Benjamin Kramer047d7ca2012-05-05 12:49:22 +00005621 return false;
5622
Nadav Rotem9d832022012-09-02 12:10:19 +00005623 TargetLowering::SelectSupportKind SelectKind;
5624 if (VectorCond)
5625 SelectKind = TargetLowering::VectorMaskSelect;
5626 else if (SI->getType()->isVectorTy())
5627 SelectKind = TargetLowering::ScalarCondVectorVal;
5628 else
5629 SelectKind = TargetLowering::ScalarValSelect;
5630
Sanjay Pateld66607b2016-04-26 17:11:17 +00005631 if (TLI->isSelectSupported(SelectKind) &&
5632 !isFormingBranchFromSelectProfitable(TTI, TLI, SI))
5633 return false;
Benjamin Kramer047d7ca2012-05-05 12:49:22 +00005634
5635 ModifiedDT = true;
5636
Sanjay Patel69a50a12015-10-19 21:59:12 +00005637 // Transform a sequence like this:
5638 // start:
5639 // %cmp = cmp uge i32 %a, %b
5640 // %sel = select i1 %cmp, i32 %c, i32 %d
5641 //
5642 // Into:
5643 // start:
5644 // %cmp = cmp uge i32 %a, %b
5645 // br i1 %cmp, label %select.true, label %select.false
5646 // select.true:
5647 // br label %select.end
5648 // select.false:
5649 // br label %select.end
5650 // select.end:
5651 // %sel = phi i32 [ %c, %select.true ], [ %d, %select.false ]
5652 //
5653 // In addition, we may sink instructions that produce %c or %d from
5654 // the entry block into the destination(s) of the new branch.
5655 // If the true or false blocks do not contain a sunken instruction, that
5656 // block and its branch may be optimized away. In that case, one side of the
5657 // first branch will point directly to select.end, and the corresponding PHI
5658 // predecessor block will be the start block.
5659
Benjamin Kramer047d7ca2012-05-05 12:49:22 +00005660 // First, we split the block containing the select into 2 blocks.
5661 BasicBlock *StartBlock = SI->getParent();
Dehao Chen9bbb9412016-09-12 20:23:28 +00005662 BasicBlock::iterator SplitPt = ++(BasicBlock::iterator(LastSI));
Sanjay Patel69a50a12015-10-19 21:59:12 +00005663 BasicBlock *EndBlock = StartBlock->splitBasicBlock(SplitPt, "select.end");
Benjamin Kramer047d7ca2012-05-05 12:49:22 +00005664
Sanjay Patel69a50a12015-10-19 21:59:12 +00005665 // Delete the unconditional branch that was just created by the split.
Benjamin Kramer047d7ca2012-05-05 12:49:22 +00005666 StartBlock->getTerminator()->eraseFromParent();
Sanjay Patel69a50a12015-10-19 21:59:12 +00005667
5668 // These are the new basic blocks for the conditional branch.
5669 // At least one will become an actual new basic block.
5670 BasicBlock *TrueBlock = nullptr;
5671 BasicBlock *FalseBlock = nullptr;
Dehao Chen9bbb9412016-09-12 20:23:28 +00005672 BranchInst *TrueBranch = nullptr;
5673 BranchInst *FalseBranch = nullptr;
Sanjay Patel69a50a12015-10-19 21:59:12 +00005674
5675 // Sink expensive instructions into the conditional blocks to avoid executing
5676 // them speculatively.
Dehao Chen9bbb9412016-09-12 20:23:28 +00005677 for (SelectInst *SI : ASI) {
5678 if (sinkSelectOperand(TTI, SI->getTrueValue())) {
5679 if (TrueBlock == nullptr) {
5680 TrueBlock = BasicBlock::Create(SI->getContext(), "select.true.sink",
5681 EndBlock->getParent(), EndBlock);
5682 TrueBranch = BranchInst::Create(EndBlock, TrueBlock);
Vedant Kumar1e8a2c92018-08-22 00:10:37 +00005683 TrueBranch->setDebugLoc(SI->getDebugLoc());
Dehao Chen9bbb9412016-09-12 20:23:28 +00005684 }
5685 auto *TrueInst = cast<Instruction>(SI->getTrueValue());
5686 TrueInst->moveBefore(TrueBranch);
5687 }
5688 if (sinkSelectOperand(TTI, SI->getFalseValue())) {
5689 if (FalseBlock == nullptr) {
5690 FalseBlock = BasicBlock::Create(SI->getContext(), "select.false.sink",
5691 EndBlock->getParent(), EndBlock);
5692 FalseBranch = BranchInst::Create(EndBlock, FalseBlock);
Vedant Kumar1e8a2c92018-08-22 00:10:37 +00005693 FalseBranch->setDebugLoc(SI->getDebugLoc());
Dehao Chen9bbb9412016-09-12 20:23:28 +00005694 }
5695 auto *FalseInst = cast<Instruction>(SI->getFalseValue());
5696 FalseInst->moveBefore(FalseBranch);
5697 }
Sanjay Patel69a50a12015-10-19 21:59:12 +00005698 }
5699
5700 // If there was nothing to sink, then arbitrarily choose the 'false' side
5701 // for a new input value to the PHI.
5702 if (TrueBlock == FalseBlock) {
5703 assert(TrueBlock == nullptr &&
5704 "Unexpected basic block transform while optimizing select");
5705
5706 FalseBlock = BasicBlock::Create(SI->getContext(), "select.false",
5707 EndBlock->getParent(), EndBlock);
Vedant Kumar1e8a2c92018-08-22 00:10:37 +00005708 auto *FalseBranch = BranchInst::Create(EndBlock, FalseBlock);
5709 FalseBranch->setDebugLoc(SI->getDebugLoc());
Sanjay Patel69a50a12015-10-19 21:59:12 +00005710 }
Benjamin Kramer047d7ca2012-05-05 12:49:22 +00005711
5712 // Insert the real conditional branch based on the original condition.
Sanjay Patel69a50a12015-10-19 21:59:12 +00005713 // If we did not create a new block for one of the 'true' or 'false' paths
5714 // of the condition, it means that side of the branch goes to the end block
5715 // directly and the path originates from the start block from the point of
5716 // view of the new PHI.
Xinliang David Li241e6c72016-09-03 21:26:36 +00005717 BasicBlock *TT, *FT;
Sanjay Patel69a50a12015-10-19 21:59:12 +00005718 if (TrueBlock == nullptr) {
Xinliang David Li241e6c72016-09-03 21:26:36 +00005719 TT = EndBlock;
5720 FT = FalseBlock;
Sanjay Patel69a50a12015-10-19 21:59:12 +00005721 TrueBlock = StartBlock;
5722 } else if (FalseBlock == nullptr) {
Xinliang David Li241e6c72016-09-03 21:26:36 +00005723 TT = TrueBlock;
5724 FT = EndBlock;
Sanjay Patel69a50a12015-10-19 21:59:12 +00005725 FalseBlock = StartBlock;
5726 } else {
Xinliang David Li241e6c72016-09-03 21:26:36 +00005727 TT = TrueBlock;
5728 FT = FalseBlock;
Sanjay Patel69a50a12015-10-19 21:59:12 +00005729 }
Xinliang David Li241e6c72016-09-03 21:26:36 +00005730 IRBuilder<>(SI).CreateCondBr(SI->getCondition(), TT, FT, SI);
Benjamin Kramer047d7ca2012-05-05 12:49:22 +00005731
Dehao Chen9bbb9412016-09-12 20:23:28 +00005732 SmallPtrSet<const Instruction *, 2> INS;
5733 INS.insert(ASI.begin(), ASI.end());
5734 // Use reverse iterator because later select may use the value of the
5735 // earlier select, and we need to propagate value through earlier select
5736 // to get the PHI operand.
5737 for (auto It = ASI.rbegin(); It != ASI.rend(); ++It) {
5738 SelectInst *SI = *It;
5739 // The select itself is replaced with a PHI Node.
5740 PHINode *PN = PHINode::Create(SI->getType(), 2, "", &EndBlock->front());
5741 PN->takeName(SI);
5742 PN->addIncoming(getTrueOrFalseValue(SI, true, INS), TrueBlock);
5743 PN->addIncoming(getTrueOrFalseValue(SI, false, INS), FalseBlock);
Vedant Kumar1e8a2c92018-08-22 00:10:37 +00005744 PN->setDebugLoc(SI->getDebugLoc());
Sanjay Patel69a50a12015-10-19 21:59:12 +00005745
Dehao Chen9bbb9412016-09-12 20:23:28 +00005746 SI->replaceAllUsesWith(PN);
5747 SI->eraseFromParent();
5748 INS.erase(SI);
5749 ++NumSelectsExpanded;
5750 }
Benjamin Kramer047d7ca2012-05-05 12:49:22 +00005751
5752 // Instruct OptimizeBlock to skip to the next block.
5753 CurInstIterator = StartBlock->end();
Benjamin Kramer047d7ca2012-05-05 12:49:22 +00005754 return true;
5755}
5756
Benjamin Kramer573ff362014-03-01 17:24:40 +00005757static bool isBroadcastShuffle(ShuffleVectorInst *SVI) {
Tim Northoveraeb8e062014-02-19 10:02:43 +00005758 SmallVector<int, 16> Mask(SVI->getShuffleMask());
5759 int SplatElem = -1;
5760 for (unsigned i = 0; i < Mask.size(); ++i) {
5761 if (SplatElem != -1 && Mask[i] != -1 && Mask[i] != SplatElem)
5762 return false;
5763 SplatElem = Mask[i];
5764 }
5765
5766 return true;
5767}
5768
5769/// Some targets have expensive vector shifts if the lanes aren't all the same
5770/// (e.g. x86 only introduced "vpsllvd" and friends with AVX2). In these cases
5771/// it's often worth sinking a shufflevector splat down to its use so that
5772/// codegen can spot all lanes are identical.
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +00005773bool CodeGenPrepare::optimizeShuffleVectorInst(ShuffleVectorInst *SVI) {
Tim Northoveraeb8e062014-02-19 10:02:43 +00005774 BasicBlock *DefBB = SVI->getParent();
5775
5776 // Only do this xform if variable vector shifts are particularly expensive.
5777 if (!TLI || !TLI->isVectorShiftByScalarCheap(SVI->getType()))
5778 return false;
5779
5780 // We only expect better codegen by sinking a shuffle if we can recognise a
5781 // constant splat.
5782 if (!isBroadcastShuffle(SVI))
5783 return false;
5784
5785 // InsertedShuffles - Only insert a shuffle in each block once.
5786 DenseMap<BasicBlock*, Instruction*> InsertedShuffles;
5787
5788 bool MadeChange = false;
Chandler Carruthcdf47882014-03-09 03:16:01 +00005789 for (User *U : SVI->users()) {
5790 Instruction *UI = cast<Instruction>(U);
Tim Northoveraeb8e062014-02-19 10:02:43 +00005791
5792 // Figure out which BB this ext is used in.
Chandler Carruthcdf47882014-03-09 03:16:01 +00005793 BasicBlock *UserBB = UI->getParent();
Tim Northoveraeb8e062014-02-19 10:02:43 +00005794 if (UserBB == DefBB) continue;
5795
5796 // For now only apply this when the splat is used by a shift instruction.
Chandler Carruthcdf47882014-03-09 03:16:01 +00005797 if (!UI->isShift()) continue;
Tim Northoveraeb8e062014-02-19 10:02:43 +00005798
5799 // Everything checks out, sink the shuffle if the user's block doesn't
5800 // already have a copy.
5801 Instruction *&InsertedShuffle = InsertedShuffles[UserBB];
5802
5803 if (!InsertedShuffle) {
5804 BasicBlock::iterator InsertPt = UserBB->getFirstInsertionPt();
Duncan P. N. Exon Smithd83547a2015-10-09 18:44:40 +00005805 assert(InsertPt != UserBB->end());
5806 InsertedShuffle =
5807 new ShuffleVectorInst(SVI->getOperand(0), SVI->getOperand(1),
5808 SVI->getOperand(2), "", &*InsertPt);
Tim Northoveraeb8e062014-02-19 10:02:43 +00005809 }
5810
Chandler Carruthcdf47882014-03-09 03:16:01 +00005811 UI->replaceUsesOfWith(SVI, InsertedShuffle);
Tim Northoveraeb8e062014-02-19 10:02:43 +00005812 MadeChange = true;
5813 }
5814
5815 // If we removed all uses, nuke the shuffle.
5816 if (SVI->use_empty()) {
5817 SVI->eraseFromParent();
5818 MadeChange = true;
5819 }
5820
5821 return MadeChange;
5822}
5823
Sanjay Patel0ed9aea2015-11-02 23:22:49 +00005824bool CodeGenPrepare::optimizeSwitchInst(SwitchInst *SI) {
5825 if (!TLI || !DL)
5826 return false;
5827
5828 Value *Cond = SI->getCondition();
5829 Type *OldType = Cond->getType();
5830 LLVMContext &Context = Cond->getContext();
5831 MVT RegType = TLI->getRegisterType(Context, TLI->getValueType(*DL, OldType));
5832 unsigned RegWidth = RegType.getSizeInBits();
5833
5834 if (RegWidth <= cast<IntegerType>(OldType)->getBitWidth())
5835 return false;
5836
5837 // If the register width is greater than the type width, expand the condition
5838 // of the switch instruction and each case constant to the width of the
5839 // register. By widening the type of the switch condition, subsequent
5840 // comparisons (for case comparisons) will not need to be extended to the
5841 // preferred register width, so we will potentially eliminate N-1 extends,
5842 // where N is the number of cases in the switch.
5843 auto *NewType = Type::getIntNTy(Context, RegWidth);
5844
5845 // Zero-extend the switch condition and case constants unless the switch
5846 // condition is a function argument that is already being sign-extended.
5847 // In that case, we can avoid an unnecessary mask/extension by sign-extending
5848 // everything instead.
5849 Instruction::CastOps ExtType = Instruction::ZExt;
5850 if (auto *Arg = dyn_cast<Argument>(Cond))
5851 if (Arg->hasSExtAttr())
5852 ExtType = Instruction::SExt;
5853
5854 auto *ExtInst = CastInst::Create(ExtType, Cond, NewType);
5855 ExtInst->insertBefore(SI);
5856 SI->setCondition(ExtInst);
Chandler Carruth927d8e62017-04-12 07:27:28 +00005857 for (auto Case : SI->cases()) {
Sanjay Patel0ed9aea2015-11-02 23:22:49 +00005858 APInt NarrowConst = Case.getCaseValue()->getValue();
5859 APInt WideConst = (ExtType == Instruction::ZExt) ?
5860 NarrowConst.zext(RegWidth) : NarrowConst.sext(RegWidth);
5861 Case.setValue(ConstantInt::get(Context, WideConst));
5862 }
5863
5864 return true;
5865}
5866
Zaara Syeda3a7578c2017-05-31 17:12:38 +00005867
Quentin Colombetc32615d2014-10-31 17:52:53 +00005868namespace {
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +00005869
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00005870/// Helper class to promote a scalar operation to a vector one.
Quentin Colombetc32615d2014-10-31 17:52:53 +00005871/// This class is used to move downward extractelement transition.
5872/// E.g.,
5873/// a = vector_op <2 x i32>
5874/// b = extractelement <2 x i32> a, i32 0
5875/// c = scalar_op b
5876/// store c
5877///
5878/// =>
5879/// a = vector_op <2 x i32>
5880/// c = vector_op a (equivalent to scalar_op on the related lane)
5881/// * d = extractelement <2 x i32> c, i32 0
5882/// * store d
5883/// Assuming both extractelement and store can be combine, we get rid of the
5884/// transition.
5885class VectorPromoteHelper {
Mehdi Amini44ede332015-07-09 02:09:04 +00005886 /// DataLayout associated with the current module.
5887 const DataLayout &DL;
5888
Quentin Colombetc32615d2014-10-31 17:52:53 +00005889 /// Used to perform some checks on the legality of vector operations.
5890 const TargetLowering &TLI;
5891
5892 /// Used to estimated the cost of the promoted chain.
5893 const TargetTransformInfo &TTI;
5894
5895 /// The transition being moved downwards.
5896 Instruction *Transition;
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +00005897
Quentin Colombetc32615d2014-10-31 17:52:53 +00005898 /// The sequence of instructions to be promoted.
5899 SmallVector<Instruction *, 4> InstsToBePromoted;
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +00005900
Quentin Colombetc32615d2014-10-31 17:52:53 +00005901 /// Cost of combining a store and an extract.
5902 unsigned StoreExtractCombineCost;
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +00005903
Quentin Colombetc32615d2014-10-31 17:52:53 +00005904 /// Instruction that will be combined with the transition.
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +00005905 Instruction *CombineInst = nullptr;
Quentin Colombetc32615d2014-10-31 17:52:53 +00005906
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00005907 /// The instruction that represents the current end of the transition.
Quentin Colombetc32615d2014-10-31 17:52:53 +00005908 /// Since we are faking the promotion until we reach the end of the chain
5909 /// of computation, we need a way to get the current end of the transition.
5910 Instruction *getEndOfTransition() const {
5911 if (InstsToBePromoted.empty())
5912 return Transition;
5913 return InstsToBePromoted.back();
5914 }
5915
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00005916 /// Return the index of the original value in the transition.
Quentin Colombetc32615d2014-10-31 17:52:53 +00005917 /// E.g., for "extractelement <2 x i32> c, i32 1" the original value,
5918 /// c, is at index 0.
5919 unsigned getTransitionOriginalValueIdx() const {
5920 assert(isa<ExtractElementInst>(Transition) &&
5921 "Other kind of transitions are not supported yet");
5922 return 0;
5923 }
5924
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00005925 /// Return the index of the index in the transition.
Quentin Colombetc32615d2014-10-31 17:52:53 +00005926 /// E.g., for "extractelement <2 x i32> c, i32 0" the index
5927 /// is at index 1.
5928 unsigned getTransitionIdx() const {
5929 assert(isa<ExtractElementInst>(Transition) &&
5930 "Other kind of transitions are not supported yet");
5931 return 1;
5932 }
5933
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00005934 /// Get the type of the transition.
Quentin Colombetc32615d2014-10-31 17:52:53 +00005935 /// This is the type of the original value.
5936 /// E.g., for "extractelement <2 x i32> c, i32 1" the type of the
5937 /// transition is <2 x i32>.
5938 Type *getTransitionType() const {
5939 return Transition->getOperand(getTransitionOriginalValueIdx())->getType();
5940 }
5941
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00005942 /// Promote \p ToBePromoted by moving \p Def downward through.
Quentin Colombetc32615d2014-10-31 17:52:53 +00005943 /// I.e., we have the following sequence:
5944 /// Def = Transition <ty1> a to <ty2>
5945 /// b = ToBePromoted <ty2> Def, ...
5946 /// =>
5947 /// b = ToBePromoted <ty1> a, ...
5948 /// Def = Transition <ty1> ToBePromoted to <ty2>
5949 void promoteImpl(Instruction *ToBePromoted);
5950
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00005951 /// Check whether or not it is profitable to promote all the
Quentin Colombetc32615d2014-10-31 17:52:53 +00005952 /// instructions enqueued to be promoted.
5953 bool isProfitableToPromote() {
5954 Value *ValIdx = Transition->getOperand(getTransitionOriginalValueIdx());
5955 unsigned Index = isa<ConstantInt>(ValIdx)
5956 ? cast<ConstantInt>(ValIdx)->getZExtValue()
5957 : -1;
5958 Type *PromotedType = getTransitionType();
5959
5960 StoreInst *ST = cast<StoreInst>(CombineInst);
5961 unsigned AS = ST->getPointerAddressSpace();
5962 unsigned Align = ST->getAlignment();
5963 // Check if this store is supported.
5964 if (!TLI.allowsMisalignedMemoryAccesses(
Mehdi Amini44ede332015-07-09 02:09:04 +00005965 TLI.getValueType(DL, ST->getValueOperand()->getType()), AS,
5966 Align)) {
Quentin Colombetc32615d2014-10-31 17:52:53 +00005967 // If this is not supported, there is no way we can combine
5968 // the extract with the store.
5969 return false;
5970 }
5971
5972 // The scalar chain of computation has to pay for the transition
5973 // scalar to vector.
5974 // The vector chain has to account for the combining cost.
5975 uint64_t ScalarCost =
5976 TTI.getVectorInstrCost(Transition->getOpcode(), PromotedType, Index);
5977 uint64_t VectorCost = StoreExtractCombineCost;
5978 for (const auto &Inst : InstsToBePromoted) {
5979 // Compute the cost.
5980 // By construction, all instructions being promoted are arithmetic ones.
5981 // Moreover, one argument is a constant that can be viewed as a splat
5982 // constant.
5983 Value *Arg0 = Inst->getOperand(0);
5984 bool IsArg0Constant = isa<UndefValue>(Arg0) || isa<ConstantInt>(Arg0) ||
5985 isa<ConstantFP>(Arg0);
5986 TargetTransformInfo::OperandValueKind Arg0OVK =
5987 IsArg0Constant ? TargetTransformInfo::OK_UniformConstantValue
5988 : TargetTransformInfo::OK_AnyValue;
5989 TargetTransformInfo::OperandValueKind Arg1OVK =
5990 !IsArg0Constant ? TargetTransformInfo::OK_UniformConstantValue
5991 : TargetTransformInfo::OK_AnyValue;
5992 ScalarCost += TTI.getArithmeticInstrCost(
5993 Inst->getOpcode(), Inst->getType(), Arg0OVK, Arg1OVK);
5994 VectorCost += TTI.getArithmeticInstrCost(Inst->getOpcode(), PromotedType,
5995 Arg0OVK, Arg1OVK);
5996 }
Nicola Zaghend34e60c2018-05-14 12:53:11 +00005997 LLVM_DEBUG(
5998 dbgs() << "Estimated cost of computation to be promoted:\nScalar: "
5999 << ScalarCost << "\nVector: " << VectorCost << '\n');
Quentin Colombetc32615d2014-10-31 17:52:53 +00006000 return ScalarCost > VectorCost;
6001 }
6002
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00006003 /// Generate a constant vector with \p Val with the same
Quentin Colombetc32615d2014-10-31 17:52:53 +00006004 /// number of elements as the transition.
6005 /// \p UseSplat defines whether or not \p Val should be replicated
Benjamin Kramerdf005cb2015-08-08 18:27:36 +00006006 /// across the whole vector.
Quentin Colombetc32615d2014-10-31 17:52:53 +00006007 /// In other words, if UseSplat == true, we generate <Val, Val, ..., Val>,
6008 /// otherwise we generate a vector with as many undef as possible:
6009 /// <undef, ..., undef, Val, undef, ..., undef> where \p Val is only
6010 /// used at the index of the extract.
6011 Value *getConstantVector(Constant *Val, bool UseSplat) const {
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +00006012 unsigned ExtractIdx = std::numeric_limits<unsigned>::max();
Quentin Colombetc32615d2014-10-31 17:52:53 +00006013 if (!UseSplat) {
6014 // If we cannot determine where the constant must be, we have to
6015 // use a splat constant.
6016 Value *ValExtractIdx = Transition->getOperand(getTransitionIdx());
6017 if (ConstantInt *CstVal = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(ValExtractIdx))
6018 ExtractIdx = CstVal->getSExtValue();
6019 else
6020 UseSplat = true;
6021 }
6022
6023 unsigned End = getTransitionType()->getVectorNumElements();
6024 if (UseSplat)
6025 return ConstantVector::getSplat(End, Val);
6026
6027 SmallVector<Constant *, 4> ConstVec;
6028 UndefValue *UndefVal = UndefValue::get(Val->getType());
6029 for (unsigned Idx = 0; Idx != End; ++Idx) {
6030 if (Idx == ExtractIdx)
6031 ConstVec.push_back(Val);
6032 else
6033 ConstVec.push_back(UndefVal);
6034 }
6035 return ConstantVector::get(ConstVec);
6036 }
6037
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00006038 /// Check if promoting to a vector type an operand at \p OperandIdx
Quentin Colombetc32615d2014-10-31 17:52:53 +00006039 /// in \p Use can trigger undefined behavior.
6040 static bool canCauseUndefinedBehavior(const Instruction *Use,
6041 unsigned OperandIdx) {
6042 // This is not safe to introduce undef when the operand is on
6043 // the right hand side of a division-like instruction.
6044 if (OperandIdx != 1)
6045 return false;
6046 switch (Use->getOpcode()) {
6047 default:
6048 return false;
6049 case Instruction::SDiv:
6050 case Instruction::UDiv:
6051 case Instruction::SRem:
6052 case Instruction::URem:
6053 return true;
6054 case Instruction::FDiv:
6055 case Instruction::FRem:
6056 return !Use->hasNoNaNs();
6057 }
6058 llvm_unreachable(nullptr);
6059 }
6060
6061public:
Mehdi Amini44ede332015-07-09 02:09:04 +00006062 VectorPromoteHelper(const DataLayout &DL, const TargetLowering &TLI,
6063 const TargetTransformInfo &TTI, Instruction *Transition,
6064 unsigned CombineCost)
6065 : DL(DL), TLI(TLI), TTI(TTI), Transition(Transition),
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +00006066 StoreExtractCombineCost(CombineCost) {
Quentin Colombetc32615d2014-10-31 17:52:53 +00006067 assert(Transition && "Do not know how to promote null");
6068 }
6069
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00006070 /// Check if we can promote \p ToBePromoted to \p Type.
Quentin Colombetc32615d2014-10-31 17:52:53 +00006071 bool canPromote(const Instruction *ToBePromoted) const {
6072 // We could support CastInst too.
6073 return isa<BinaryOperator>(ToBePromoted);
6074 }
6075
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00006076 /// Check if it is profitable to promote \p ToBePromoted
Quentin Colombetc32615d2014-10-31 17:52:53 +00006077 /// by moving downward the transition through.
6078 bool shouldPromote(const Instruction *ToBePromoted) const {
6079 // Promote only if all the operands can be statically expanded.
6080 // Indeed, we do not want to introduce any new kind of transitions.
6081 for (const Use &U : ToBePromoted->operands()) {
6082 const Value *Val = U.get();
6083 if (Val == getEndOfTransition()) {
6084 // If the use is a division and the transition is on the rhs,
6085 // we cannot promote the operation, otherwise we may create a
6086 // division by zero.
6087 if (canCauseUndefinedBehavior(ToBePromoted, U.getOperandNo()))
6088 return false;
6089 continue;
6090 }
6091 if (!isa<ConstantInt>(Val) && !isa<UndefValue>(Val) &&
6092 !isa<ConstantFP>(Val))
6093 return false;
6094 }
6095 // Check that the resulting operation is legal.
6096 int ISDOpcode = TLI.InstructionOpcodeToISD(ToBePromoted->getOpcode());
6097 if (!ISDOpcode)
6098 return false;
6099 return StressStoreExtract ||
Ahmed Bougacha026600d2014-11-12 23:05:03 +00006100 TLI.isOperationLegalOrCustom(
Mehdi Amini44ede332015-07-09 02:09:04 +00006101 ISDOpcode, TLI.getValueType(DL, getTransitionType(), true));
Quentin Colombetc32615d2014-10-31 17:52:53 +00006102 }
6103
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00006104 /// Check whether or not \p Use can be combined
Quentin Colombetc32615d2014-10-31 17:52:53 +00006105 /// with the transition.
6106 /// I.e., is it possible to do Use(Transition) => AnotherUse?
6107 bool canCombine(const Instruction *Use) { return isa<StoreInst>(Use); }
6108
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00006109 /// Record \p ToBePromoted as part of the chain to be promoted.
Quentin Colombetc32615d2014-10-31 17:52:53 +00006110 void enqueueForPromotion(Instruction *ToBePromoted) {
6111 InstsToBePromoted.push_back(ToBePromoted);
6112 }
6113
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00006114 /// Set the instruction that will be combined with the transition.
Quentin Colombetc32615d2014-10-31 17:52:53 +00006115 void recordCombineInstruction(Instruction *ToBeCombined) {
6116 assert(canCombine(ToBeCombined) && "Unsupported instruction to combine");
6117 CombineInst = ToBeCombined;
6118 }
6119
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00006120 /// Promote all the instructions enqueued for promotion if it is
Quentin Colombetc32615d2014-10-31 17:52:53 +00006121 /// is profitable.
6122 /// \return True if the promotion happened, false otherwise.
6123 bool promote() {
6124 // Check if there is something to promote.
6125 // Right now, if we do not have anything to combine with,
6126 // we assume the promotion is not profitable.
6127 if (InstsToBePromoted.empty() || !CombineInst)
6128 return false;
6129
6130 // Check cost.
6131 if (!StressStoreExtract && !isProfitableToPromote())
6132 return false;
6133
6134 // Promote.
6135 for (auto &ToBePromoted : InstsToBePromoted)
6136 promoteImpl(ToBePromoted);
6137 InstsToBePromoted.clear();
6138 return true;
6139 }
6140};
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +00006141
6142} // end anonymous namespace
Quentin Colombetc32615d2014-10-31 17:52:53 +00006143
6144void VectorPromoteHelper::promoteImpl(Instruction *ToBePromoted) {
6145 // At this point, we know that all the operands of ToBePromoted but Def
6146 // can be statically promoted.
6147 // For Def, we need to use its parameter in ToBePromoted:
6148 // b = ToBePromoted ty1 a
6149 // Def = Transition ty1 b to ty2
6150 // Move the transition down.
6151 // 1. Replace all uses of the promoted operation by the transition.
6152 // = ... b => = ... Def.
6153 assert(ToBePromoted->getType() == Transition->getType() &&
6154 "The type of the result of the transition does not match "
6155 "the final type");
6156 ToBePromoted->replaceAllUsesWith(Transition);
6157 // 2. Update the type of the uses.
6158 // b = ToBePromoted ty2 Def => b = ToBePromoted ty1 Def.
6159 Type *TransitionTy = getTransitionType();
6160 ToBePromoted->mutateType(TransitionTy);
6161 // 3. Update all the operands of the promoted operation with promoted
6162 // operands.
6163 // b = ToBePromoted ty1 Def => b = ToBePromoted ty1 a.
6164 for (Use &U : ToBePromoted->operands()) {
6165 Value *Val = U.get();
6166 Value *NewVal = nullptr;
6167 if (Val == Transition)
6168 NewVal = Transition->getOperand(getTransitionOriginalValueIdx());
6169 else if (isa<UndefValue>(Val) || isa<ConstantInt>(Val) ||
6170 isa<ConstantFP>(Val)) {
6171 // Use a splat constant if it is not safe to use undef.
6172 NewVal = getConstantVector(
6173 cast<Constant>(Val),
6174 isa<UndefValue>(Val) ||
6175 canCauseUndefinedBehavior(ToBePromoted, U.getOperandNo()));
6176 } else
Craig Topperd3c02f12015-01-05 10:15:49 +00006177 llvm_unreachable("Did you modified shouldPromote and forgot to update "
6178 "this?");
Quentin Colombetc32615d2014-10-31 17:52:53 +00006179 ToBePromoted->setOperand(U.getOperandNo(), NewVal);
6180 }
Sanjay Patel674d2c22017-08-29 14:07:48 +00006181 Transition->moveAfter(ToBePromoted);
Quentin Colombetc32615d2014-10-31 17:52:53 +00006182 Transition->setOperand(getTransitionOriginalValueIdx(), ToBePromoted);
6183}
6184
6185/// Some targets can do store(extractelement) with one instruction.
6186/// Try to push the extractelement towards the stores when the target
6187/// has this feature and this is profitable.
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +00006188bool CodeGenPrepare::optimizeExtractElementInst(Instruction *Inst) {
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +00006189 unsigned CombineCost = std::numeric_limits<unsigned>::max();
Quentin Colombetc32615d2014-10-31 17:52:53 +00006190 if (DisableStoreExtract || !TLI ||
6191 (!StressStoreExtract &&
6192 !TLI->canCombineStoreAndExtract(Inst->getOperand(0)->getType(),
6193 Inst->getOperand(1), CombineCost)))
6194 return false;
6195
6196 // At this point we know that Inst is a vector to scalar transition.
6197 // Try to move it down the def-use chain, until:
6198 // - We can combine the transition with its single use
6199 // => we got rid of the transition.
6200 // - We escape the current basic block
6201 // => we would need to check that we are moving it at a cheaper place and
6202 // we do not do that for now.
6203 BasicBlock *Parent = Inst->getParent();
Nicola Zaghend34e60c2018-05-14 12:53:11 +00006204 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "Found an interesting transition: " << *Inst << '\n');
Mehdi Amini44ede332015-07-09 02:09:04 +00006205 VectorPromoteHelper VPH(*DL, *TLI, *TTI, Inst, CombineCost);
Quentin Colombetc32615d2014-10-31 17:52:53 +00006206 // If the transition has more than one use, assume this is not going to be
6207 // beneficial.
6208 while (Inst->hasOneUse()) {
6209 Instruction *ToBePromoted = cast<Instruction>(*Inst->user_begin());
Nicola Zaghend34e60c2018-05-14 12:53:11 +00006210 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "Use: " << *ToBePromoted << '\n');
Quentin Colombetc32615d2014-10-31 17:52:53 +00006211
6212 if (ToBePromoted->getParent() != Parent) {
Nicola Zaghend34e60c2018-05-14 12:53:11 +00006213 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "Instruction to promote is in a different block ("
6214 << ToBePromoted->getParent()->getName()
6215 << ") than the transition (" << Parent->getName()
6216 << ").\n");
Quentin Colombetc32615d2014-10-31 17:52:53 +00006217 return false;
6218 }
6219
6220 if (VPH.canCombine(ToBePromoted)) {
Nicola Zaghend34e60c2018-05-14 12:53:11 +00006221 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "Assume " << *Inst << '\n'
6222 << "will be combined with: " << *ToBePromoted << '\n');
Quentin Colombetc32615d2014-10-31 17:52:53 +00006223 VPH.recordCombineInstruction(ToBePromoted);
6224 bool Changed = VPH.promote();
6225 NumStoreExtractExposed += Changed;
6226 return Changed;
6227 }
6228
Nicola Zaghend34e60c2018-05-14 12:53:11 +00006229 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "Try promoting.\n");
Quentin Colombetc32615d2014-10-31 17:52:53 +00006230 if (!VPH.canPromote(ToBePromoted) || !VPH.shouldPromote(ToBePromoted))
6231 return false;
6232
Nicola Zaghend34e60c2018-05-14 12:53:11 +00006233 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "Promoting is possible... Enqueue for promotion!\n");
Quentin Colombetc32615d2014-10-31 17:52:53 +00006234
6235 VPH.enqueueForPromotion(ToBePromoted);
6236 Inst = ToBePromoted;
6237 }
6238 return false;
6239}
6240
Wei Mia2f0b592016-12-22 19:44:45 +00006241/// For the instruction sequence of store below, F and I values
6242/// are bundled together as an i64 value before being stored into memory.
Hiroshi Inouec73b6d62018-06-20 05:29:26 +00006243/// Sometimes it is more efficient to generate separate stores for F and I,
Wei Mia2f0b592016-12-22 19:44:45 +00006244/// which can remove the bitwise instructions or sink them to colder places.
6245///
6246/// (store (or (zext (bitcast F to i32) to i64),
6247/// (shl (zext I to i64), 32)), addr) -->
6248/// (store F, addr) and (store I, addr+4)
6249///
6250/// Similarly, splitting for other merged store can also be beneficial, like:
6251/// For pair of {i32, i32}, i64 store --> two i32 stores.
6252/// For pair of {i32, i16}, i64 store --> two i32 stores.
6253/// For pair of {i16, i16}, i32 store --> two i16 stores.
6254/// For pair of {i16, i8}, i32 store --> two i16 stores.
6255/// For pair of {i8, i8}, i16 store --> two i8 stores.
6256///
6257/// We allow each target to determine specifically which kind of splitting is
6258/// supported.
6259///
6260/// The store patterns are commonly seen from the simple code snippet below
6261/// if only std::make_pair(...) is sroa transformed before inlined into hoo.
6262/// void goo(const std::pair<int, float> &);
6263/// hoo() {
6264/// ...
6265/// goo(std::make_pair(tmp, ftmp));
6266/// ...
6267/// }
6268///
6269/// Although we already have similar splitting in DAG Combine, we duplicate
6270/// it in CodeGenPrepare to catch the case in which pattern is across
6271/// multiple BBs. The logic in DAG Combine is kept to catch case generated
6272/// during code expansion.
6273static bool splitMergedValStore(StoreInst &SI, const DataLayout &DL,
6274 const TargetLowering &TLI) {
6275 // Handle simple but common cases only.
6276 Type *StoreType = SI.getValueOperand()->getType();
6277 if (DL.getTypeStoreSizeInBits(StoreType) != DL.getTypeSizeInBits(StoreType) ||
6278 DL.getTypeSizeInBits(StoreType) == 0)
6279 return false;
6280
6281 unsigned HalfValBitSize = DL.getTypeSizeInBits(StoreType) / 2;
6282 Type *SplitStoreType = Type::getIntNTy(SI.getContext(), HalfValBitSize);
6283 if (DL.getTypeStoreSizeInBits(SplitStoreType) !=
6284 DL.getTypeSizeInBits(SplitStoreType))
6285 return false;
6286
6287 // Match the following patterns:
6288 // (store (or (zext LValue to i64),
6289 // (shl (zext HValue to i64), 32)), HalfValBitSize)
6290 // or
6291 // (store (or (shl (zext HValue to i64), 32)), HalfValBitSize)
6292 // (zext LValue to i64),
6293 // Expect both operands of OR and the first operand of SHL have only
6294 // one use.
6295 Value *LValue, *HValue;
6296 if (!match(SI.getValueOperand(),
6297 m_c_Or(m_OneUse(m_ZExt(m_Value(LValue))),
6298 m_OneUse(m_Shl(m_OneUse(m_ZExt(m_Value(HValue))),
6299 m_SpecificInt(HalfValBitSize))))))
6300 return false;
6301
6302 // Check LValue and HValue are int with size less or equal than 32.
6303 if (!LValue->getType()->isIntegerTy() ||
6304 DL.getTypeSizeInBits(LValue->getType()) > HalfValBitSize ||
6305 !HValue->getType()->isIntegerTy() ||
6306 DL.getTypeSizeInBits(HValue->getType()) > HalfValBitSize)
6307 return false;
6308
6309 // If LValue/HValue is a bitcast instruction, use the EVT before bitcast
6310 // as the input of target query.
6311 auto *LBC = dyn_cast<BitCastInst>(LValue);
6312 auto *HBC = dyn_cast<BitCastInst>(HValue);
6313 EVT LowTy = LBC ? EVT::getEVT(LBC->getOperand(0)->getType())
6314 : EVT::getEVT(LValue->getType());
6315 EVT HighTy = HBC ? EVT::getEVT(HBC->getOperand(0)->getType())
6316 : EVT::getEVT(HValue->getType());
6317 if (!ForceSplitStore && !TLI.isMultiStoresCheaperThanBitsMerge(LowTy, HighTy))
6318 return false;
6319
6320 // Start to split store.
6321 IRBuilder<> Builder(SI.getContext());
6322 Builder.SetInsertPoint(&SI);
6323
6324 // If LValue/HValue is a bitcast in another BB, create a new one in current
6325 // BB so it may be merged with the splitted stores by dag combiner.
6326 if (LBC && LBC->getParent() != SI.getParent())
6327 LValue = Builder.CreateBitCast(LBC->getOperand(0), LBC->getType());
6328 if (HBC && HBC->getParent() != SI.getParent())
6329 HValue = Builder.CreateBitCast(HBC->getOperand(0), HBC->getType());
6330
Jonas Paulsson5612bb22018-03-13 08:36:20 +00006331 bool IsLE = SI.getModule()->getDataLayout().isLittleEndian();
Wei Mia2f0b592016-12-22 19:44:45 +00006332 auto CreateSplitStore = [&](Value *V, bool Upper) {
6333 V = Builder.CreateZExtOrBitCast(V, SplitStoreType);
6334 Value *Addr = Builder.CreateBitCast(
6335 SI.getOperand(1),
6336 SplitStoreType->getPointerTo(SI.getPointerAddressSpace()));
Jonas Paulsson5612bb22018-03-13 08:36:20 +00006337 if ((IsLE && Upper) || (!IsLE && !Upper))
Wei Mia2f0b592016-12-22 19:44:45 +00006338 Addr = Builder.CreateGEP(
6339 SplitStoreType, Addr,
6340 ConstantInt::get(Type::getInt32Ty(SI.getContext()), 1));
6341 Builder.CreateAlignedStore(
6342 V, Addr, Upper ? SI.getAlignment() / 2 : SI.getAlignment());
6343 };
6344
6345 CreateSplitStore(LValue, false);
6346 CreateSplitStore(HValue, true);
6347
6348 // Delete the old store.
6349 SI.eraseFromParent();
6350 return true;
6351}
6352
Hiroshi Yamauchi93644322017-09-11 17:52:08 +00006353// Return true if the GEP has two operands, the first operand is of a sequential
6354// type, and the second operand is a constant.
6355static bool GEPSequentialConstIndexed(GetElementPtrInst *GEP) {
6356 gep_type_iterator I = gep_type_begin(*GEP);
6357 return GEP->getNumOperands() == 2 &&
6358 I.isSequential() &&
6359 isa<ConstantInt>(GEP->getOperand(1));
6360}
6361
6362// Try unmerging GEPs to reduce liveness interference (register pressure) across
6363// IndirectBr edges. Since IndirectBr edges tend to touch on many blocks,
6364// reducing liveness interference across those edges benefits global register
6365// allocation. Currently handles only certain cases.
6366//
6367// For example, unmerge %GEPI and %UGEPI as below.
6368//
6369// ---------- BEFORE ----------
6370// SrcBlock:
6371// ...
6372// %GEPIOp = ...
6373// ...
6374// %GEPI = gep %GEPIOp, Idx
6375// ...
6376// indirectbr ... [ label %DstB0, label %DstB1, ... label %DstBi ... ]
6377// (* %GEPI is alive on the indirectbr edges due to other uses ahead)
6378// (* %GEPIOp is alive on the indirectbr edges only because of it's used by
6379// %UGEPI)
6380//
6381// DstB0: ... (there may be a gep similar to %UGEPI to be unmerged)
6382// DstB1: ... (there may be a gep similar to %UGEPI to be unmerged)
6383// ...
6384//
6385// DstBi:
6386// ...
6387// %UGEPI = gep %GEPIOp, UIdx
6388// ...
6389// ---------------------------
6390//
6391// ---------- AFTER ----------
6392// SrcBlock:
6393// ... (same as above)
6394// (* %GEPI is still alive on the indirectbr edges)
6395// (* %GEPIOp is no longer alive on the indirectbr edges as a result of the
6396// unmerging)
6397// ...
6398//
6399// DstBi:
6400// ...
6401// %UGEPI = gep %GEPI, (UIdx-Idx)
6402// ...
6403// ---------------------------
6404//
6405// The register pressure on the IndirectBr edges is reduced because %GEPIOp is
6406// no longer alive on them.
6407//
6408// We try to unmerge GEPs here in CodGenPrepare, as opposed to limiting merging
6409// of GEPs in the first place in InstCombiner::visitGetElementPtrInst() so as
6410// not to disable further simplications and optimizations as a result of GEP
6411// merging.
6412//
6413// Note this unmerging may increase the length of the data flow critical path
6414// (the path from %GEPIOp to %UGEPI would go through %GEPI), which is a tradeoff
6415// between the register pressure and the length of data-flow critical
6416// path. Restricting this to the uncommon IndirectBr case would minimize the
6417// impact of potentially longer critical path, if any, and the impact on compile
6418// time.
6419static bool tryUnmergingGEPsAcrossIndirectBr(GetElementPtrInst *GEPI,
6420 const TargetTransformInfo *TTI) {
6421 BasicBlock *SrcBlock = GEPI->getParent();
6422 // Check that SrcBlock ends with an IndirectBr. If not, give up. The common
6423 // (non-IndirectBr) cases exit early here.
6424 if (!isa<IndirectBrInst>(SrcBlock->getTerminator()))
6425 return false;
6426 // Check that GEPI is a simple gep with a single constant index.
6427 if (!GEPSequentialConstIndexed(GEPI))
6428 return false;
6429 ConstantInt *GEPIIdx = cast<ConstantInt>(GEPI->getOperand(1));
6430 // Check that GEPI is a cheap one.
6431 if (TTI->getIntImmCost(GEPIIdx->getValue(), GEPIIdx->getType())
6432 > TargetTransformInfo::TCC_Basic)
6433 return false;
6434 Value *GEPIOp = GEPI->getOperand(0);
6435 // Check that GEPIOp is an instruction that's also defined in SrcBlock.
6436 if (!isa<Instruction>(GEPIOp))
6437 return false;
6438 auto *GEPIOpI = cast<Instruction>(GEPIOp);
6439 if (GEPIOpI->getParent() != SrcBlock)
6440 return false;
6441 // Check that GEP is used outside the block, meaning it's alive on the
6442 // IndirectBr edge(s).
6443 if (find_if(GEPI->users(), [&](User *Usr) {
6444 if (auto *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(Usr)) {
6445 if (I->getParent() != SrcBlock) {
6446 return true;
6447 }
6448 }
6449 return false;
6450 }) == GEPI->users().end())
6451 return false;
6452 // The second elements of the GEP chains to be unmerged.
6453 std::vector<GetElementPtrInst *> UGEPIs;
6454 // Check each user of GEPIOp to check if unmerging would make GEPIOp not alive
6455 // on IndirectBr edges.
6456 for (User *Usr : GEPIOp->users()) {
6457 if (Usr == GEPI) continue;
6458 // Check if Usr is an Instruction. If not, give up.
6459 if (!isa<Instruction>(Usr))
6460 return false;
6461 auto *UI = cast<Instruction>(Usr);
6462 // Check if Usr in the same block as GEPIOp, which is fine, skip.
6463 if (UI->getParent() == SrcBlock)
6464 continue;
6465 // Check if Usr is a GEP. If not, give up.
6466 if (!isa<GetElementPtrInst>(Usr))
6467 return false;
6468 auto *UGEPI = cast<GetElementPtrInst>(Usr);
6469 // Check if UGEPI is a simple gep with a single constant index and GEPIOp is
6470 // the pointer operand to it. If so, record it in the vector. If not, give
6471 // up.
6472 if (!GEPSequentialConstIndexed(UGEPI))
6473 return false;
6474 if (UGEPI->getOperand(0) != GEPIOp)
6475 return false;
6476 if (GEPIIdx->getType() !=
6477 cast<ConstantInt>(UGEPI->getOperand(1))->getType())
6478 return false;
6479 ConstantInt *UGEPIIdx = cast<ConstantInt>(UGEPI->getOperand(1));
6480 if (TTI->getIntImmCost(UGEPIIdx->getValue(), UGEPIIdx->getType())
6481 > TargetTransformInfo::TCC_Basic)
6482 return false;
6483 UGEPIs.push_back(UGEPI);
6484 }
6485 if (UGEPIs.size() == 0)
6486 return false;
6487 // Check the materializing cost of (Uidx-Idx).
6488 for (GetElementPtrInst *UGEPI : UGEPIs) {
6489 ConstantInt *UGEPIIdx = cast<ConstantInt>(UGEPI->getOperand(1));
6490 APInt NewIdx = UGEPIIdx->getValue() - GEPIIdx->getValue();
6491 unsigned ImmCost = TTI->getIntImmCost(NewIdx, GEPIIdx->getType());
6492 if (ImmCost > TargetTransformInfo::TCC_Basic)
6493 return false;
6494 }
6495 // Now unmerge between GEPI and UGEPIs.
6496 for (GetElementPtrInst *UGEPI : UGEPIs) {
6497 UGEPI->setOperand(0, GEPI);
6498 ConstantInt *UGEPIIdx = cast<ConstantInt>(UGEPI->getOperand(1));
6499 Constant *NewUGEPIIdx =
6500 ConstantInt::get(GEPIIdx->getType(),
6501 UGEPIIdx->getValue() - GEPIIdx->getValue());
6502 UGEPI->setOperand(1, NewUGEPIIdx);
6503 // If GEPI is not inbounds but UGEPI is inbounds, change UGEPI to not
6504 // inbounds to avoid UB.
6505 if (!GEPI->isInBounds()) {
6506 UGEPI->setIsInBounds(false);
6507 }
6508 }
6509 // After unmerging, verify that GEPIOp is actually only used in SrcBlock (not
6510 // alive on IndirectBr edges).
6511 assert(find_if(GEPIOp->users(), [&](User *Usr) {
6512 return cast<Instruction>(Usr)->getParent() != SrcBlock;
6513 }) == GEPIOp->users().end() && "GEPIOp is used outside SrcBlock");
6514 return true;
6515}
6516
Sanjay Patel3b8974b2017-06-08 20:00:09 +00006517bool CodeGenPrepare::optimizeInst(Instruction *I, bool &ModifiedDT) {
Ahmed Bougachaf3299142015-06-17 20:44:32 +00006518 // Bail out if we inserted the instruction to prevent optimizations from
6519 // stepping on each other's toes.
6520 if (InsertedInsts.count(I))
6521 return false;
6522
Cameron Zwarich14ac8652011-01-06 02:37:26 +00006523 if (PHINode *P = dyn_cast<PHINode>(I)) {
6524 // It is possible for very late stage optimizations (such as SimplifyCFG)
6525 // to introduce PHI nodes too late to be cleaned up. If we detect such a
6526 // trivial PHI, go ahead and zap it here.
Daniel Berlin4d0fe642017-04-28 19:55:38 +00006527 if (Value *V = SimplifyInstruction(P, {*DL, TLInfo})) {
Cameron Zwarich14ac8652011-01-06 02:37:26 +00006528 P->replaceAllUsesWith(V);
6529 P->eraseFromParent();
6530 ++NumPHIsElim;
Chris Lattneree588de2011-01-15 07:29:01 +00006531 return true;
Cameron Zwarich14ac8652011-01-06 02:37:26 +00006532 }
Chris Lattneree588de2011-01-15 07:29:01 +00006533 return false;
6534 }
Nadav Rotem465834c2012-07-24 10:51:42 +00006535
Chris Lattneree588de2011-01-15 07:29:01 +00006536 if (CastInst *CI = dyn_cast<CastInst>(I)) {
Cameron Zwarich14ac8652011-01-06 02:37:26 +00006537 // If the source of the cast is a constant, then this should have
6538 // already been constant folded. The only reason NOT to constant fold
6539 // it is if something (e.g. LSR) was careful to place the constant
6540 // evaluation in a block other than then one that uses it (e.g. to hoist
6541 // the address of globals out of a loop). If this is the case, we don't
6542 // want to forward-subst the cast.
6543 if (isa<Constant>(CI->getOperand(0)))
6544 return false;
6545
Mehdi Amini44ede332015-07-09 02:09:04 +00006546 if (TLI && OptimizeNoopCopyExpression(CI, *TLI, *DL))
Chris Lattneree588de2011-01-15 07:29:01 +00006547 return true;
Cameron Zwarich14ac8652011-01-06 02:37:26 +00006548
Chris Lattneree588de2011-01-15 07:29:01 +00006549 if (isa<ZExtInst>(I) || isa<SExtInst>(I)) {
Manuel Jacoba7c48f92014-03-13 13:36:25 +00006550 /// Sink a zext or sext into its user blocks if the target type doesn't
6551 /// fit in one register
Mehdi Amini44ede332015-07-09 02:09:04 +00006552 if (TLI &&
6553 TLI->getTypeAction(CI->getContext(),
6554 TLI->getValueType(*DL, CI->getType())) ==
6555 TargetLowering::TypeExpandInteger) {
Manuel Jacoba7c48f92014-03-13 13:36:25 +00006556 return SinkCast(CI);
6557 } else {
Jun Bum Limdee55652017-04-03 19:20:07 +00006558 bool MadeChange = optimizeExt(I);
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +00006559 return MadeChange | optimizeExtUses(I);
Manuel Jacoba7c48f92014-03-13 13:36:25 +00006560 }
Cameron Zwarich14ac8652011-01-06 02:37:26 +00006561 }
Chris Lattneree588de2011-01-15 07:29:01 +00006562 return false;
6563 }
Nadav Rotem465834c2012-07-24 10:51:42 +00006564
Chris Lattneree588de2011-01-15 07:29:01 +00006565 if (CmpInst *CI = dyn_cast<CmpInst>(I))
Hal Finkeldecb0242014-01-02 21:13:43 +00006566 if (!TLI || !TLI->hasMultipleConditionRegisters())
Peter Zotovf87e5502016-04-03 17:11:53 +00006567 return OptimizeCmpExpression(CI, TLI);
Nadav Rotem465834c2012-07-24 10:51:42 +00006568
Chris Lattneree588de2011-01-15 07:29:01 +00006569 if (LoadInst *LI = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(I)) {
Sanjoy Das00757272016-12-16 20:29:39 +00006570 LI->setMetadata(LLVMContext::MD_invariant_group, nullptr);
Matt Arsenaultf72b49b2015-06-04 16:17:38 +00006571 if (TLI) {
Geoff Berry5256fca2015-11-20 22:34:39 +00006572 bool Modified = optimizeLoadExt(LI);
Matt Arsenaultf72b49b2015-06-04 16:17:38 +00006573 unsigned AS = LI->getPointerAddressSpace();
Geoff Berry5256fca2015-11-20 22:34:39 +00006574 Modified |= optimizeMemoryInst(I, I->getOperand(0), LI->getType(), AS);
6575 return Modified;
Matt Arsenaultf72b49b2015-06-04 16:17:38 +00006576 }
Hans Wennborgf3254832012-10-30 11:23:25 +00006577 return false;
Chris Lattneree588de2011-01-15 07:29:01 +00006578 }
Nadav Rotem465834c2012-07-24 10:51:42 +00006579
Chris Lattneree588de2011-01-15 07:29:01 +00006580 if (StoreInst *SI = dyn_cast<StoreInst>(I)) {
Wei Mia2f0b592016-12-22 19:44:45 +00006581 if (TLI && splitMergedValStore(*SI, *DL, *TLI))
6582 return true;
Sanjoy Das00757272016-12-16 20:29:39 +00006583 SI->setMetadata(LLVMContext::MD_invariant_group, nullptr);
Matt Arsenaultf72b49b2015-06-04 16:17:38 +00006584 if (TLI) {
6585 unsigned AS = SI->getPointerAddressSpace();
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +00006586 return optimizeMemoryInst(I, SI->getOperand(1),
Matt Arsenaultf72b49b2015-06-04 16:17:38 +00006587 SI->getOperand(0)->getType(), AS);
6588 }
Chris Lattneree588de2011-01-15 07:29:01 +00006589 return false;
6590 }
Nadav Rotem465834c2012-07-24 10:51:42 +00006591
Matt Arsenault02d915b2017-03-15 22:35:20 +00006592 if (AtomicRMWInst *RMW = dyn_cast<AtomicRMWInst>(I)) {
6593 unsigned AS = RMW->getPointerAddressSpace();
6594 return optimizeMemoryInst(I, RMW->getPointerOperand(),
6595 RMW->getType(), AS);
6596 }
6597
6598 if (AtomicCmpXchgInst *CmpX = dyn_cast<AtomicCmpXchgInst>(I)) {
6599 unsigned AS = CmpX->getPointerAddressSpace();
6600 return optimizeMemoryInst(I, CmpX->getPointerOperand(),
6601 CmpX->getCompareOperand()->getType(), AS);
6602 }
6603
Yi Jiangd069f632014-04-21 19:34:27 +00006604 BinaryOperator *BinOp = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(I);
6605
Geoff Berry5d534b62017-02-21 18:53:14 +00006606 if (BinOp && (BinOp->getOpcode() == Instruction::And) &&
6607 EnableAndCmpSinking && TLI)
6608 return sinkAndCmp0Expression(BinOp, *TLI, InsertedInsts);
6609
Yi Jiangd069f632014-04-21 19:34:27 +00006610 if (BinOp && (BinOp->getOpcode() == Instruction::AShr ||
6611 BinOp->getOpcode() == Instruction::LShr)) {
6612 ConstantInt *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(BinOp->getOperand(1));
6613 if (TLI && CI && TLI->hasExtractBitsInsn())
Mehdi Amini44ede332015-07-09 02:09:04 +00006614 return OptimizeExtractBits(BinOp, CI, *TLI, *DL);
Yi Jiangd069f632014-04-21 19:34:27 +00006615
6616 return false;
6617 }
6618
Chris Lattneree588de2011-01-15 07:29:01 +00006619 if (GetElementPtrInst *GEPI = dyn_cast<GetElementPtrInst>(I)) {
Cameron Zwarichd28c78e2011-01-06 02:44:52 +00006620 if (GEPI->hasAllZeroIndices()) {
6621 /// The GEP operand must be a pointer, so must its result -> BitCast
6622 Instruction *NC = new BitCastInst(GEPI->getOperand(0), GEPI->getType(),
6623 GEPI->getName(), GEPI);
Vedant Kumar40399a22018-05-24 23:00:21 +00006624 NC->setDebugLoc(GEPI->getDebugLoc());
Cameron Zwarichd28c78e2011-01-06 02:44:52 +00006625 GEPI->replaceAllUsesWith(NC);
6626 GEPI->eraseFromParent();
6627 ++NumGEPsElim;
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +00006628 optimizeInst(NC, ModifiedDT);
Chris Lattneree588de2011-01-15 07:29:01 +00006629 return true;
Cameron Zwarichd28c78e2011-01-06 02:44:52 +00006630 }
Hiroshi Yamauchi93644322017-09-11 17:52:08 +00006631 if (tryUnmergingGEPsAcrossIndirectBr(GEPI, TTI)) {
6632 return true;
6633 }
Chris Lattneree588de2011-01-15 07:29:01 +00006634 return false;
Cameron Zwarich14ac8652011-01-06 02:37:26 +00006635 }
Nadav Rotem465834c2012-07-24 10:51:42 +00006636
Chris Lattneree588de2011-01-15 07:29:01 +00006637 if (CallInst *CI = dyn_cast<CallInst>(I))
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +00006638 return optimizeCallInst(CI, ModifiedDT);
Cameron Zwarich14ac8652011-01-06 02:37:26 +00006639
Benjamin Kramer047d7ca2012-05-05 12:49:22 +00006640 if (SelectInst *SI = dyn_cast<SelectInst>(I))
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +00006641 return optimizeSelectInst(SI);
Benjamin Kramer047d7ca2012-05-05 12:49:22 +00006642
Tim Northoveraeb8e062014-02-19 10:02:43 +00006643 if (ShuffleVectorInst *SVI = dyn_cast<ShuffleVectorInst>(I))
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +00006644 return optimizeShuffleVectorInst(SVI);
Tim Northoveraeb8e062014-02-19 10:02:43 +00006645
Sanjay Patel0ed9aea2015-11-02 23:22:49 +00006646 if (auto *Switch = dyn_cast<SwitchInst>(I))
6647 return optimizeSwitchInst(Switch);
6648
Quentin Colombetc32615d2014-10-31 17:52:53 +00006649 if (isa<ExtractElementInst>(I))
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +00006650 return optimizeExtractElementInst(I);
Quentin Colombetc32615d2014-10-31 17:52:53 +00006651
Chris Lattneree588de2011-01-15 07:29:01 +00006652 return false;
Cameron Zwarich14ac8652011-01-06 02:37:26 +00006653}
6654
James Molloyf01488e2016-01-15 09:20:19 +00006655/// Given an OR instruction, check to see if this is a bitreverse
6656/// idiom. If so, insert the new intrinsic and return true.
6657static bool makeBitReverse(Instruction &I, const DataLayout &DL,
6658 const TargetLowering &TLI) {
6659 if (!I.getType()->isIntegerTy() ||
6660 !TLI.isOperationLegalOrCustom(ISD::BITREVERSE,
6661 TLI.getValueType(DL, I.getType(), true)))
6662 return false;
6663
6664 SmallVector<Instruction*, 4> Insts;
Chad Rosiera00df492016-05-25 16:22:14 +00006665 if (!recognizeBSwapOrBitReverseIdiom(&I, false, true, Insts))
James Molloyf01488e2016-01-15 09:20:19 +00006666 return false;
6667 Instruction *LastInst = Insts.back();
6668 I.replaceAllUsesWith(LastInst);
6669 RecursivelyDeleteTriviallyDeadInstructions(&I);
6670 return true;
6671}
6672
Chris Lattnerf2836d12007-03-31 04:06:36 +00006673// In this pass we look for GEP and cast instructions that are used
6674// across basic blocks and rewrite them to improve basic-block-at-a-time
6675// selection.
Sanjay Patel3b8974b2017-06-08 20:00:09 +00006676bool CodeGenPrepare::optimizeBlock(BasicBlock &BB, bool &ModifiedDT) {
Cameron Zwarichce3b9302011-01-06 00:42:50 +00006677 SunkAddrs.clear();
Cameron Zwarich5dd2aa22011-03-02 03:31:46 +00006678 bool MadeChange = false;
Eric Christopherc1ea1492008-09-24 05:32:41 +00006679
Chris Lattner7a277142011-01-15 07:14:54 +00006680 CurInstIterator = BB.begin();
Elena Demikhovsky87700a72014-12-28 08:54:45 +00006681 while (CurInstIterator != BB.end()) {
Duncan P. N. Exon Smithd83547a2015-10-09 18:44:40 +00006682 MadeChange |= optimizeInst(&*CurInstIterator++, ModifiedDT);
Elena Demikhovsky87700a72014-12-28 08:54:45 +00006683 if (ModifiedDT)
6684 return true;
6685 }
Benjamin Kramer455fa352012-11-23 19:17:06 +00006686
James Molloyf01488e2016-01-15 09:20:19 +00006687 bool MadeBitReverse = true;
6688 while (TLI && MadeBitReverse) {
6689 MadeBitReverse = false;
6690 for (auto &I : reverse(BB)) {
6691 if (makeBitReverse(I, *DL, *TLI)) {
6692 MadeBitReverse = MadeChange = true;
George Burgess IVd4febd12016-03-22 21:25:08 +00006693 ModifiedDT = true;
James Molloyf01488e2016-01-15 09:20:19 +00006694 break;
6695 }
6696 }
6697 }
James Molloy3ef84c42016-01-15 10:36:01 +00006698 MadeChange |= dupRetToEnableTailCallOpts(&BB);
Junmo Park7d6c5f12016-01-28 09:42:39 +00006699
Chris Lattnerf2836d12007-03-31 04:06:36 +00006700 return MadeChange;
6701}
Devang Patel53771ba2011-08-18 00:50:51 +00006702
6703// llvm.dbg.value is far away from the value then iSel may not be able
Nadav Rotem465834c2012-07-24 10:51:42 +00006704// handle it properly. iSel will drop llvm.dbg.value if it can not
Devang Patel53771ba2011-08-18 00:50:51 +00006705// find a node corresponding to the value.
Sanjay Patelfc580a62015-09-21 23:03:16 +00006706bool CodeGenPrepare::placeDbgValues(Function &F) {
Devang Patel53771ba2011-08-18 00:50:51 +00006707 bool MadeChange = false;
Duncan P. N. Exon Smith5914a972015-01-08 20:44:33 +00006708 for (BasicBlock &BB : F) {
Craig Topperc0196b12014-04-14 00:51:57 +00006709 Instruction *PrevNonDbgInst = nullptr;
Duncan P. N. Exon Smith5914a972015-01-08 20:44:33 +00006710 for (BasicBlock::iterator BI = BB.begin(), BE = BB.end(); BI != BE;) {
Duncan P. N. Exon Smithd83547a2015-10-09 18:44:40 +00006711 Instruction *Insn = &*BI++;
Devang Patel53771ba2011-08-18 00:50:51 +00006712 DbgValueInst *DVI = dyn_cast<DbgValueInst>(Insn);
Adrian Prantl32da8892014-04-25 20:49:25 +00006713 // Leave dbg.values that refer to an alloca alone. These
Craig Topper87e715f2017-11-07 20:56:17 +00006714 // intrinsics describe the address of a variable (= the alloca)
Adrian Prantl32da8892014-04-25 20:49:25 +00006715 // being taken. They should not be moved next to the alloca
6716 // (and to the beginning of the scope), but rather stay close to
6717 // where said address is used.
6718 if (!DVI || (DVI->getValue() && isa<AllocaInst>(DVI->getValue()))) {
Devang Patel53771ba2011-08-18 00:50:51 +00006719 PrevNonDbgInst = Insn;
6720 continue;
6721 }
6722
6723 Instruction *VI = dyn_cast_or_null<Instruction>(DVI->getValue());
6724 if (VI && VI != PrevNonDbgInst && !VI->isTerminator()) {
Reid Kleckner8de1fe22015-12-08 23:00:03 +00006725 // If VI is a phi in a block with an EHPad terminator, we can't insert
6726 // after it.
6727 if (isa<PHINode>(VI) && VI->getParent()->getTerminator()->isEHPad())
6728 continue;
Nicola Zaghend34e60c2018-05-14 12:53:11 +00006729 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "Moving Debug Value before :\n"
6730 << *DVI << ' ' << *VI);
Devang Patel53771ba2011-08-18 00:50:51 +00006731 DVI->removeFromParent();
Reid Klecknere18f92b2015-12-08 22:33:23 +00006732 if (isa<PHINode>(VI))
6733 DVI->insertBefore(&*VI->getParent()->getFirstInsertionPt());
6734 else
6735 DVI->insertAfter(VI);
Devang Patel53771ba2011-08-18 00:50:51 +00006736 MadeChange = true;
6737 ++NumDbgValueMoved;
6738 }
6739 }
6740 }
6741 return MadeChange;
6742}
Tim Northovercea0abb2014-03-29 08:22:29 +00006743
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00006744/// Scale down both weights to fit into uint32_t.
Juergen Ributzkac1bbcbb2014-12-09 16:36:13 +00006745static void scaleWeights(uint64_t &NewTrue, uint64_t &NewFalse) {
6746 uint64_t NewMax = (NewTrue > NewFalse) ? NewTrue : NewFalse;
Eugene Zelenko900b6332017-08-29 22:32:07 +00006747 uint32_t Scale = (NewMax / std::numeric_limits<uint32_t>::max()) + 1;
Juergen Ributzkac1bbcbb2014-12-09 16:36:13 +00006748 NewTrue = NewTrue / Scale;
6749 NewFalse = NewFalse / Scale;
6750}
6751
Adrian Prantl5f8f34e42018-05-01 15:54:18 +00006752/// Some targets prefer to split a conditional branch like:
Juergen Ributzkac1bbcbb2014-12-09 16:36:13 +00006753/// \code
6754/// %0 = icmp ne i32 %a, 0
6755/// %1 = icmp ne i32 %b, 0
6756/// %or.cond = or i1 %0, %1
6757/// br i1 %or.cond, label %TrueBB, label %FalseBB
6758/// \endcode
6759/// into multiple branch instructions like:
6760/// \code
6761/// bb1:
6762/// %0 = icmp ne i32 %a, 0
6763/// br i1 %0, label %TrueBB, label %bb2
6764/// bb2:
6765/// %1 = icmp ne i32 %b, 0
6766/// br i1 %1, label %TrueBB, label %FalseBB
6767/// \endcode
6768/// This usually allows instruction selection to do even further optimizations
6769/// and combine the compare with the branch instruction. Currently this is
6770/// applied for targets which have "cheap" jump instructions.
6771///
6772/// FIXME: Remove the (equivalent?) implementation in SelectionDAG.
6773///
6774bool CodeGenPrepare::splitBranchCondition(Function &F) {
David Blaikiedc3f01e2015-03-09 01:57:13 +00006775 if (!TM || !TM->Options.EnableFastISel || !TLI || TLI->isJumpExpensive())
Juergen Ributzkac1bbcbb2014-12-09 16:36:13 +00006776 return false;
6777
6778 bool MadeChange = false;
6779 for (auto &BB : F) {
6780 // Does this BB end with the following?
6781 // %cond1 = icmp|fcmp|binary instruction ...
6782 // %cond2 = icmp|fcmp|binary instruction ...
6783 // %cond.or = or|and i1 %cond1, cond2
6784 // br i1 %cond.or label %dest1, label %dest2"
6785 BinaryOperator *LogicOp;
6786 BasicBlock *TBB, *FBB;
6787 if (!match(BB.getTerminator(), m_Br(m_OneUse(m_BinOp(LogicOp)), TBB, FBB)))
6788 continue;
6789
Sanjay Patel42574202015-09-02 19:23:23 +00006790 auto *Br1 = cast<BranchInst>(BB.getTerminator());
6791 if (Br1->getMetadata(LLVMContext::MD_unpredictable))
6792 continue;
6793
Juergen Ributzkac1bbcbb2014-12-09 16:36:13 +00006794 unsigned Opc;
Juergen Ributzka8bda7382014-12-09 17:50:10 +00006795 Value *Cond1, *Cond2;
6796 if (match(LogicOp, m_And(m_OneUse(m_Value(Cond1)),
6797 m_OneUse(m_Value(Cond2)))))
Juergen Ributzkac1bbcbb2014-12-09 16:36:13 +00006798 Opc = Instruction::And;
Juergen Ributzka8bda7382014-12-09 17:50:10 +00006799 else if (match(LogicOp, m_Or(m_OneUse(m_Value(Cond1)),
6800 m_OneUse(m_Value(Cond2)))))
Juergen Ributzkac1bbcbb2014-12-09 16:36:13 +00006801 Opc = Instruction::Or;
6802 else
6803 continue;
6804
6805 if (!match(Cond1, m_CombineOr(m_Cmp(), m_BinOp())) ||
6806 !match(Cond2, m_CombineOr(m_Cmp(), m_BinOp())) )
6807 continue;
6808
Nicola Zaghend34e60c2018-05-14 12:53:11 +00006809 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "Before branch condition splitting\n"; BB.dump());
Juergen Ributzkac1bbcbb2014-12-09 16:36:13 +00006810
6811 // Create a new BB.
Duncan P. N. Exon Smitha848c472016-02-21 19:52:15 +00006812 auto TmpBB =
6813 BasicBlock::Create(BB.getContext(), BB.getName() + ".cond.split",
6814 BB.getParent(), BB.getNextNode());
Juergen Ributzkac1bbcbb2014-12-09 16:36:13 +00006815
6816 // Update original basic block by using the first condition directly by the
6817 // branch instruction and removing the no longer needed and/or instruction.
Juergen Ributzkac1bbcbb2014-12-09 16:36:13 +00006818 Br1->setCondition(Cond1);
6819 LogicOp->eraseFromParent();
Juergen Ributzka8bda7382014-12-09 17:50:10 +00006820
Hiroshi Inouec73b6d62018-06-20 05:29:26 +00006821 // Depending on the condition we have to either replace the true or the
6822 // false successor of the original branch instruction.
Juergen Ributzkac1bbcbb2014-12-09 16:36:13 +00006823 if (Opc == Instruction::And)
6824 Br1->setSuccessor(0, TmpBB);
6825 else
6826 Br1->setSuccessor(1, TmpBB);
6827
6828 // Fill in the new basic block.
6829 auto *Br2 = IRBuilder<>(TmpBB).CreateCondBr(Cond2, TBB, FBB);
Juergen Ributzka8bda7382014-12-09 17:50:10 +00006830 if (auto *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(Cond2)) {
6831 I->removeFromParent();
6832 I->insertBefore(Br2);
6833 }
Juergen Ributzkac1bbcbb2014-12-09 16:36:13 +00006834
6835 // Update PHI nodes in both successors. The original BB needs to be
Hiroshi Inoue6a391bb2017-06-27 10:35:37 +00006836 // replaced in one successor's PHI nodes, because the branch comes now from
Juergen Ributzkac1bbcbb2014-12-09 16:36:13 +00006837 // the newly generated BB (NewBB). In the other successor we need to add one
6838 // incoming edge to the PHI nodes, because both branch instructions target
6839 // now the same successor. Depending on the original branch condition
6840 // (and/or) we have to swap the successors (TrueDest, FalseDest), so that
Simon Pilgrimf2fbf432016-11-20 13:47:59 +00006841 // we perform the correct update for the PHI nodes.
Juergen Ributzkac1bbcbb2014-12-09 16:36:13 +00006842 // This doesn't change the successor order of the just created branch
6843 // instruction (or any other instruction).
6844 if (Opc == Instruction::Or)
6845 std::swap(TBB, FBB);
6846
6847 // Replace the old BB with the new BB.
Benjamin Kramerc7fc81e2017-12-30 15:27:33 +00006848 for (PHINode &PN : TBB->phis()) {
Juergen Ributzkac1bbcbb2014-12-09 16:36:13 +00006849 int i;
Benjamin Kramerc7fc81e2017-12-30 15:27:33 +00006850 while ((i = PN.getBasicBlockIndex(&BB)) >= 0)
6851 PN.setIncomingBlock(i, TmpBB);
Juergen Ributzkac1bbcbb2014-12-09 16:36:13 +00006852 }
6853
6854 // Add another incoming edge form the new BB.
Benjamin Kramerc7fc81e2017-12-30 15:27:33 +00006855 for (PHINode &PN : FBB->phis()) {
6856 auto *Val = PN.getIncomingValueForBlock(&BB);
6857 PN.addIncoming(Val, TmpBB);
Juergen Ributzkac1bbcbb2014-12-09 16:36:13 +00006858 }
6859
6860 // Update the branch weights (from SelectionDAGBuilder::
6861 // FindMergedConditions).
6862 if (Opc == Instruction::Or) {
6863 // Codegen X | Y as:
6864 // BB1:
6865 // jmp_if_X TBB
6866 // jmp TmpBB
6867 // TmpBB:
6868 // jmp_if_Y TBB
6869 // jmp FBB
6870 //
6871
6872 // We have flexibility in setting Prob for BB1 and Prob for NewBB.
6873 // The requirement is that
6874 // TrueProb for BB1 + (FalseProb for BB1 * TrueProb for TmpBB)
Hiroshi Inouec73b6d62018-06-20 05:29:26 +00006875 // = TrueProb for original BB.
6876 // Assuming the original weights are A and B, one choice is to set BB1's
Juergen Ributzkac1bbcbb2014-12-09 16:36:13 +00006877 // weights to A and A+2B, and set TmpBB's weights to A and 2B. This choice
6878 // assumes that
6879 // TrueProb for BB1 == FalseProb for BB1 * TrueProb for TmpBB.
6880 // Another choice is to assume TrueProb for BB1 equals to TrueProb for
6881 // TmpBB, but the math is more complicated.
6882 uint64_t TrueWeight, FalseWeight;
Sanjay Pateldc88bd62016-04-23 20:01:22 +00006883 if (Br1->extractProfMetadata(TrueWeight, FalseWeight)) {
Juergen Ributzkac1bbcbb2014-12-09 16:36:13 +00006884 uint64_t NewTrueWeight = TrueWeight;
6885 uint64_t NewFalseWeight = TrueWeight + 2 * FalseWeight;
6886 scaleWeights(NewTrueWeight, NewFalseWeight);
6887 Br1->setMetadata(LLVMContext::MD_prof, MDBuilder(Br1->getContext())
6888 .createBranchWeights(TrueWeight, FalseWeight));
6889
6890 NewTrueWeight = TrueWeight;
6891 NewFalseWeight = 2 * FalseWeight;
6892 scaleWeights(NewTrueWeight, NewFalseWeight);
6893 Br2->setMetadata(LLVMContext::MD_prof, MDBuilder(Br2->getContext())
6894 .createBranchWeights(TrueWeight, FalseWeight));
6895 }
6896 } else {
6897 // Codegen X & Y as:
6898 // BB1:
6899 // jmp_if_X TmpBB
6900 // jmp FBB
6901 // TmpBB:
6902 // jmp_if_Y TBB
6903 // jmp FBB
6904 //
6905 // This requires creation of TmpBB after CurBB.
6906
6907 // We have flexibility in setting Prob for BB1 and Prob for TmpBB.
6908 // The requirement is that
6909 // FalseProb for BB1 + (TrueProb for BB1 * FalseProb for TmpBB)
Hiroshi Inouec73b6d62018-06-20 05:29:26 +00006910 // = FalseProb for original BB.
6911 // Assuming the original weights are A and B, one choice is to set BB1's
Juergen Ributzkac1bbcbb2014-12-09 16:36:13 +00006912 // weights to 2A+B and B, and set TmpBB's weights to 2A and B. This choice
6913 // assumes that
6914 // FalseProb for BB1 == TrueProb for BB1 * FalseProb for TmpBB.
6915 uint64_t TrueWeight, FalseWeight;
Sanjay Pateldc88bd62016-04-23 20:01:22 +00006916 if (Br1->extractProfMetadata(TrueWeight, FalseWeight)) {
Juergen Ributzkac1bbcbb2014-12-09 16:36:13 +00006917 uint64_t NewTrueWeight = 2 * TrueWeight + FalseWeight;
6918 uint64_t NewFalseWeight = FalseWeight;
6919 scaleWeights(NewTrueWeight, NewFalseWeight);
6920 Br1->setMetadata(LLVMContext::MD_prof, MDBuilder(Br1->getContext())
6921 .createBranchWeights(TrueWeight, FalseWeight));
6922
6923 NewTrueWeight = 2 * TrueWeight;
6924 NewFalseWeight = FalseWeight;
6925 scaleWeights(NewTrueWeight, NewFalseWeight);
6926 Br2->setMetadata(LLVMContext::MD_prof, MDBuilder(Br2->getContext())
6927 .createBranchWeights(TrueWeight, FalseWeight));
6928 }
6929 }
6930
Juergen Ributzkac1bbcbb2014-12-09 16:36:13 +00006931 // Note: No point in getting fancy here, since the DT info is never
Quentin Colombet7bdd50d2015-03-18 23:17:28 +00006932 // available to CodeGenPrepare.
Juergen Ributzkac1bbcbb2014-12-09 16:36:13 +00006933 ModifiedDT = true;
6934
6935 MadeChange = true;
6936
Nicola Zaghend34e60c2018-05-14 12:53:11 +00006937 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "After branch condition splitting\n"; BB.dump();
6938 TmpBB->dump());
Juergen Ributzkac1bbcbb2014-12-09 16:36:13 +00006939 }
6940 return MadeChange;
6941}